ML20154G145
| ML20154G145 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Hope Creek  |
| Issue date: | 05/31/1988 |
| From: | Fiege E, Rosow D SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20154G136 | List: |
| References | |
| NUDOCS 8809200262 | |
| Download: ML20154G145 (392) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:- ______ Q 1988 INSERVICE EXAMINATION OF SELECTED CLASS 1 AND CLASS 2 PIPING AND COMPONENTS AT HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION VOLUMEI FINAL REPORT WITH APPENDICES SwRI Project 1259 i Prepared for l Public Sewice Electric and Gas Company Nuclear Department P. O. Box 236 Hancocks Bridge, New Jersey 08038 April 1988 Prepared by Approved by Yk&% Edward J. Feige 4 S%." U$ David F 'Rosow It+sk l Pmject Engineer Acting Director Engineering and Analysis Section Department of NDE Senices Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Dhision j,jk92gg(([ hh)f e - - - - -
O ABSTRACT An inservice examination (ISD of selected Class 1 and Class 2 piping and components of Public Service Electric and Gas Company's (PSE&G) Hope Creek Generating Station was performed by Southwest Research Institute (SwRD personnel during the Spring 1988 refueling outage. This ISI effort was limited in scope to components selected as a part of the overall examination effort scheduled for the first ISI. The balance of the examination areas scheduled in the Examination Plan for the 1988 Inservice Examination of Hope Creek Generating Station will be scheduled for the upcoming mini. outage in 1989. The ISI was performed utilizing magnetic particle (MT), liquid penetrant (PT), and manual ultrasonic (UT) nondestructive examination (NDE) techniques. In addition to the examinations scheduled for the first refueling outage, preservice examinations were performed on four Class 2 piping welds. These additional welds were the result of the placement of flanges in the Realdual Heat Removal piping system. During the MT examination of check valves F074A, F074B, and F074 Spare, linear indications were recorded and reported to PSE&G on Customer Notification Forms 1 through 5. In one area, the PT examination method was utilized at PSE&G's request to substantiate the relevance of the MT indication. These indications were removed by light grinding. No reportable indications were observed by SwRI personnel as a result of the UT and PT examinations. In addition to the NDE activities, SwRI performed thickness measurements on the F074A and F074B check valves, and Main Steam Relief Valve AB PSV.F013A. The thickness measurements taken on these components were for information only Measurements were used by PSE&G to verify that areas oflight grinding did not violate manufacturer's minimum wall thickness. L l i l O 111
TABLE OF CONTENTS (V) P.ast VOLUME I-FINAL REPORT WITH APPENDICES ABSTRACT ................................... til ILLUSTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vil AB B REVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lx I. INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 A. Applicable Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 B. Exa mination Areas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 II. DISCUSSION OF EXAMINATION ACTIVITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 A. Pre-Outage Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 B. Framination Procedures and Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 O. Examination Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 D. Examination Results ........................ 5 E. Equi p m e nt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 F. Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 G. UT Calibration Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 III.
SUMMARY
OF EXAMINATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 A. Explanation of Field Data Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 B. Nondestructive Examination Summary Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . i APPENDICES
.A Weld Identincation Drawings . Class 1 B Weld Identincation Drawings . Class 2 C Southwest Research Institute Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures D Southwest Research Institute Nondestructive Testing Procedures E Ultrasonic Calibration Block Drawings F Certificates e f Personnel Quallneations G Material anc Equipment Certincations H Customer Notification Forms
! Examinations Performed for Information Only VOLUME II-FIELD DATA Feedwater Reactor Recirculation System Feedwater Nonle Bore Residual Heat Removal System Calibration Records 190000 Series Linearity Verineation Records y
Finre hK2 1 Explanation of Summary Table Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 O O
m i ABBREVIATIONS AB - Main Steam Systam AE - Feedwater System ASME - American Society of Mechanical Engineers Aug - Augmented E=mination BB - Nuclear Boiler and Recirculation System BC - Residual Heat RemovalSystem Catgy - Category CCW - Counterclockwise CD - Containment Drywell CNF - Customer Notification Form CRC - Corrosion Reelstant Clad CRT - Cathode Ray Tube CW - Clockwise DAC - Distance Amplitude Correction dB - Decibel (s) - dog - Degrm(s) Dev - Deviation EPRI - Electric Power Research Institute E n ni . Enmination Geom - Geometric HAZ - Heat Affected Zone Insig - Insignificant ISI - Inservice Examination O LD LDI LDO Longitudinal Seam Weld Extending Downstream Longitudinal Seam Weld Extending Downstream on the Inside Radius of an Elbow kngitudinal Seam Weld Extending Downstream on the Outside Radius of an Elbow Lo - Zero Reference Location LU - Longitudinal Sam Weld Extending Upstream LUI - kogitudinal Sum Weld Extending Upstream on the Inside Radius of an Elbow LUO - kngitudinal Seam Weld Extending Upstream on the Outside Radius of an Elbow MHz - Megahertz MT - Magnetic Particle Examination NDE - F destructive Examination NDT - U.sadestructive Testing No. - Number NQAP - Nuctur Quality Assurance Procedure NQAPM - Nuctur Quality Assurance Program Manual NRC - Nuclur Regulatory Commlulon PSE&G - Public Service Electric and Gas Co. PSI - Preservice Examination M - Liquid Penetrant Examination QA - Quality Assurance Rev - Revision RL - Refracted Longitudinal RPV - Reactor Pressure Vessel Rx - Reactor Building Sect - Section SPC - Special O SwRI UT Southwest Ruearch Institute Manual Ultrasonic Examination ix _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ U
/7 L INTRODUCTION b During the spring 1988 refueling outage, Southwest Research Institute (SwRD personnel per-formed nondestructive examinations (NDE) of selected Class 1 and Class 2 piping and components of the Hope Creek Generating Station. These examinations constitute a part of the Srst inservice examination (ISD of the Srst cycle of the first period of the Srst inspection interval. A. Applicable Documents The ISI was conducted in accordance with the following documcnts: e Section XI of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pres-sure Vessel Code, ' Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components,' 1983 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1983 e Hope Creek Generating Station Technical Specifications e SwRI Final Plan 171259, "Long Term Inservice Examination Plan for Class 1 and Class 2 Components and Piping for Hope Creek Generating Station, Revision 1,* dated December 1987
. Examination Plan for the 1988 Inservice Examination of Hope Creek Generating Station e SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPhD, Revision 2, with all appli-cable changes
. SwRI Plan 87 PEG HCP 110,' Project Plan for the Nondestructive Examinations to be Performed at Hope Creek Generating Station,' dated December 1987 B. hmination Anes Selected piping and components in the following Class 1 and Class 2 systems were examined by SwRI personnel utilizing NDE techniques:
Class 1 Feedwater System Main Steam System Reactor Recirculation System Class 2 Residual Heat Removal System O 1
l II. DISCUSSION OF EXAMINATION ACTIVITIES m _, r In order to assure efficient performance of the ISI, SwRI devoted a concentrated effort toward planning and preparation for the enmination activities. This included review of the long Term Plan (LTP), determining nondestructive testing (NDT) procedures, reviewing ultrasonic calibration blocks for compliance to Code and procedure requirements, and developing the Enmination Plan and hiechanized Scan Plan. Such planning activities were conducted by SwRI's Engineering staff, with assistance provided by the Engineering Analysis Section, the NDE Field Applications Section, and Quality Assurance (QA) Section. An Examination Plan was developed to provide the basis for the ISI in one comprehensive document. It provided a listing of the examination areas, copies of all procedures, calibration block drawings, weld identification figures, and other information pertinent to the performance of the ISI. The Examination Plan was reviewed and approved by PSE&G prior to SwRI's arrival on site. The Class 1 and Class 2 components were selected for examination in accordance with the LTP for, Hope Creek. Additional components were scheduled for examination at the request of PSE&G. D. hmination Procedures and Personnd The NDE activities were performed using liquid penetrant (PT), magnetic particle (h!T), and manual ultrasonle (UT) techniques. These examinations were performed by SwRI personnel in accordance with SwRI procedures whleh had been preapproved by PSE&G personnel. SwRI operating procedures were utilized to provide guidelines and controls for performance of onsite enmination activities. This included procedures for weld joint identification marking, indication recording, records control, data comparison, and resolution of indications. Copies of these procedures are included in Appendix C. The SwRI NDT procedures were written to conform to the requirements of the app'icable sections of the AShfE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and SwRI's NQAPht. Some procedures were amended for specific enmination purposes with deviations. These deviations were neces-sary to incorporate examinstion requirements unique to the Hope Creek Generating Station. The deviations used are noted on the individual examination data sheets, NDE Summary Tables, and copies of the deviations are locatM with their respective NDT proceduies in AppendLt D. SwRI enmination personnel were certilled in accordance with SwRI Nuclear Quality Assur. ance Procedure 11~1, 'Special Process Control,' which incorporates the guidelines of SNT.TC 1 A of the American Society for Nondestructive Testing and ash!E Section XI. Copies of examiner certifications are included in Appendix F. C. Enmimtion Activitics This section provides a discussion of the various onsite NDE activities performed during the O ISI. A discussion of equipment and materials used for these enminations appears in Subsection E of this report. 3
- 1. Uquid Penetrant Raminations Solvent removable, visible dye PT enminations were performed by SwRI personnel on Class 1 piping welds. These examinations were performed on reactor recirculation piping cir-cumferential and longitudinal seams. In addition, the PT method was used to confirm the relevance of an MT indication during feedwater check valve examinations.
- 2. Magnetic Particle Examinations l
Both dry MT and duorescent MT examinations were utilized on cornponents. Fluo- ; rescent MT was psrformed on the inside surfaces of the feedwater check valves. The dry MT l examination technique was used on the outside surfaces of the valves and on class 2 piping l welds.
- 3. Ultrasonic R===Inations UT examinations were pedormed by SwRI personnel on components, including feed-water nozzles, valves, and piping. Various UT techniques were used to perform the exami.
nations including the following techniques.
- a. A 0-degree lamination scan (UTOL) was used for detection of laminar reflectors which might affect interpretation of angle-beam results. A 0-degree calibration was also used for component thickness determination.
- b. t 0-degree scan (UTOW) wu used for detection of reflectors in the weld when limitations restrict angle-beam examinations.
- c. For austenitie welds, a 45-degree angle-beam scan was used for detection of
.reDectors oriented parallel to the weld.
For ferritic welds, a UT45 degree scan was used to detect reflectors oriented parallel to the weld. Determination of angle beam to be used was made by the Level II examiner and was based upon which angle provided the best coverage of the examination area.
- d. Angle. beam scans, using a 45-degree search unit directed parallel to the weld (UT45T), were used for detection of redectors oriented transverse to the weld,
- e. For corrosion resistant clad austen! tic piping, a 45 degree refracted longitudinal, pitch eatch technique was utilized to provide Code coverage of the examinadon area.
- f. Feedwater nozzle bore examinations were performed utilizing a combination of wedges and angles. The determination of angles to provide optimum coverage was obtained through calculation and the application of transducer / wedges to the calibration block. Verification of the technique was performed by maximiz.
Ing the reflectJve response from the notch reflectors of known size at various locations along the length of the bore. This technique provided assurance of a quality exam' nation. O 4
D. hata-%n Rasulta l During the dry MT and fluorescent MT enminations of the feedwater check valves (F074A, l F074B, and F074 Spare) 19 linear indications were found on the inside surface of the valves l (detected with Ouorescent MT) and five linear indications were detected on the outside surfaces of the check valves. These indications were reported to PSE&G under Customer Notification l Forms (CNFs) I through 5. No recordable indications remained dter light grinding. No reportable indications were found as a result of UT and PT enminations. During the 181, certain examination limitations were noted and reported to PSE&G person. nel on CNFs 11,14, and 15. These limitations were the result of welded attachments and support interferences. A detal'ed summary table for CNFs generated as a result of manual examinations dudng the ISI is contained in Appendix H. This table presents information on each CNF, such as the examination area, the nature of the reportable indication, the dJsposition, and the Section XI evaluation / acceptance criteria. In accordance with IWB.3120 of Section XI, all examination data were compared with results of the preservice examination. The compadsons were determined to be satisfactory. Appendix ! contains documentation for examinations performed for information only. This appendix contains the data for the F074 spare valve and thickness measurements performed on relief valve AB.PSV.F013A. E. Equipment The NDE equipment used during the ISI to perform the examinations of tne selected components is discussed below.
- 1. Manual Equipment
- a. Sonic FTS MK!
Sonic FTS MK ! ultrasonic instruments were used for the UT examinadons and thickness gauging of materials. They were also used as an aid in obtaining acoustic character. istics/ properties through measurements of transmission and attenuation of ultrasound in materials. To assure proper instrument lineadty and operation, SwRI :ertified each Sonle FTS MK ! prior to use at liope Creek, as specified in the NQAPM. Coples of certifications for those instruments utilized at !! ope Creek are contained in Appendix G.
- b. Transducers Pdor to use at Hope Creek, each transducer was given a frequency profile and beam spectrum analysis and certined to be within SwRI's acceptance standards. This analysis is performed at a minimum of every 6 months to verify that each transducer is performing within standards. A cop / of each transducer's certification is contained in Appendix G.
5
Information on the actual transducer used for any specific examinadon my be determined by reviewing the data sheets and referenced calibration sheets in the field data volumes.
- c. biagnetic Particle Examination Equipment Hand held alternating current maguetic particle yokes were used for MT mmi-nations fiacrescent MT examinations were performed utilizing a portable hand beld black light.
F. Materials In addition to the equipment previ usly discussed, certain matedals were required to conduct the examinations. All materials contacting the examination surface 0 e., glycerine, pipe marking pencils, penetrants, etc.) were tested and certified to be within acceptable sulfur and halogen limits prict to use at Hope Creek. Cerr.fications for these materials are contained in Appendix G. G. UT Calibration Blacks Pipe and vessel calibration blocks were utilized to calibrate the l' . acrumsats prior to examination of the selected welds. Drawings of the various calibratic. iaucks uced are con-tained in Appendix E. O O 6
IIL
SUMMARY
OFEXAMINATIONS l This section provides a discussion of the Sold data records and a summary of the NDE activities performed at Hope Creek. A. E=phaa*la= of Field Data Raeords The results of the examinations and calibrations performed by SwRI personnel were recorded on standard SwRI forms. Copies of these completed documents are included as part of I this report. The original records will be retained in the SwRI Data Storage Facility. The Sold data records for each weld or area are assembled in a package proceded by a ! sumir ary sheet. The examination areas and summary sheet numbers correspond to those listed i in the Summary Table. A general explanation of the ladividual Sold data forms follows. ) The insLvrents used in performing UT examinatior.s were calibrated prior to use, then { veri 8ed again at speci8ed intervals during the examinations and upon completion of the exami. ' l nations. The calibratfor. parameters were recorded on the appropriate calibration record sheet as speci8ed in the applicable NDT procedure. The documented calibration and calibration , i veri 8 cation provide immediate assurance that the araminations were performed using properly I calibrated lastruments. 4 The rwults of the examinations were recorded on the cpplicable data record sheets as - 1 speci8ed in the Examination Plan. The information documented on these forms describes the , parameters associated with those indications which were gruter than the tecording levels ! j speci8ed in the applicable NDT procedures. . 4 The size, location, and nature of reflectors were determined by analyzing the indication i parameters recorded on the forms described above. The analysis is documented on SwRI Indica. tion Resolution Emord Sheets, which are included as part of each data package, i i i B. Noodestructive R===Imatia= Summary Tables The following section is the Nondatructive Examination Summary Table (Summary Table). The Summery Table lists the areas that were examined by swr! personnel during this ISI. See
- Figure 1 for an explanation of the Summary Table format. Isometric figura depicting the l 4 location of Class 1 and Class 2 components are contained in Appendlem A and B, respectively. [
I I i
, i I )
I a 7
N $ 9 09 N 4. I A *,Mt A snt swwg SetMHARV NSt 80 asc.: a sace a: .se t o aspiese u Ae snase eaAn. rust t.sunte sin r e ae 8 8 4 el Set $ (AlCy $ 3 AallNA $ Het Akl A I4*( lif JI IL A IlDN 99L Illella sett.psit v. Datorept et C r og gr ggf g* Aps S
~
The remarks column is used to describe any pertinent features of the exami-nation such as limitations, report-able results, CNfs, etc. Ultrasonic calibration blocks are also itsted here. The results of the examination are indicated in these colcans. The ibsence of indications equal to or greater than the appropriate re-cording level is shown by an "X" in the "NOREC" column. The "INSIG" column is not used in this report. The presence of ultrasonic indications shown to be the result of a geometric feature of the examination area is indicated by an "X" in
, the "GLOM" column. The presence of indications determined to be other than geometric in nature are indicated by an "X" in the "0 tiler" column.
Additional information pertaining to "0Tilf R" indicatfort (CNFs, Code acceptability, etc.) will be contained in remarks. This column references the ersmination sumanary sheet which serves as a cover sheet for the data package and lists the data record numbers, the examiners, and any pertinent remarks. This column lists the applicable SwRI NDT procedure used for the examination. The NDE nethod used during the examination is listed in this column. Each examination area is listed in Ltds column. Details of the weld identification system are contained in Appendices A and B. Ihe A',rt SLCIIDH XI IILH NO. and CATEGORY of the examination area are listed in these columns. Figure 1. Explanation of Summary Table Format O O O
(vD i a v : : : W i
$555;E$!slse$5slIEI!siIE E
an- an- s,- sa Ws a .n-a W sa .8 -W s Sa W
- = W - s. 8 - W 8- Ws W
=sgar-s ? =8Sg Ee?E8=ngR-s.8- z?
s -I -
- gar s I fw-igi rg Ec-? rg 3c - 8 8 -
se i Ifw-iji Els-isi 59:r!ssi
,! ES$juh sos $ uh Bo20luh sos $ uh E. 8]"I i 88 55 "i 83*"i 55 88 i s 3. s W: EWf EWf NWf IWrt o-=w..
owan.
-=w-o.
me wu.
-j -
t= Ibw! $ 6 E 0 5! ggll g g 8 8 b !* 4! i X X X m aW w:
- s. '..
a =. =. =. 5 II E E E E is- .! sg: Ws sacs sacs sacs sacs WEg OW: 5555 5555 5555 5555 MB ! 5" ! a: si
*! E!
- W W W EE: g.
sS c c c
*: gw:S: : .a W W W "5:W: M* 4 4
Oi h5Idi dE dd dd d$
.: s:W: W: W 8 W E Wa w: 9=:*: "
"R "S "R 3: W2:2: <2E" g 2-* g 2 .- g 2-*
, -: : w: 5: 4: :Eu E "
=w -w" =w t
a40
- v. :g: ege
. . .. al"C
.e W -
eW alC
= - ggW
$: [US: o o a o gi <W5: e e e e
. ! Us: i gD5! E. 8 8 E. l l ~ 3.:!
<w=: : : : :
l l t
( NM l l NOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION, UNIT 1 -
SUMMARY
OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 1 COMPONENTS PAGE 10 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (SEE FIGURES A-1 & A-2) (CONTD) NI O ONGY ASME ASME SWRI SL* MARY RSEN SECT II SECT XI WELD NUMBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SMEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD No./REV. NUMBER C G St R REMARKS l N0ZZLE TO SHELL IKLD 1 (CONTD) l 53.90 5-0 RPV1 N2J UTOL 700-6/34 100235 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-NOZZLE TO $NELL 12* RECIRC UTOU PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. EXAMI-INLET AT 300 DEG. UT45 NATION TO BE PERFORMED USING UT60 MECMANIZED EQUIPMENT. SCAN PLAN CAMINATION No. 5.
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
V5-CSCL-6.75-38-NPC(82) 83.90 s-D RPV1-N2K UTOL 700-6/34 100240 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-N0ZZLE 10 SHELL 12* RECIRC UTOW PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. EXAMI-INLET AT 330 DEG. UT45 NATION TO BE PERFORMED USING UT60 ECMANIZED EENJIPENT. SCAN PLAN EXAMINATION NO. 6. l
***SASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
Vs-CSCL-6.75-38-NPC(82) 83.90 s-D RPV1-NSA UTDL 700-6/34 100295 SCMEDULED EXAMINATION POST-N0ZZLE TO SHELL 10'8 CORE uTOW POIED TO 1999 OUTAGE. EXAMI-SPRAY INLET AT 120 DEC. UT45 NATION TO BE PERFORMED USING UT60 MECMANIZED EQUIP 9ENT. SCAN PLAN EXAMIhATION 100. 7.
- BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK "
VS-CSCL-6.75-38-NPC(#2) 33.90 s-D RPV1-N58 UTOL 700 .1/34 100100
~
SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-N0ZZtE TO $NELL 10* CORE UTOU PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. IXAMI-SPRAT INLET AT 240 DEG. UT45 NATION TO SE PERFORMED USING UT60 MECMANIZED EQUIPMENT. SCAN PLAN EXAMINATION No. 8.
*SASIC CALIlstATION BLOCK
- VS-CSCL-6.75-38-NPC(#2)
O 9 O
()
! 1 -
1 1 i 43,.ig!a !8g sl8 :a g ,.II I 43,. II W ges 43 s
. - u,,
g sle l
. ug
- !ilni s-ng"ildisngg !ilni sj "i,di k 82.3 ,
gg:r, I a a =r 1. sg=r, r I. sg=r, rg-Elz-i 2". 0 I rg, s-i j5N. !Iwg-i N.Ifw-i8".rg :0 eos e egg o i a!s!) s" e 3 s' eggs 3 i:j! IIs!joirlsy 8 g a;livisi I sg Ilirisisg s 8Isg I iridi o-=w.. owoz. [
-=.-u.
=owwu.
M "5
-- .. g"! 8 2 C ggj g g g 5! . . . _
i
<~
!U as. -
d! e: 6 v 6 e 6 v 6 v 5 I! E k k k 4G-IE N lg:! 23 22 ss SA ss S2 ss Wig .r: ss 5B : 5" ! Il . 7: 3:: B:
.: 8::G:
- W
'$E":jg:: 8 s a s 4l U G 0: "5: : C U W W W W i gl
- l4l3l 5:E: s 'A s s
.: S:: G: .g .g .g .~
Wi 5!!"! 3- E- E- 23 s: ll5: ?E ?8 ?* "E W: gj .:"i: g3 l : . E.~" " E.G E.E 2 1 m: E :
$! gGE! e o 4
o 4 a 4 , 0: <W5: 4 2: 8.o. II 8 8 8 8 i g:~: m: 5: gG5;
<W:: 2 2
2 2 l
O ag_ : t: o 3 e i 43 _t: E-5 e. f*5 e! EE a!
- Qadldi=E.8dldi=I 58 g a g5-g -
_s g 8sIni
& 3 8 g =I.a s= g_g r_5 r:-n H s _g _5 r_sg; g-_g 3
w x-n . . 5 w s-n .
- B"oo g 2 " 0 "2 o g -l 2 o
0 "2 g- -l 2 5
": 8 3 8 *g 5 *g
.! irl,si ir di ir di o-=w..
OwCE . _m._u.
=o.wu.
g . . _ - a a S is_ "s":i s- s- a B' 3 . 5: 6 F, 6 sw
- e. :. ? ? ?
ou E62: E E E
*B .
Qu-5~n hi h: *n Sn en slg -r: ss ss ss 58 w 5 : 5! 4: 5:g. 4: ::_: EI!U! 9a:W: g g g "5:
- s :
C D C g: ft:3: E W W W
-: o_:g : ew :: g g
q 3: 52 22 "g s: W"E:::::
*'5:
e: 9'"a g"
.M a
3: 3:lE":: g:: " " yl _ E.G E.G E.G 5 w: : : ll m. gC5!
<W5.
o o a 2: 5:2: C:~:
"5! 8 8 8
qu5: . .
- 5. :5_:
'W::
i
,n
! 4 ! : *
- W gs gs vxg sg gs v s sVy i s, n sV a -r i.
s a s r-rg3 s4.
- = W -s .: . 8 =gr3 es sit i i.3 ni!=i.k.,=nigoin.
- i. = *g= .g 5- . - .
- -s - aga s aga a
80] =54
~
aji egs eggg gg; lli . j!8.1xf jinf g s ws.. l_ s.. Int s o =w.. owon.
-=.-o.
=o=wu.
e.
- 5 : C il 1"! !
=q .- -
.- ,e
-_=. e_s s --
5W I, l . T.T. T.T. k$$$ $$$$ I S' E
=- : ..
20" .g : S: e3 ea W 3 bM W: 3* sa w
.: v: .
ss .: r al r il 5"8" g:: 2: l *l g< 3:s:
-. w, 4: a ,
<: 3" d* E::=::
gs:g: : i : g g
<: -:s:
*~
- a 9
2: C 9:
"I::!:: W Y:
2: Y e
*: .E::E:: E 3:
a: Wo 3 W~ o
*: "9 5: W"E:W: : : - *: **
29
.: i:e: e: 3.*s 3: e v E! -ili !! !! li il li 5! mi a:
ge
.ws::
o . a a a 2: ES: 8:e. 3 2 2 9,:g: I."=:=: A. A. A.
O i : 8 W : s : Es ~ asVg Es ~ ssH Es ~ asHg s-gel s,3
= _
- c. =s-g e t ges
,:. g
. s -e s ,:.es.
;ge e
~gu n e gna ng=oE $na 4*- agu e $na
~
J* .4* Ig.- oN - - s .' d$ 8* sa 3@$ ! s 3@s$8 *5go5
- s el 85E sNs s8 5Es "s
~2Wa WW3 85E sM@s s
.. 5 ..
ws:: Bw i 852W1
$ws:: w.
c-=w.. GWon.
-=.-G.
no.wu. ~ 5 ": R R G is _ .l*!. G a s a 85.
.: g 4 g 4 g $
- = "EE: smb. smb. sm--
sr- " _ge: .v. v.t. v .t . . E rli ! k$$$ k$$$ $$$$ 2:- 5::: 00 00 CG sj 5*l* mi:~: i l' :f :- lr il r 15 t El 58 g E: h s!8!
- 9:
R: a::: 4: ::5:
.e : s ;5:
4: 12:.
' 5 : 9 ::
.<:g: ,, w w 5: g:::: w: 4 4 g g
- s:-
w: e=:s: : e a W: Wn:2: Ug g: w: a: E.e g E_g
- .. = ww si
-iji. .
l_ii.t
. i.t s.i
- w. . .
resi ua. , 1: g :: 2:
-. ~2:-
- = 2 S S W:g,: 5."_d:
w . A. A. J. i
~
pJ e ; i .:. l .:. I .. I W :
- : Es ~ 8sWg Is ~ asWg Es ~ 8sWg s- s- s~n s-
= g *r se g =grs ,:. ,. e agrs s@n i
!I c [816 agu n gag aga va i i n gag .
! 3Isa sg _5gn m!er _ asi agi m!sg ss E gi l sis
-gugs e.gg gg g e.gg og g v-E --
i.:
- -t 5.
BG.. l~3 .C w o-....
....u.
-I .: . ~
=y: x x
==
5! 3g; l g !
~
. ~ ~
E.I*- i: R k R k ma:- R k
=a:-
- w: da:-
"j 2,f i El 858i $$$$ $585
-a. . - -
8 9::S: es cc es E!.j !Eil:l r 12 r El r il es i 5 :!: rW s"Ni
= t:
m , c: s:v:
- 4
- ::e:
ai 8Ei8i n
<: Is:I:
-: : e
-*:9: 9 l"l; *I:y N y 2 4
_: 5 :r: H e a I
- O WO W 50 e:. ge E: 5!:-: gs gs a: 3:s: ~
.t . .t
~$
w: w: g: , g; :V:: .: E.5 a E.E Es
! $.Uas. ?. ?. ?.
g;. _g. EiE! si 2 2 2
!!aj !sEi d d 4
O 4 :
. A : : . . E, .
. - - o.
9
- psg~ asWg ps ~ auWggvg gu =n A
s 9st
- s=gr_ g _ 4 ;g 3en. s g 3,n.
,r_ 4 s
;3g s ::a s ,,
a
- ngw eEga n ne w --;3,E n-
. . o n En2 a - 24 Egoga;gsagwg
-s - m .
as m3 In5. Bce-g.ne w.g wsmas m.- ei SaiE .gg ogg ,eg g Es , e3,a5gg; 1:
-vla 5-e: gs!E a1 -s ws.. s::
. .. EIH e9e E:.
E9 O>=aww. OwCK. m O as w u e
~
8 e: a ~ a
-- . c c s c an -
W 8 8 8 .I it. .: e3 eu y ~' e 5EE I E! ? ". '. ? E ', 9 '. @@ jjf un-
-hdj R
EEHE H535 RE HH h
- . 5a:g:
5: c: su a"l-a ww:.w. : - gg
. gy -
88 ss 5B : N: g : 2: 4 : o: t'( En s:-l
- 9:
C: 5: : 4: ::5:
.: 5: 3: -
g 5 4: =2" :: =:g: g o.
.: . < : gm :: g w ":
*: . . : C 2 5: "lg:: 1: 1 -
3 5: ? ?
- s:- -
2: 0. 0" w: 3: S : : 3 :: Wn:2: 32 3 E"2 W:: .g .0 g gw B"
-: : w: 2: sw sw *: 3*
l :l 3":: 5: n: : an ac g:
- g. *:g:. . 5:-. Eg
. 23
. d. .E d E
.d I w: C l g: =:
t w. 2: us.
$.ra e. t.
y
. '.v
. ES:
E::e: " 2 2 2* R W:g:. 5a=::.
< - A. A. s J.
r:.
_ - . _ ~ _ _ _ -- - _ . . _ _ _ __ - -. . _. _. . . _ .
.s i
NOPE CaEEIC GENERATING STAT 105, Unli 1 I' SLsuutf OF NO WESTRUCTIVE EMAnleATIONS CLASS 1 COMP 0mENTS PAGE 17 REACTOR PRESSURE VESSEL (SEE FIGURES A-1 & A-2) (CouTD) 5I O ONGT A5ME ASME Shat StauMAY RSEe SECT NI SECT MI WLD MuuBER AS/OR ENAM. PROCEDURE SWEET EIOE ITEM NO CAIGT ENAMINATION AAEA IDENTIFICATION METu(B NO./REV. ENGER CGMR REIMAES CLOSURE WEAD BOLTING (CouTD) ' 56.40 3-G-1 RPV1-imF UTO 609-5/43 100000 *rmsmassa EmanluAT10s podi-TEREADS IN FLANGE POIED TO WXT REFWLING (R#fAEE. ExamluE YuREADS IN FLASEE laESE MADE ACCESSISLE BY AEMOWAL OF ST195. f N IC CALISRATION BLOCK " 6 .828-8-CS-43-Irc i a6.50 s-G-1 RPV1-Cne VT-1 900-7/14 100001 SteEDULED EMantuATION POST-CLOSURE nm$uER$ DEV. 1 POWED TO MENT REFUELluG OUTAEE. EXAMINE 30 WASTERS.
KFi CREEK dCRATInv STATION, UNIT 1 SummART OF N0hDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 1 COMPONENTS PAGE 18 REACTOR RECIRC M.MP A (FIGURE A-3) NI O ONGT A5ME ASME SWRI
SUMMARY
R5EN SECT MI SECT II WELD NLMBER AN0/OR EIAM. PROCD URE SNEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY ERAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METNCD NO./ REY. NUMBER CGMR REMARKS PUMP BOLTING 86.180 s-G-1 RCPA-1BLY (1-16) UTO 800-97/3 101005 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-STUD $ UT45 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UT UT60 EXAMIMATION TO BE PERFORMED i UTTO WITN PSE&G TL NDUCER NOS. 2665 l UT88 800-104/2 2666, 2667 Am 3386. l *** BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK *** 3 .500-8-CS-44-NPC RCP-STLD-CS-76-NPC 1 86.200 3-G-1 RCPA ALT (1-16) VT-1 900-7/14 101010 Nuts A e uAsNEts oEV. i 1 1 O O O O
O 2 i { I i f !?N E8- I{V
- 5- A
- =I E'
-f =I3 E
- n3
-f'
. g 1. g.- g 1 g.-
! $. 2 $.
- i. e a u
=.Y li .
i f I f.9 o==wn. owas. _ma_o. monwu.
-E ==
l
= :
s .s. 5 .: . 5 i - .:
=l.
sw E~.=s . E =.
~.e s
g 2:
- i. ::.
g , v ,. ags v , gags v ,. gg ga. I: . . 3 1: wW: . _e a s _5 a MB : E i. [ !!s: g::4:
- a. i g::
e: g t:l: ss:_: m: Is::: : e a: -
- M::
- 15:v: !
li ais e, , si si!g; *! l*? g$ g: - e? r! rf r; !:a:!Wi
- s: rs.ir? ~cs 5: 2 :
ws. ?
. I.U . ?.
I:
- ES:
=_:
X._=s: w . t 3:
O
" ! B .s B . .s a i e isins-is! ' e i! ni-RE!
Bu9E="~*5g55 3
* : EB 9 E EB
- En I:"95g5=ws< g5- 5 H ~g==
- =g rgy*5 :V =g x w*s e aw Eg aw $ 5. S * * '
- - = :: = - O
- S J * **W5$- -=-
ggg g
- 5Wgg g5"g5g:y55 g g
* ,w
} --g =g5 g g y :.
- --- - t s F.
a o c: SE".3g5.:ao.55.g
.y !: - S u E ". 5 g W . a =o g f r.3 g: H EgWE!59w!5 a
8 H 55_! 9w!5 w: W9 I 5 55-t 2 Ej"9E0 W 2"5m
.5 .
o awa. x.x. x.x. owoz. . ... . ...
-aw-o. . ... . ...
somwu. . x.x .x.x 52 0"! N 3 k E W 3 3
- 55.
- e ~~ r r
- s l e. :: c~ c ~.9 y ~:
se 4. :. c~.5..,. v ,. g 9'. g,gE gE v gE, gE,. I gg E i za. 5 . g'I :: $h 53 wh! E E y E E
- 5. .
m gI g.::: -. 3: j g: 3:: 4:w : 4: w: i I w: E:::g:: g:: I m: - a: gs::: : l
- te g ::
": o d
- I"5:B:
2:4: 4: -
*: g g:g: g: 2
$! 8:!? I Y ?! $
sa:w:
-.4 a
v: c-4 2: 5: w; W w: W g.
*:.w. "
- UW
-, SB rw w.
It
- ?
c: 5"a:
<as: .
4 Y "E!
- 2: d 2:
3.05: a: $ s E
r (v) a . E
. 3 -
_3 s E I E *:=g sM M. s.N E8 s? 89 8sg syg!iglE 144
-5 !q -E IIWMage.
198 _~ ag=._ m o EWo I_. I.
. I;
. -_ 32'N. - - 3g? 3.?
.l Si2 8 2!s Sg Hj 3{.?
2 li l*!"11: f lilli f f f e
== W:
IS $ c 5 8 5, _3 5[: . - S S 8! - eE4 E eE saa-eE 2 i!G: > a 8- Saa 48- =am-O ;*,il ili! : iiisis estiin siis siid s" W: . 3g:: sees esss se es w8" .: < utg gg 2:
- r:
- ssss r ssss r ss e ss 3 WI !
8: 8:-. [ :: 3: 3. : 4: E: gn : 5
- s :l::
5:: e: Ix:::
-:~:
- s:
a f a: 5 5 , i s: II: 3,: r r: - - s: o_: -
- oa
-- (
_a SC u g 8: 85:: 8 :: 93 SW og 9 a: 3:-: a - u: :: eg og re 2g.
*: :: a. . ~re E
geg!: , , , , a: .ns: a a a a 2: 22: 3:: : 2 : 2 i gi I3 :w=i i i i i J 4 4
O e N : e . .
- I l 2
- g H :
1 gg ag a
! Ug
- : s. s @ g3 s?g ss s? - s- E s -
=g ge
=g a n =g? sg
- a. =g?
e g ,e
- u, 1. aa g ,. g
- f? gN
? WW 5;t g3 WO- 5" g?;3 we 2'
.2 M'
-2 2 0 5: M. ~A N
I: o a .a Er E EU,9
.a W: l 3 $s l $2W i e
O>awwe e e e a e e e e e e a e e e e GwOg e e e e s e e e e M e a e a e e
== m o e= 0 e e e e e e e e e e e a e e e e BOmwuo M MM M MM M M e M M MMMM
-9 ==
.: 8 8
= : S E sn
,- I: e s- s- E E
s ! e. ": . e n e n e e e ne 5~5 Ei! ?"E' ?"E" ? " H ~. ? " E '. 8 ' g.Hg: a gagot gegot gogoet gegoga* e
- g g
g:: e o o 20" W: 5gi: e. e- - e. ws:
. e es es ass sses d2Q 3:: Ow: E 55 t 55 E 555 t 5555 dB w
$! e e 5 W: :
d: -e [ :: 8 :: e- :e s: 4: 2: 3::
- w: 4: w:
r: c: g :g:: ss:- a s g:: m: 98:0: , 0;
- * :~: 5g $$ m:
- "5:E: Em
** ud 5: 3
[t;f': l s: sg: : fB lDe : U
- : r. g 3 :: ~A : 5, In 4: E4 5 E
d:: 5 :" : ? : -e W *: os BW e: e: .x W* : 4 =a e: 3:w: e.e : : g:: aga ggE" w: o ggs
*: ::: . 4.= . :: .. 2 .g .e8 Si a :
si
-e XcEi
<W5e .?
?
. .? ?.
2: g:2: w:
-e 22:
u: 2 2 : # ll$. b5=I e
Ch b U NOPE CREEE GENERATimG STATION, UNIT 1 stastARY Of mouDESTRUCTI W EXAMINATIOuS CLASS 1 CoprouENTS PAGE 23 NUCLEAR SOILEE Ase SECIRCULATIDs SYSTEM PIPING (FIEJRE LISTED SELOU) (CouTD) NI O ONGT ASME AssEE shal SUIWIARY N1EN SECT MI SECT II lELD IRAIBER AW/OR ENAM. Pe0CEDURE SNEET EIOE ITEM es0 CAT &T EXAMINATION AAEA IDENTIFICATI0s METlets so./REW. sameEt CGMR REtatAKS LIME 1-De-12VCA-013J (FIGURE A-19) 39.11 s-J $ PT 200-1/70 106565 e m aULES EManteATION Post-PIPE TO SAFE END MV. 3 P0mED TO 1999 OUTAGE. f5E-P-169-18 UT45 600-31/23 Connoslos mESISTANT CLAODING UT45T MW. 1 ou PIPE SIDE. UT45 800-100/2 UT45T MV. 1 "SASIC CALisaATIoss stom"* 12-55-Cac-47-uPC SE-55-1.45-58-ssPC 39.12 s-J SLU PT 200-1/70 196570 SCHESLLES E]uusteATIon Post-L0mCITimImAL SEAM UPSTREAM DEv. 3 POWED TO 1999 afTAGE. UT45 600-31/23 ConnosI0sl mESISTANT CLASSING UT45T CEV. 1 ADJACEsf TO ClausIFEaENTIAL UT45 300-100/2 ELa. UT45T Mv.1
***SASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
12-55-N .720-13-mPC 12-55-CaC=17-NPC Lime 1-es-12VCA-013t (floumE A-19) 89.11 5-J 's PT 200-1/70 106665 SOIEDULED ERAMit4TIOII POST-PIPE 10 SAFE EuS DEv. 3 PouED TO 1999 OUTAGE. f5E-P-169-19 UT45 600-31/23 C0anostou mESISTAuf CLASDIIBG UT45T DEV. 1 ou PIPE SIDE. UT45 800-100/2 UT45T MW. I
*"9ASIC CALIBRATICII SLOCK***
12-53-CRC-47-uPC SE-55-1.45-58-mPC
O
.o
- . 2 8 2 8 2 I y : - -! g g -!
E!! l g! i SVV 5 " ,:.
*VlE *@V
- g sg e
- E g. t 8 8
- 3 sg v =! . =g8' E3. :bg g 35 a
ag 3. aa g.7y
- g$uaWo
. - - $g?N. W 33 Wo-
.i 25 24~ 2 E S N E: 3{"3 MN 8!
E. 10-49 HE i EU-,9 .E W: 525 E I 52W ! o =w , uwon. . x. . x. ..
-=w a. . . . . . ...
=ouwu. = .= = .===
-j . 5: 0"! w : R a E a E s-
,- o . - -
st.
~.:
EC: nu8. e e eeu8. sm sm8- sm-SW M
-04: *.
e > .7 . T .7
> ?*
T.T. T.".7. o
-. 5g2: $$$>$5 E $>$>5 5 $5$$$5 3: .
- 23. ;;; ;
5 =
.a ":
3 l-@:. ,= egcara c c ar g g:: 4 44
, 4g.
O wW. B=55 = 55 ,
= 55=5 dB :: : : I g w: : )
g:: : . f 5:2: 3: 9 : ::4: T: a: 5: w: *: a: :: :g:: a: s - e 3:: 5: 1'5:x:::
- g -: g Si g: "lj!?! s 5! 5 s
- Q: * : 2 3
=: s:n: a : 4 2: 9: T: 1 . : E'
~8 3 s: En::: -
3: - 2: a: g:a: m: 2: 0 a: 23- E a W:. *:E.:: 5:: S$ c. E: w. c=K EU 35 ou k! " si XcEi mus. 7 7 7 2: !
=l-. 22: 1 5:c: ~=: 2 = 2 I h!bl bE! $ $ $ 1 0 1
/g
/ .
10 - . . I Blg II W A I A IW 8 R E $ I I "II I : I 5
*!I i
- "e r I*W I*'A,g 5 Eg
- scA gglR- 5A-8 Eg3 seg55l=g.
-.a g. g !Ha 3 :1 gg4!Eal gg cB'1 i
- I.Egaa .
g ** - . .: -.. i s
- "V*WSE- We 3"?
2
-!a.
S.5*, 596 3Iras oc-W 3.5. a 39 u
,- ..,a.a g. u . _
- - . . a,12 1;
Isill ei i f Ig!f.
....u. = .===
$ R
-:1,! : :.
5! g: . g g 5 :* 4! Rk g- R E. D8- R6 u,- g: =am - maa =am -h-J :jfg:a: 5 i! 858$85 858585 8$8585 2*- W: .g : - - - - - - ssss v8- 3: cess sess sl@ e;: a v: e ssss r ssss r ssss 58 gi r ll:: : 8:3: a. 2: R 0: :::: 4: 3:*: 1:: :: : a: g=:I: : [:: 5: $ E :: :": 3 [ E! 5 8:: lI:!! a: s :.: l 4 X:: g
.c ga-m 1
- s.::: 1l
- g
-a 2: 0- 4: 28 -
a: I: ~ - y:: go
~
* : y :: 5: SuI I
W:. ..a -. a. esu a $"Ia I II a : 2 si.
- X.cEi.
us . .? 2: 2: 3:e: Ig.: 2 a # gia! uEi i i i pJ I
O e : 2 I -
. Vg -
. 2 3 1 .
E Q - Q
- syg E : wVg E syg
- s- 8.. s= 8 A.
7 s-
- 1 5 0s : 5 3 :9 5 8..0s
!. EE E !$.5 *EE: g 54.$. EE E !$.5 g I *. *.
.596
. gIw.oe -
539 gI.. 5?n j Sa8; uus Sa8 s ys: 8 8" gs 8:
- f. Er 9,S a air W a s: $5 as I 255 i o ....
uwo . mw u.
....o.
8 - e e * -~ 8: R R 6 8! "B:: N e e a it ~.: e ne e ne e ne E. E " ? " E '. E ' ? " " $ '. ! '. ? ". 5>>
~. ! '.
E s:rlE.aussHz> i t . ODOD 0>> O> o = B: ass 3s>as> asasas
- i: ": :
"W u g! : j _s:
! C3303 sssus C506 ssss : ssss CUCU o
ED ! ! e ~: : I 5: g c: C: I { :: :T: T: 2: 3:**: r: 5 $: I: E:::$::
~;
$s:~:
W: ~:3: $ S:
#: 5:E: 5:
s: I2: : 94 g 8 9 i 2 8 :: _ ::
"e ,? , k:: re h!
$3!$!
~ .'. :
Oh 8 0 S! 38 27
-. g. . 2 ". .
S: .:r: er. rg og 2: rg
- ::: x. :: er.
II u : si.
- X.tEi.
us 7 2 2 2: g:
.:s :. -:
2: h!$f 55! I N N O
O k l i .:. 8 I i
- Il:
E. li yV
!In 8
-1au g
8 _g spg
, se g- u2 lillir 1
I opawni woon.
. -=w-o.
6 monww. ,
-I .: e
== ::: e 8!
It! fle i eE
- n -l-
"u! Q:
uny, a: a. i vi . sinid i
!*ig 2:
s
* *i (!!
-w:
esos tssss 1 ma Ej i 5 : I:: :c I :: . : 3_::<:: r: c: E:s:a:
- I e:
- Iw:s-::
is: E i a: 81:g::: I n: : l 1 : g . l! 3_:%! -, et i e
- a
- 3::v:: g: og 8: :s: .: x.
Il-: 5 ! gue: ,
.ws:
e: e 2: 2: i 3:e: In2:.: 2 l 1 i::g:: _
<y-- f I
l i i l
O M :
- : : =
I E5!~Es. V E5 - ~ s.V W E5 ~N s. W E55~ Eu. V s _ge-r s s.a _s
- s. s- e _ssr t s.e 3
5C g. =g 3_gr( - EW u **9 s.e
=aa 5grt E.*G =g s.
u8=5 0
- s i
E8s
*gg-4 a ocu u. 36 5g)!T _a 8
5 3'@ 9
!8s "gg3' O
E.4 9 I sz Es
*ges 0 CE 5-9 z s-
-2W3= ds-2W s"I n'
-e -:-2g"au1 g s"s 2 03 a
]'
m: 5-- wBCI Ie wEwl 5-e ws.I
- N 5- E..:
o .u.. 1 owor. l _.n-o. ,
.o wu. ! -I . : e o a a == = : = n I as,- N: .
8 8 0 f l
- 85. ": e 4 e e 4 e
~
sw
- 5. : Qu2. Cn$ -- Qut. Cu2.
.. 4: " ,. 7 ,. T ,. T ,. . 7 ,. T ,. T ,.
g I s. .: 8x3s RsHz ka,ls Rals l
=g - :
i!! 58E SE 85 SE 85 893 g: er: a il m El n la a la w3 e w: : a [ :: :g :-.: a . x: x: 3::.:4: 4: 4: m: 4: g:
- 3::g:
s :_: g: g: _: g: _: es::: :: : :: :: :
*! -5!s! E! ! S! S! !
ei l8isi - si e si z if s: c: 3 8iSi lea !! 3+s sa Si + !! 3+ sg:::e:: e :: ec
.: - oe V:: .e 4:: oe e: .?
- z: : m : : u :
- ::w: rA w: ExA w: rt w: E:t i ::: are :: -re :: gre :: -we 5:
?
g: . ns: X.Cs: . . .?.
?
?
- _g.
h_!: gt!!
.u=: :
s s
s' i n . . . . . . l g of g o5 - "g ok-- g oh -- go g oh
! 8i!! 8dl! Ii!! 8ill 8il! 'il!
I!i!I't!ii.i!iiiilii!lii! o 8 5
*k8 o:
5 So:
.8 5
* - 85 c:
5k So:
-5 "E b
*5 So E$
1:i . _a = _la=b _. l==$ __. _la:s l_h_=. _ _la=.
..o..
_.._o.
.o.wu.
5_ 3l: ; ; ; ; ; ; E! u," >i' R R R
=~
R
=~
R
=~
R
=~
w: =~ =~ k k k k k k aa. 9:
*l El !s:i r e r e e e
< 58 : 8* I si !! 5:
- g::
5 s.. . EE!*!
..:I:
Ei
-: lI!Ei si:: r r g r 5: S :*: E 5 E s E
at W1: : o o o 5:
~
- 2 o S 5:
*:g: s r
~
- r a U:
.:. ->
- us n-0 ..
W cs ew Si 2 : ei gesi , , , , , , a:
.us: e e e e e e l g5 E. E. E. E. E. .
1 _:. .W:: 2 2 2 2 2 2 i
~
-,- v-_ ,v- -_
w - , - - - _ - -_--_,v,- _%,- -%_
O a : I a 4 l l g a5 g eI ye.5 g e.5 s S! a 21 s 81 i
- =U8- Cul- a l-Cu"5 :ES-i !EsE 18
om o> o> oD d 9: ME ME ME ME
- i! .
35- 5gi: v a t: WMg OW: E E E E 58 5 : E 5: W :: -. 5: R: ,
- 4: '
R" := :. ?.. : .: _I.! 18ia! 2: W*:~; ::: 5: r
*: 5::: a E 5: S:: a 5 Q: : o e r 3:
a: sz:5: : 2 4: S I 3: M: : o U!
-. .8 g!. ~E
- !.%! ?!
$ ~
E i si a : 8!
- g. N.U5!.
xs ?
?
?
. .?
!!b! gb5! .
~
0 .
. 5.:
5: .
.*:: 2 3 2 2
/m U
E . . . . . i 1 g og *o g- g ol go - g e.5
! 'il!I !i I 'ilI in-I
! 'il! !il!i ;
i i sni. se 35
,=I
[snl! e,=3 s K5
- i. josni. *=5 e,-
K5 sin . "e o= sini. no= zB g_=g g_e=g 1::i g_=5
- e. 1g_=8 , lg_=g o-....
o.... 1 _.-_e. ,
=g 5_ [cj!
a: E
=
i= R
=
R
=
R
=
I!2 >! Em R R R R 2_ _ m a' :.
.. om sm om sm om so om sm om i
gg 4 It MW ME MW ME ME I in- g, . I E E E t 2 es : , 5 ! t E! : W =:-. I 3:R:
=ta! !
EE! I*i ! !
-. g:-
5: E: s: s=: 5: 4: g E c g W t { t
=: W 3 : .p';
- o o
3: g : .* : 2: 2 2 2 I!
-. *!.h! I_!. c.E
. . 4.
! ~.
E
.! . .E. i si a : ,
ei gesi , , , , ,
!! .ws: a a a a a 7
l!I! _:8: g5,5!
.w=:
a a a a a I l 1 h
O a :
; ? ? n = ?
g i
- nal nal n am nal n a5-l 8dlE 8dlE 8dlE "d!! 8d!!
! anI1 insi angs i
I -gI ! fangslnn-1
-g fI
-g l -gf 's- I f-g e5 5
. Sag 8
95-8 . e3 8
. Say .
w: een 3 n=z g: men 3 een g _ :8
.nz
.. -o.
5 - - : e g e a s 5=: -: n ~ x; x x 3: ; ; ; ; I!e G:
! e
=~
e
=~
e
=~
e- e
=~
h
- 3. -
5 !! g:
$$ 85 85 $$ $$ $
sj I. Ei e r e e r es : e : I-s: gi::
- e:
h: :: Ix:a:
-s: :
- s:::
!! g!lil e ! ! ! ! !
a = si "ii;! si e a a g:: ::: g:: a i r R .r e r
- A: =r == ar -r si : :
ei ges! , , , , , g; aus: e e e e e
- g.
h!b!
.:s_:
a(t5! x:: a a a a t I
, y _ - .
n U n : i I E i i Is5*I I 83 s! - l 85 s! f 85 a! I 83 s! l
- =W =1 21 - =W - t i
83 85 I 88 I 88.[ =W l-sgi .
. . . I. I.
- 5 8 -8 8 *5.
- o: Se: So o: So:
g_=s Ei !i
~8 8 i 8 1ii l 23 3:
w:S 23
- [_=i w3 g=
w1 1 o-=w=. wwos.
=w-u.
=onwu.
\ * .
.! " 2 2 8 l
- x x 5
~
3
~ x
-5 .3 X: :: : : :
8!: .:i g" e e" e e Er
= E. !.
? ".>
? ". >
C- g A S: E 5 3 $ 5 l I"l'j f! ! I !Ei r r r r t 1 MB : ) E ! -
- s: (
1 :: . ,
; 5: A:
- !4:
g=: !
- [::
i
^:
5: 1I!! 3 g:?:
- V W E
o y_ y
.g I
I e: :: 3, I e > .
"jisisiBi n!
!!! e ! e ; a !
c Wi.
- -!.8!.
a E .e
-- n.E Si u : .
ei gcDi , , , , , t gi <xs: a e a e A ;
-: -g.
~ l l!I!
;j5j r;5!
WJ:: $ 2
. 9 2
9 2
~
3 t f l ( l l,
O A . A A ~ ~ s :
. g ol
- g el
-m g ol
- g ol
-- g ol
-m
- g .ew 3 .e w g .ew g .sw 3 .e =
i =WQ3 =W93 W83 183 c193 i !EsE !Ess =!ssE !ssE !ssE i
- "918
-Bi
*g8 5
5
*g8 5
5 I
*g8 55 Ig855 e i Seja8. Sei .
9ej . Seja.Seig.5 8 5e-r5 g: 8 3-m:
.. llanul=-lan o
. -- - eBan GEBau. Elas.
t-- - - o De EW. . ow0E.
== z H me o .
no.wue - s - -W 5g "s: n E n n n gg: ; ; ; = ;
'j w .
E ug5 EW:. ?" "
>" ?" ?"
-57:
$29:
s d s g4 os a . k'a E'E k'a ~a E'fo ja- o: w"* 'W : $f E! E E E E E MB U : t 5: 2 ::-. s:R:
- 4:
5:: w: 5 H'e:gl: : 3::: 0: # 4! ! 8 S: S g :?l g g 3 g
!! S3lBi r 8
e : 8 I E! !?! ei 8 8 d:: *:8: r
- 5: n!
E n.s nr me d Err 5! ~ el g: us. EDE! 7
. ?. ?
7 7 3:S: a.
" 8
- - e -
gc5: d * - - g:H.:
<w:: s a a a
o (v) n :
- a a a a
^
3 g e3. g s !' g e3 g eI
. g eI 3 w
_g a 3_ g.a= w 3_ g. = w 3_ I:n - g.aw
=
3_ g. = wIa m
- $E*w5 5E*w3 EB"2 5855 i
I I
*g8 -
53
*g 5 E 5l.
*g I 5
*ge. 5851 1g5E
.i e=j 8=j_s S=j . .ej s
- a. S = j g a.
l: w. I_a:s n _Is: _n la:a _ _ n do_ II1:::n _!a:n o-. ..
..OE.
.o..U.
- e" -
a n x o a gg *:W: o o n. n n
- NB: ; ;
_B'3 C s: R 3" R
?"
R
?"
R
?"
R
?"
Q 5 W: l kY k kY k kY z l0 " W9" Ng:: ( WW3 cw: E E E 2 2
- m. a 5 :
g 8: 5_:!s: a
- E;:*:
0M:
;5::
"5:~:
i It::: 2 2 2 2 2 [ , 3::
. E g:?: I I E i 5!
'3 !
9:!h!
$5!*! a .
S 2 h o S 2 fo 2 2
"; 2: -
l g:: .b::T: E: g:: 58 t t - , - :a: . Mr B Mr n 5! E : el gcGi , , , , , a; <xs: a a a a a
- *: _g 5 5 . E. k .
!. :. 5. :. Iw=: s e a a a I
i I
HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION, UNIT 1 SUPWARY OF WONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 1 AUCMENTED EXAMINA1 IONS PAGE 36 FEEDWATER N0ZZLE BORE SECTION (FIGURE A-1) NI O ONGT ASME ASME S'.JR I SLBMARY RSEN SECT XI SECT XI WELD NLMBER AWO/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SHEET EIOE ITEM NO CATCY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD NO./REV. NLMBER CGMR REMARKS NUREG 0619 RPV1-N4A UT22RL 800-94/2 112900 X--- NOZZLE SORE SECTION UT45 ccV. 1 X---
***8ASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-MPC NUREG 0619 RPV1-N48 UT22RL 800-94/2 112905 X--- LIMITED EXAMINATION DUE TO N0ZZLE BORE SECTION UT45 DEV. 1 X--- WELDED THERMO PADS AND INSTRU-MENTATION WIRE INTERFERENCE.
***8ASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-MPC MUREG 0619 RPV1-W4C UT22RL 800-94/2 112910 X-- N0ZZLE SORE SECTION UT45 DEV. 1 X--
*** BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-HPC NUREG 0619 RPV1-N4D UT22xL 800-94/2 112915 X--- ' LIMITED EXAMINATION DUE TO N0ZZLE BORE SECTION UT45 DEV. 1 X--- WELDED THERMO PAD INTER-FERENCE.
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-HPC NUREG 0619 RPV1-N4E UT22RL 800-94/2 112920 X--- N0ZZLE SORE SECTION UT45 DEV. 1 X---
*** BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-HPC NUREG 0619 RPV1-N4F UT22RL 800-94/2 112925 X--- N0ZZLE SORE SECTION UT45 civ.1 X---
***SASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
FW-N4-MOCKUP-75R-HPC O O O
HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION. IndIT 1 SLsetARY OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EMAMINATIONS C' ASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 37 MAIN SIEAM SYSTEM PIPING (flGIJRES LISTED SELOW) NI O ONGT ASME ASpE SIAI SLSetARY RSEN - SECT XI SECT MI IELD NLaeBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE $NEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METN00 No./REV. IR5EER CGMR REMARKS LINE 1-AS-26003-021 (FIGURE B-4) C3.20 C-C 2PS1 MT 300-1/35 201217 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE SUPPORT DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAEE. 1-P-As-01-103-2 w
1 l O'
. 5 . .
i c. .:.
- 4 5 L : :
3 5g 52
- y [ g Ed" 8Y g
- g. g8
- u. . g.ay"a 2 w
g? 8*8 g? B"T W - E* 34
=g 3k 5 508 Es =R
- 3*E "E 2n e .-
3*5"g E 5* "8 5"
- 3 wf 3 wf gv 55* egg'1o wB g 5 wf :A g.
. .- n -
m: *2 gS 24 .SE W-24 .S
" 29
*: so 1
*3 g- "ge er 58-- go* -~
1: w- . P af e 8: af w: 95 : 92.3~a*EP : o ===. owon.
-mm-o.
=o-wu.
t h "i M I4 8 $ 55
=8:
w w3. A 2 9 M 8 M a
~
85m *
.: e e 2 m 3 e 2
- "E 5: 0~ Qu?- Rud-5W" - "l T. Cum.
T .1 T .1 . .1 . h 5 $! $$ $$$$ $$$$ $$$$ 5 :0 " . - W # [8: wW: E E 5 0 800 E 555 E 5 0 05 Q ^:
- w. ,
d $: : 50 W: : mf a: 5:?: -. -, -, gg W: : :: ?: 5:
"; gl"::
4: w: 5: t:$: : $: 5! g!!E! ii* g! E E! o: "5:: $" :: $:: $":: S: 52:4: E s Y 3:: .6 U
*: S 5 :: h<: l E $ : w? W: ST 5: u "Ea d. Sc 6: $2 G: 5 " :: ?: 6: ? o V':: *? ?: S?
a: 5: : W ~$. : 2W : W g :: 5lW: pri WW W: wi W: $4
': mIA era 3: WA
~
mda m: W *
- *: ~ ~ ~
- g 'U S : u a i i gj <ws: o o o o
- s:
g
<w w.. r: :
2 a 3 o 3 o 3 o
^ N
\
d NOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION, UNIT 1
SUMMARY
OF NOICESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 39 RESIDUAL NEAT REMOL JTSTEM PIPIIIG (FIGURES LISTED SELOW) (CONTD) NI O ONGT ASME ASME SWRI StsetARY RSEN SECT XI SECT XI WELD MUMSER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SWEET EIOE ITEM In CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD 810./REV. ImmleER CCMR R9ektKS LINE 1-SC-18CBS-019A (FIGURE B-13 & S-14) . C3.20 C-C 23LG(1-4) MT 300-1/35 203360 SCNEDULED EXAMIIIATICII POST-LUG DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-P-SC-01-N09 LINE 1-SC-2 88-025 (FICuRE a-15) C5.51 C-F-2 1 MT 300-1/35 203650 SCNEDULED EXAMIIIATICII POST-VALVE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-P-FD-001-11 UT45 600-41/16 DEV. 1
***tASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
8-CS-100 .596-8-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 3 MT 300-1/35 203660 SCNEDULED EXAMINATICII POST-PIPE TO Ela0W DEV. 2 PCNED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-BC-025-592-5 UT45 600-41/16 DEV. 1
***SAstC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
8-CS-100 .596-8-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 12s NT 300-1/35 203 C X--- PIPE TO FLANGE DEV. 2 UTOL 600-41/16 X--- UT45 DEV. 1 X--- UT45T X---
***SASIC CALIBRATICII BLOCK ***
8-CS-100 .596-8-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 12C MT 300-1/35 203756 X--- FLANGE TO PIPE DEV. 2 UTOL 600-41/16 X--- UT45 DEV.1 X--- UT45T X---
***SASIC CALIBRATI001 BLOCK ***
8-CS-100 .594-8-IIPC
HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION, UNIT 1 SteNARY OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 40 RESIDUAL MEAT EEMOVAL SYSTEM PIPING (FIGURES LISTED BELOU) (CONTD) NI O ONGT ASME ASME SWRI St.pmARY RSEN SECT XI SECT XI WELD NUMBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SMEET EIOE ITEM h0 CATCY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION MEfa00 No./REV. NUMBER CCMR REMARKS LIhE 1-SC-8088-029 (FIGURE 8-19) C5.51 C-F-2 1A MT 300-1/23 204210 X--- EXAMINATION PERFORMED PIPE TO FLANGE UTOL 600-41/8 X--- 10/02/87. UT45 DEV. 1-4 X--- UT45T X-.-
***SASIC CALIBRATION RLOCK "
8-CS-100 .594-8-HPC C5.51 C-F-2 la MT 300-1/23 204215 X--- EXAMINATION PERFORMED FLANGE TO PIPE UTOL 600-41/8 X--- 10/02/87. UT45 DEV. 1-4 X--- UT45T X---
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
8-CS-100 .594-8-MPC LINE 1-SC-20nas-049 (FIGURE 8-23) C5.51 C-F-2 33 sti 300-1/35 205455 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO VALVE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. 1-P-s:-002-2 UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM IN ACCORDANCE UITH UT45T CODE CASE N-408. BASELINE EXAMINATION.
- 8ASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
20-CS-STD .3'/5-23-HPC LIkE 1-BC-18GS8-0508 (FIGURE B-36) Cs. 1 C-F-2 1 MT 300-1/35 205980 SCHEDULED EXN4tNATION POST-TEE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-EC-050-502-J UT45 600-41/16 DEV. 1
*** BASIC CALIBR4 TION 8 LOCK ***
18-CS-X .500-22-HPC O O O
k HOPE CREEK CENERATING STATION, UNIT 1 StsHutY OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 41 i RESIDUAI. NEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM PIPING (FIGURES LISTED BELOU) (CONTD) i I MI O ONCT AsmE ASIE Sutt SLAOIARY RSEN SECT XI SECT XI nELD NtJIBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SNEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD NO./REV. IRAISER CCMR REMARKS LINE 1-SC-18G88-063A (FIGUkE B-25) l C5.51 C-F-2 17 MT 300-1/35 206280 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-TEE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. 1-sc-063A-509-E UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM IN w nan w s ugin UT45T CODE CASE N-408. BASELINE EXAMINAT1011.
***SASIC CALIBRATICII utoCK***
18-CS-X .500-22-NPC LINE 1-BC-18G88-066A (FIGURE 8-31 & B-32) I C5.51 C-F-2 3 MT 300-1/35 207060 SCIIEDULED EXAMINATICII POST-PIPE TO VALVE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. 1-P-SC-021-13 UT45 600-41/16 DEV.1
*** BASIC CALIBRATI0lt BLOCK ***
18-CS-X .500-22-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 7 MT 300-1/35 207000 SCNEDULED EXAMINATICII POST-PIPE TO ELSOU DEV. 2 PONED TO 1999 OUTAGE. 1-P-SC-021-18 UT45 600-41/16 DEV. 1
***SASIC CALISRATICII 810CK***
18-CS-X .500-22-NPC C3.20 C-C 18PS1 NT 300-1/35 207180 SCMEDULED EXAMillATICII POST-PIPE SUPPORT DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-P-sc-021-15
O
~ i
- : a E i E !?4 E Eg E Er E:
- 5 By EN 5%. EN< EN EN g! =e s
=g se IE
- ~8 g5 58 =
g $. "8 us e.
!B- -$.
5" !f-e S" o
!B-se o
!B -
.! 82 29 Bo 24 8 Se S S 1::
a
- g* l 3" l8o-
- g" $g-uf
=: E : a : : 92 o-=w..
owoz.
----o.
=o.wv.
O h 0 8! $ $ 6 51 WI * * *
,- mM:. R R R ENm *
.: e 2 e 2 e 2 e
- s 15: e ~. v> .
sw -ge: c ~. v v >. cv ~.v.a . e v ~. g ggy: $5g5 85g5 85go 5 83
- g .
l o o no o no no 20" . wan 3g:: s s s NHg ^: wW: E 5 E 5 E 5 E
- w. .
W* $: : 5* W: : a: -. n . W: w. 5
- .: 2. :. A. .:
~: 5:": " :
m: ~:*
*: 5 $:1 $::
5: g5::: 9:*;
- 4 o
*: 15: R:
2: =5: o:: 5 ?: 2: *: : w : . I: 9: 5: : ga3 $"1 t' r3 5e 8 3:: N2:W: 5y :: W: 14 os
?
e 3 2: A os
~ ~
0
": 3::a:
w w: 5 gwo w: gg ~$. jt o ? W: *:::
.s.
.h?
-es-s.
a. mu-a ew- "Et
-s-g:.
- a :
": 7 7 7 4:
y, 5 "~a:
< W 5 :.
t u t u t u Y u
-g, g'2:
s. 9
- g g05:
<W::
0:. 5:. O L G G
J
\ fm\
'Q NOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION, UNIT 1
SUMMARY
OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 43 REA* TOR CORE SPRAT SYSTEM PIPING (FIGURES LISTED SELOU) { .......................................................... 1 MI O ONGT l ASME ASME SWRI SIAqMARY RSEN SECT XI SECT XI WLD NLAISER AND/Ot EXAM. PROCEDURE $NEET EIOE ITEM NO CATCY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION MEsNOD NO./REV. MIDGER CGMR REMARKS LINE 1-BE-14 Gas-006 (FIGURE 8-40) C5.51 C-F-2 5 MT 300 1/35 209220 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO ELBOW DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. 1-P-SE-001-1-R3 UT45 600-41/16
! DEV. 1 l ***SASIC Call 3 RATION BLOCK ***
l 14-CS-STD .375-16-NPC l
! C5.51 C-F-2 8 MT 300-1/35 209235 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST- ! ELBOU TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. ! 1-BE-008-S01-0 UT45 600-41/16 i
DEV. 1
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
14-CS-STD .375-16-NPC C3.20 C-C 12PS1 MT 300-1/35 209257
- SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE SUPPORT DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE.
I 1-P-SE-001-15 1 ) LINE 1-SE-12C88-017 (FIGURE 8-47)
} C5.51 C-F-2 4 MT 300-1/35 210115 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-VALVE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE.
1-P-SE-006-3 UT45 600-41/16 Ott. 1 j ***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK *** 12-CS-STD .375-12-NPC i 1 C5.51 C-F-2 5 MT 300-1/35 210120 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST- ]' PIPE TO ELBOW DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. 1-BE-017-502-3 UT45 600-41/16
; DEv. 1 i " BASIC CALISRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-STD .375-12-NPC l I
l l 1 4 : l .
- . 5 :w y . - w
' g 20" 82 g.won"W WY.
. =.U N 5Y
- 45 R
- " B 5 " f g "A1
- ) i= 4egga wa s
.! 8 25 N 5 *5!g!h 3":: H ear g g s
n: E we w:. O >= m W m . Gwo , emx m.0e z O er W u . in,- Wr: W aw. -
~
- 53. a $
- u " e.: : ~>-
5W R: .1 . gg g.y.: g'.Eo g 5 =e : se~ . - n 3g:: 8ss Wig s w.
^: wr: .
n sss 0 $: : Da W: : a: ll w: n: 8 l: s- : . 3:a:
- w:
$: g :: : g ::
g su: E!
- HE!s*!
es: : si I*!ii 8:!: HE t: et c: "g::a: U oc 5:: ?: ~?
- $W 0:
ll"W: w: "i l3: Na M 7 S: w: g. I<us. 3:
"~; t o
g:-. 29:
- e: 2: ;;*
W:g: 5d "W : 0
*l.: '
HOPE CREEIC CENERATING STATION, UNIT 1
SUMMARY
OF NOWESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 45 NIGN PRESSURE COOLANT INJECTION SYSTEM PIPING (FIGURES LISTED SELOW) NI O 0NGT ASME ASME SWRI SIAetARY RSEN SECT XI SECT MI WELD NUMBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SHEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD No./REV. NLm0ER CCMR REMARES . LINE 1-Ec 16HSS-001 (FIGURE s-55) C5.51 C-F-2 1 MT 300-1/35 211360 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-VALVE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EMANINATIdel AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM IN ACCORDANCE UITN UT45T CODE CASE N-408. SASELINE EMANINATION.
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
16-CS-STD .375-19-NPC LINE 1-8J-14 DSS-0034 (FIGURE s-52) C5.51 C-F-2 4 MT 300-1/35 211415 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-EL90W TO PIPE DEV. 2 puled TO 1989 OUTAGE. 1-P-sJ-002-18 UT45 600-41/16 DEV. 1
" SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
14-CS-100 .938-18-NPC C3.20 C-C 7LG (1-8) MT 300-1/35 21143; LUG DEV. 2 1-P-5J-01-N04
O s : s :
,k ho
- : on 8s 8:
- as =e "8 s. h.
- It ~8
-e So 8:
ou C: 8~ 36 S 3" 3"::
.. 9 :.
O>aw-. uwox.
-o oo.
8 t 5, _m w "i
.W.2: l
~
83. =~m
* .: m s It:
_ge: c ~.v. 2- m sw-l "U Redi Rsas W 3:~. mN" el: Q* . 3 s"Mg wW: x a es : l 8l~ $: g : !!?! W: _3:": e: E:n:8:: es: :
- n:
0: Hi l"5:8:
#idi o El s:
s 8!*! ss:e: 2: 3: A: SE
~: -:,::
rA w: g.
.a. ma-s:
m: "
.. gu a . .
.: <Ws: o
=:
- 29:
"i g:
gt5!
<W::
E O G i
m . { J LJ NOPE CREEK CEhERAT!hG STATION, UNIT 1 SumutY OF NONOESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 47 CRD ST5 TEM-SCRAM DISCNARGE NEADER (FIGURES LISTED SELOU) NI O ONGT ASME ASME Sn4I SIDeuRY R S E N SECT XI SECT XI WELD NUMBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE $NEET EIOE ITEM ho CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHOD NO./REV. NUMBER CGMR REMAEK3 LIhE 1-8F-12ELB-040 (FIGURE s-62) C5.51 C-F-2 1 MT 300-1/35 214500 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-FLANGE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI 110 GRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
" SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-Cs-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 2 MT 300-1/35 214510 SCHEDULED EXPMINATION POST-PIPE TO TEE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
"*SASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK***
12-Cs-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 3 MT 300-1/35 214520 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-FLAEGE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TJ 1989 CUTAGE. tATOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATIc4 AREA ADDED To t;i45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELIPE EXAMI-UT45T MATION.
" SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 4 MT 300-1/35 214530 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO TEE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. SASELINE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
"*SASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK"*
12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC
HOPE CREEK CENERATING STATION, UNIT 1 SUMKdY OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 48 CRD SYSTEM-SCRAM DISCNARGE NEADER (FIQJRES LISTED BELOW) . (CONTD) NI O ONGT ASME ASME SWRI SLMMART R$EN SECT XI SECT XI LELD NLMBER PtiD/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SHEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METHCO NO./REV. NUMBER CGMR REMARKS LINE 1-SF-12ELB-040 (FIGJRE 5-62) (CONTD) C5.51 C-F-2 5 MT 300-1/35 214540 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-TEE TO PIPE DE*. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T MATION.
- BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK "
12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 6 MT 300-1/35 214550 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO ELSCW DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EIMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 'XV.1 ISI PROGRAM. SASELINE EXAMI-UT43T NATICW.
" 8ASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688-14-MPC C5.51 C-F-2 7 MT 300-1/35 214560 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-EL50W TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T MATION.
" BASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 8 MT 300-1/35 214570 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO CAP DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADOED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45i NATION.
*"sASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688 14-MPC O O O
i
> a NOPE CREEK CENERATING STATION, UNIT 1
SUMMARY
OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMPONENTS PAGE 49 i j CR0 SYSTEM-SCRAM DISCNARGE NEADER (FIQJILES LISTED SELOU) l ........................................................ 1 (CONTD) I ....... NI O
. ONGT ASME ASME SWRI SuetARY RSEN SECT II SECT XI WELD IM4BER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SNEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATI0el METN00 NO./REV. IRAEBER CGMR Reft 4RES LINE 1-SF-12 ELF-041 (FIGURE S-62) i .................................
O .51 C-F-2 1 MT 300-1/35 214580 SCNEDULED EMAMINATION POST-FLANGE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. SASELNE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK "
12-CS-80 .688-14-IIPC C5.51 C-r-2 2 MT 500-1/35 214590 SCNEDULED EXAMIIIATIDII POST-PIPE TO TEE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EMAMlleATICII AREA ADOED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PA0 graft. BASELINE EMAIII-UT45T IIATIM.
" SPSIC CALIBRATIDet SLOCK***
12-CS-80 .688-14-lePC C5.51 C-F-2 3 sti 300-1/35 214600 SCNEDULED EXAftINATION POST- ! FLANGE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 CUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EMAftll8ATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. SASELINE EMAft!- 1 UT45T ItATIcel. l
- BASIC CALIBRATIOt1 SLOCK***
I 12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC l 1 d C5.51 C-F-2 4 MT 300-1/35 214610 SCNEDULED EXAfstNATICII POST-PIPE TO TEE Div. 2 PONED TO 1909 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EMAftINATION AREA A00ED TO ] UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAfl. SASELIIIE EXAfil-j
- UT45i NATION.
.i " SASIC CALISRATION BLOCE*** 12-CS-80 .688-14-lePC 1 i 4
NOPE CREEK GENERATIkG STATION, UNIT 1 SUMMART OF NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATIONS CLASS 2 COMP 0kENTS PAGE 50 CRD SYST[M-SCRAM DISCNARGE NEADER (FIGURES LISTED BELOW) (CONTD) NI O ONGT ASM ASME SWRI SUMMART RSEN SECT XI SECT XI L1 ELD RJMBER AND/OR EXAM. PROCEDURE SNEET EIOE ITEM NO CATGY EXAMINATION AREA IDENTIFICATION METh00 NO./REV. NUMBER CGMR REMARKS LIEE 1-8F-12 ELF-041 (FIGURE 8-62) (CONTD) C5.51 C-F-2 5 MT 300-1/35 214620 SCHEDULED EXMINATION POST-TEE TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT$5i NATION.
" 3ASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688-14-NPC C5.51 C-F-2 6 MT 300-1/35 214630 SCNEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO ELSOU DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 ENAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T MATION.
***SASIC CALIBRATION BLOCK ***
12-CS-80 .688-14-HPC C5.51 C-F-2 T MT 300-1/35 214640 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-ELSOU TO PIPE DEV. 2 PONED TO 1989 OUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADDED TO UT45 CEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. BASELINE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
"BASIC CALIBRATION St0CK"*
12-CS-80 .688-14-HPC C5.51 C-F-2 8 MT 300-1/35 214650 SCHEDULED EXAMINATION POST-PIPE TO CAP DEV. 2 NEED TO 1989 CUTAGE. UTOL 600-41/16 EXAMINATION AREA ADOED TO UTES DEV. 1 ISI PROGRAM. SASELINE EXAMI-UT45T NATION.
***8ASIC CALIBRATION SLOCK'**
12-CS-80 .688-14-HPC O O O
* : . =
W* - g :8 5Eg,:-l' 6 :55 - 5 8 I"5 t n=5s
- !!5 BC.S . $5
=-
l33-llWo
!!Vt =155g =-Ei .
- . ss ---
- Ra E=s w 88 i!l:WEBE,58 5 l gg=
!'I!..-$!w*t3*3I ett o-=wa. . x x uwon.. . .
-- -u . . .
no.wu.= x . M $ ' ' :: = :! ss ,- :I
) e aW
- m
- s. : =. ~.a. . a. a .
1 3 a. 1 . *$ :: ( al g; E!E E E 5 w E: . . (( ni si 8i 3i ! w- =: i
!l EE! l
!!:- - i
*: = lI A :
a: :n s ( ll 8
?
E r=!. 2,,!g :,
?
, 1 5, -:- - l 5: W W a n.
*:W ..
W l . = .
*: 3 1. . (
- g. Xu
< W 5 :. .:
l ESj 1: ges::
<x:::
2 :. j i
)
f c r
- r. m- - -, ---,-,- , ,-- ,n m ,,, _.,_-,a. , . , ,_ .nn_ _ - . -. ,_ .
t r l r i 1 APPENDIX A l l l WELD IDENTIFICATION DRAWINGS CLASS 1 l 1 l l [ i I l f I l I t L L I k I i i L I l r [ f i
_ - _ _ . ~ ~ - .
^
WELD IDENTIFICATION DRAWINGS - CLASS 1 Table of Contents fjgus System UneNo. Eggs A1 Reactor Vessel A1 A 13 feedwater 1 AE 24DLA 035;1 AE-20DLA-035; A2 1 AE 12DLA 035A,B.C A 14 Feedwater 1 AE 24DLA 036;1 AE 20DLA 036; A3 1 AE 12DLA 036D,E,F A 16 Recirculation 'B' Imp 1 BB 28VCA 011 014; A4 1 BB-22VCA-014; 1 BB-4VCA 011, 014; 1 BB 1.25VCA 011 A 18 Recirculation 'A' Imp 1 BB 28VCA 012,-013; A5 1 BB 22VCA 013;1 BB 4VCA 012, 013; 1 BB 1.25VCA 012 O O A1
O - - . - l i i i i 1 .8 e HL e s
$d 3 ag n a u 4 , du ld ' _.d_.f 2a > 4 n w-gg E A V lj D t _E g
" ""f 80 l~ '
3 a e y< t sc E! is i
.o n :
5 D I b d i! Ca '
, t g g g O 'S ll )*dM;>
z le y l id s a a e po i ,b
-b CR I IO ii 1~
.c icc.g i g yde (l
O 2 'e ip to: g sci dF i:
) )hOQf
- N
'( y in 8 11C i iK E D 1~ 11 a
i 0 :i o s n t eo i $ n n *f i
- on diI. ,
g ml3 b '
- 3 1 8 88:
8
.I t 8
I)pt'! ! ! $$ a I M i. c" N , T<A"i
, 3 ,- f 3
5 3 N 3 g ., S ! !I b O o[ a:3s! 4ud - i 3 m 3 d de
.a_a sa
=Ei!
si r. a u a a i a8 ! J 1 a A-1
TYPE OF EXAMIRtT!0ft SI O- VUL E SLR EQ*D d - SLR OILY f G. A- 5 SIFPORTS SH0lM FOR sansess namussa.Inne y IIFORMATI0ff OftY CEE TEXT FOR DETAILS), I
,,5 AZ. 12 0 g AE-2 m 34 (y_.31g7x P-2A 2 FIG. B-5)
Ca:I. Di FIG. A-1S son
% a. su s- N 3
4fE I I kH16V
- a. air 7-t/W g, , 9 g$ IE1Y STEAN TlleEL 4, ,
IDOCR W> $
- ac N 7' ' 6 CDif. G3 I DI g ggy y FIG. A-1$ aue
> ,b eue a.33c t w 10 ,8, u, nr tw g-AE-12DLA-035A l 4 e. m* Fw ' I I lit 4X w e ise
, ,4 l1-AE-120LA-OYB}
3 g a. m i.-w lo2n ( >--Ical g, g. ,_g @ o h@ 7",'? . a 2 , ggg '*Sx @c .e.
=
gjg, - g, ,u3, i-AE-240u-03Sl
!!!!Y *
g Q ,, gg
/ 2N @gfiG" gg ID7V 28 O6X Ic31
{ 1-E-12f1 A-035C l N 1-AE-T A-03S l HOPE CAEEK GEN. STATION ISI SYSTiM TEEDfATEH WE _D IDENTIFICATION FIGURES
- t. res 1 1-AE-241A-035 1-AE-201A-035 1-AE-121 A-035A. 8. C FIO. A-13 l REV . 1 l 11-12-87 esoM . T e ix . /SCH . (M A T . ) 1.531/1C0 (CS) 1.031/80 (CS) 0.f48/80 (CS) PGID (e) N-41-1 SIT. 1 CAL. nx. 27-10C 2frlIC 14-100 SYSTEM ISO (e) 1-P-AE-04 E 01 As e? A CD & ST G W FAD ISO (a) 1-P-AE-004 O O O
s ex CMT. W FIS. A-15 TYPE (F EXAllINATIolt
'$ O- vet & sun me o CMT. M < ,5 A - Sam city FIG. A-15 [1-AE-12DLA-03EF O--H17X I Fia r supponIs sHoisl ran
' il14X IWonstATION GtJ (SEE M16V TEXT FOR CETAILsl.
I li- AE-12tt A413El b T a o w ww d a ms
- a. oc *w i
, ,g DIMEL STEAll H05X HB3V 2o 16y 1 _
.yv T 17 15 ' O13 w 14 \ e4X l v
'[s.'au" bo I 8
L N* I tr "8 H O M S' gg MI.N x D'2 % Mn.
*3
@ 11-E-26 A436 ge3I g (I l$"
y 1-AE-200LA-036l 10
+
/
1-AE-241BB-037 FIs. B-54
=e<
- a. szt 13/r
'p 9 [we,esh-Fe7e 2 s 2 it10% P-2B
>-- 12e Itt1V C 8
g gg N ".tir a eart 100R --O 3 7< > b, li-E-12oLw3 col 0
- a. ser r HOPE CREEK GEN. STATION ISI SYSTEM TEEDidATER wet O IDENTIFICATION FIGURES t_tese 1-AE-24LA-036 1-AE-20E A-036 !-AE-12fLA-03Eo, E, F FIG. A-14 lREV. 1 l 11-12-87 eacu . Ye ok . /nCs s . (MAT . 3 1.531/100 1053 1.031/80 (CS) G.038/80 10 5) PGID (:s) N-41-1 SHT.1 cat _ . tu - 27-l#C 26-lFC 14-ift SYSTEM ISO (e) 1-P-AE-04 S 01 aw A CD & ST CD CD FAB ISO (a) 1-P-AE-003
TYPE OF EXAMINATI(R 9' x O-v0tssHwa0 a N18CE - 1-EB-12VCA-014A. 8. C. D. E A - sa (n.y l FIG. A-17) 2LDI/ A b Al 180 SH IS 90M I I g' EL. 128' 8-1/2 1' IM OlWATION OM.Y (SEE TEXI F(B DETAILS) . IUI/ A M'p 3 ggr
)
~
o IIDSV 100X 1-0C-20CCA-114 f_ , _,3*
"'^-"
I 2Q p 1 V [ 1 [ 4
,7 su s
gy@yit)7X'@ u/u 7LU-i
@ 38c72 ,*
y - ('u RD7,6
" - '~
H10V 1-0C-12CCA-115 (FIG. A-29) L [1-to -?SYCA-0V ) --102X
.'< 101Y KCIIE 101X 3y R3e h VALVE ETAIL 6
1-08-1.25VCA-011 l _g h ji-BB-4VCA-014 W 102X C) 1-08-4VCA-0111 aJ 4.0 4 ~ E1 k ._._ b ID3X () - og msNc3:e M UI/O f
/M pT- /~ 3 1 1 3 7"
w g 11 "
- 3. p 2LU[2 g IDI/O 1
1, 10 11LUI/O VALVE 90C2 g d'9 90C1 ~~
&UI/0' SEE ED d7 10LU 1 M I/O 1-BB-28VCA-014 l TYPICAL VALVE 1-BG-4CCA-011 ETAIL (FIG. A-381 HOPE CF4EEK GEN. STATION ISI uvs t a[H II~CHE12 ATImi *8* l(IP WELD I DENT If2IC ATION FIGURES t.rese 1-111-2thT.A-011. -014 -22VCA-014 -4VCA-011 -4VCA-014 -1.2SVCA-011 FIO. A-16 l nEV. 1 l 11-30-87 taoes. i n ex . /sca s . (NAT . ) 1.076/SPC (SS) 1.009/SPCtSS) N/A .337/20(SS) N/A PCID (e) N-43-1 S[T.1 cAa_ . ps x . 30. Ed & 00-IIC 33 & 67-IPC 71-IPC 39-ift N/A GYSTEM ISO (e) N/A AneA CD CD G CD CD FAB ISO (a) 791!/2(GE)
O O 9
O O O TYPE E EXANIMATION: 4 O- va. s sim Ke*o 1-88-12VCA-01F G, f( J, K g - snm gg,y N1ASE
,,, a FIS. A-191 8
21DI/O ~
@@ AZ. 0 SI590RTS 9 met FOR IWoltlATIsl Olt.Y (SEE to EL. 128* 8-1/2* H TEXT FOR DETAILS).
mf 3 % g- 1 1 (UN l148-22VCA-013 I 4 "
-6 i HDEX g g H10V g G j' IN _f 1 A*
2w}iaC2 g),a/ 5 anC Idialv ,,,, og ,,,, ED(1-28VCA-012{'
#[&
srs. h) g
~~
-HD1X 1-BC-12CCA-116 FIG. A-321 5 o X 3r
'M N <
VALVE DETAIL 6 1-68-1.2SVCA-012 l
'U
- g. ~~ 1-fB-4WCA413 Hb Il02X
)
1-08-4VCA-012] g <> i k_ d ge3x C) 1 teatMeMa d ru k e 4Y 31,/ 2jQ
~~ - >
19e81 a [-(6'seCi s* ec sg. 3.DI/O H04X y (; gff 1 d ,I 11LUI/O VALVE osatin 64 DETAIL UO HE D Vnt vE 4 1-BG-4CCA-012 1-El-29WCA-013l EIAll. FIG. A-37) HOPE CREEK GEN. STATION ISI sVSTEM KCIIEIA ATIG4 *A* LOIP WELD IDENTIFICATION FIGURES t.Irae t-BB-2GVCA-012. -013 -22VCA-013 -4WCA-012 -4WCA-Ot3 -1.25WCA-012 FIG. A-18 l REV . 1 l 11-30-87 enou . Te sc . /scN. tHAT . ) 1.076/SPC (SS) 1.009/SPC GS) N/A .337/801SS3 N/A PGID(e) N-43-1 SHT. 1 cas. . ca.x . 30. E;0 C 684K 33 5 67-IFC 714FC 39453C M/A SYSTEM ISO (e) N/A AwA C3 G E3 Q1 CD FAu ISOfel 795E472 IGE)
O ; APPENDIX D l i WELD IDENTIFICATION DRAWINGS - CLASS 2 O O
f APPENDIX B
- WELD IDENTIFICATION DRAWINGS - CLASS 2 Table of Contents J
Firure System f_ Ins No- East
! B 15 Residual Heat Removal 1 BC-8DBB-025;1 BC-6DBB 025 B1 'l ! B 19 Residual Heat Removal 1 BC 8DBB-029;1 BC 8GBB 074; B2 i
1.BC 6DBB 029; 1 BC-6GBB-074B ) l l. i i 1' i t I 1 l l i Bl
t i 2 E . 0 E 7 T 0 t O S I S 8 9 1 - s *S l . SE 6 1 1 E 3v ( I T A N Ry I K v_ G LI WA S T U NG [ 5 f I H 4 - 0 1 1 - D 4 8 M A S a. T OI N 9 m NE P 5 1- 4 X & OD I F E I L a TI T P - F O AW AN e t g 1-I W S eF t TO . E P
- - ST SI T N e2 1 t
gX T TOA f eE gT . A NC e v
. S 1
g C 0 C E
- 5 e- S-E 28S EI p 5 -
06* GFI - t P 1 l N 1 BM I 5 E 1 KT 5 EN 1-n t e 6 9 EE E . 5 o C11 HD 5 s l e SF
- 8 1
CI I ( 1 ED ) o s e s y PL t o M s E I e f OEe . D T Ht s I s s T W N I G v A W F P s F L,
- w. B '
u w ' w e g f
*s U
n 9 Lg M e "E ra A 2
. 8 E
m L 1 E - 1 1 1 M 5 3 3 S m M 3 g m 4 5 w 9 O X 1
> 7
- m 8 e4
. R T
NA a 8 t y EK e t I H sA l S A 5 C G Ts Nt
?l 6-mN e-s R 8
Be CT O 8 2 A te e l
~
6 /2 1 2 t s C a . 8 c6 [5 l P I 2 E 8 0 t 8 E M m 8
- L A
C V 9- O 2 1 N 1 1 8 1 M I S 8 1 T 5__I 2 0 C E - B 0 l a M 0 3 I u D E -
/
4 t I C 9 g
%a S
M 8 5. 1 0 8 M i f g e 3 s a s T saf A t r M n a N A a I I s z a T sa s u f N o c s a I s s a e.E iS 5sY , /. K x m ssS u.f t s A n H a_ T c O
- t s sI e m D- FI S T c A a .
a 4 1 I C s su 4m a ci m e a y a s s l s a_ us ca
,1 l .ll l
t o-f 0 I T A N I 0 x m Y. m( E S F Y_)S 0NI 6 L A
. I S SE In U
7 8 1 9 l' e N A S M 0( T 4 NG X E sC 9(NE I 731)8 OI IF l 2 ST F O t W a v S TAM R4F E2 E T AN T 5 _ E -~ OH F(T 6 8G. TO 1 f 9 3 0 1 0-P X 1 I SI Y T od I SITFWE T
.A V 1 - W.
1 C 0-1 NC E 5 P- P-f EI n N 1 1 GFI l
)
N KT s EN 9 1 ( EE - O ) RD B S e sk7 / CI ED PL
)
( m M S I ( O s OE E I
', HW G O T
I s D 1 I C Y A F P s F
< c 7 4 S
)C
( a 0-T s B D N T A E N ' I s G 0- / S T S EE l l
- C W /A A N 0- - X G T 0 N R N 1 K (
C
)
m M F a w = ws '/
.W S 9
2 0 ( S C O
',I A - 0 0 2
' sa t
a / 0 2 / 1 v iy 2 C g L L 9 C N 5 C- 5 6 F A N 2 r 1 H 4 s 41 0 I 6
- X R
H 1 8 0 e,
. f
~
g 6-C g% N 7 V 4 _e S C 0 8 7 g 2 1
< 0 H H (O T N 18 S I
s 0 8 / 9 a s - 2 s C 0- W /A 4 s g _ X e L 0 N R s r a r A f 1 m c N 8 r D
)
X C a 2 K ) 1 N S 1 h H N T A E 9 2 ( C [ e \ 0 9. l 0 7 0 X 0 N L E E 0 1 A B
- 1 H U E /
D G S D I C 9 4 C P 6 / S D- 5 f
- X C
s 4 7 K 1 0 8 R B 1
- u -
4 0
)
s 8 G T s 8 A e C ( M L E-m E l 1 H m C S o, u /. . n n w u M E T E S N H L E I K K t T D L
. A n Y I O A n B - N C_ A rto
.*M'*44+4 4-44WMMM6 E4h4 AA-b 1
1' I I i i O . 1 4 i 1 l t W J s T I t APPENDIX C i i I
- wucuuR raamCTS OPERATDiG PROCEDURES O
d i l l l i l ! l O i
. .- . __ _ __ ._ _ __s
O) V APPENDIX C . SOUTHWEST RESEARCHINSTITUTE NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURES Table of Contants Procedure No./Rev. Title IX FE 1014 Deviations to Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures - IX FE 103 2 Weld Joint IdentlAcation Marking on Nuclear Power Plant Piping IX FE 110-3
- Black IJght' Intensity Measurements IX FE 116 2 Recording Data from Direct Visual, Liquid Penetrant, and Magnetic Particle Examinations IX FE-117 4 Recording Indications Dudag Ultrasonic Exarninations of Pru Jure-Change 1 Retalning Components IX FE 125-0 Recording Indications in Accordance with NRC Regulatory Guide 1.150
, IX FE 1310 Comparison ofinservice Framination Data IX FE 132 0 Ultrasonic Indication Resolution Procedure X FE 1013 Onsite NDE Records Control l X .T 109 0 Indication Evaluation Guidelines XIII AG 1012 Control of Nuclear Inspection Equipment and Materials XV!1 AG 1013 Data Stemge and Retrieval i t I f l r Cl r
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-n-2 01-4 NUCLEAR PROJECTS July 1986 M OPERATING PROCEDURE N Page 1 of 6 Tstse DEVIATION 3 'l0 NUCLE /.R PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURES EFFECTIVITY AND APPF. OVAL. Revision 4 of this procedure bar.ame effective on Julv 29. 1986 This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Page No Change Date Effective 1-6 N/A July 29, 1986 I L 1 l l 1 l i { sonerseces precievre se.
, ,3 a
AoOrowlli f Written By .. Cate l Tecnnical Review Dat ;
\R (, fy?T .4 M r h*/ y I' Wnager of C.A. Cate Cog hant Directet . Date
&3 "i2 'ht??neA d %
. . . . e . - -e .. . ,
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE July 1986 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 6 DEVIATIONS TO NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURES
- 1. PURPOSE 1.1 ne purpose of this operating procedure is to establish guidelines and controls for deviations to Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures which may be required due to changing technology, applicable code changes or interpretations, plant or component design, customer requirements, or special cases.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLIg JION 2.. This procedure applies to Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures.
2.2 Appliettion of deviations shall be as described within the Procedure Deviation (applicable revision of SwRI Form FE-4, sample attached).
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure, and for thw qualification and approval of Operating Procedure Deviations.
3.2 The Project Managet', Project Engineer, Team Supervisor, or other cognizant persons using the procedure shall be responsible for initiating the request for a deviation to the operating procedure. 3.3 Ihe Manager of Quality Assurance shall be responsible for reviewing and. approving proposed deviations to operating procedures against the requirements of this procedure.
- 4. PROCEDURE 4.1 The Assistant Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestructive Evaluation and Technolo*y Division, shall assign responsibility for preparing the procedure deviation.
4.1.1 The Procedure Deviation shall have, but not be limited to the following information: (1) Procedure Number and Revision (2) Aff ected Examination Areas s ei Form CA 3-2
Q G SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE July 1986 q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 6 (3) Paragraphs to be deviated from (4) Rationale for Deviation 4.1.2 Deviation numbers shall be assigned by the Support and Administration Section and shall be in numerical sequence beginning with "1" for each procedure revision. l 4.2 Each Procedure Deviation suall be accompanied by an applicable revision of SwRI Forn FE-37 "Certificate of Procedure / Deviation Qualification" (sample attaa.hed). 4.3 Procedure deviations shall be reviewed as follows: (a) NDE procedure deviations shall be reviewed by a Level !!' to determine relevance, technical accuracy, and effect on procedure qualification. Normally this review shall be by a designated representative of the same group that provided technical review of that procedure. If the deviation is determined to af fect the procedure qualification, the devi-O- ation shall be qualified in accordance with Procedure IX-TE-107. After his review, the Level III shall sign the l Technical Review blocks of both the Procedure Deviation and the accompanying SwRI Fors TE-37 and forward them to the Manager o f Quality Assurat., t. (b) Non-NDE procedure deviations shall be given a technical review by a person having an adequate understanding of the requirements and intent of the deviation, who does not I administratively report to the author, and is a representa-tive of the same group that performed technical review of the affected procedure. 4.4 Ihe Manager of Quality Assurance shall verify that the deviation is in compliance with this procedure, sign both the Procedure Deviation and the accompanying SwRI Tora FE-37 as reviewed and approved, and forward them to the Department Director. , 4.5 If approved, the Deparczent Director shall sign the procedure devia-tion and forward beth the procedure deviation and accompanying SwRI Torm TE-37 to the Support and Administration Section representative, who will be responsible for number verification, initialing, repro- ! duction, copy distribution, and filing of the original document. i O b s m-en: l l 1
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
"-"~
July 1986 h NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 6 4.6 The Procedure Deviation may be ussd upon receipt of the final approved deviation and site approval of the deviation. Alterna-tively, if necessary, the deviation may be used after obtaining verbal approval by the person performing the Technical Review as well as site approval. As a minimum, a handwritten copy of the deviation identifying the 1,evel III giving verbal approval shall be on site to be used until the approved copy is received. In this
. case, the date of verbal approval shall be indicated on the proce-dure deviation. Should the deviation be ultimately not approved, all areas examined using the proposed deviation will then be reexam-ined utilizing approved procedures.
4.7 The deviation number shall be recorded, where applicable, in con-junction with the appropriate Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure number on those records requiring the recording of the procedure number. 4.9 A copy of the Procedure Deviation shall be attached to the appli-cable procedure when conducting examinations in accordance with the deviation. 5.0 RECORD S Operating procedure deviations and any other documents generated in accor-dance with thir procedure controlling the performance of onsite critical services shall be retained for the period specified in the contract with the Client. These records shall be indexed, filed, and maintained in the Data Storage Facility of the Support and Administration Section, Nonde-structive Evaluation and Technology Division. O ..s,. _
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE . July 1986 q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 6
- 9am j PROCEDURE DEVIATION ....
j.T l A. I "- F~~ j ~ _ _ a a i I
- 3. - - .
j 1 1 !. O ] ) i j l asesevats 1" 3
=~
) t
,m w l~*~ l :sr.
5 l en.um.c:es : . w I '*
;.vamm ;nsmrt ; ate; venetw w U., :4*
lO , . . . . , . . . ~ j $e Al Form CA 12 i i
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE July 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 6 CERTIFICATE OF PROCEDURE / DEVIATION QUALlFICATION
~ anc;g;wa g sc, eacca;was ag%is>GN OArg ;p saccg;yng
*id
.#e'.,0A4J A5M 4 ;;C4 ;&;7.C N A#
- EN;4A AGGLNOA t
;iage ag;wiA& MENT 4 saat. C Ncv a **'.'C A e t t a
;evatoa No. l Oate trecwe j ;enanoa Ar'ects ,gg C y; C l I i 1,avneanoa i e sewaeon af'ects ovaskanoa. acmann O
l :st e erat icNGCX wat.t aP*bCA8L1
" Ne proceaur. O c m eon C nam tne sooo c.aw.re.ms smee eme.
5 % w en coa. wm ecco, nc. e m erw wr, i m oea mcv -e reews.m.ms vue.n as eurocess wooe. ew 3.w.c. r%,.r r. ,ce emw. et w coai:ree-. ene amate, ,-.et -. recw.a .e w w = wr. C e m naa C O m oroCmr. C e m non C == e a ca oc g s -amv iart.cr.a. w ;J4e Ageergr*C0 i&ftac.*e4i C ',4antmee Fant . Attec.*edi J c orvoon , Attse.wi i O p%ws Ommeon iattaenen + 4 4N-t'.a t ;* J. t. u ; Art l **a stocoowr** oecesca comer =*s es 5ade O.aeev assursace 8mesm va%a oo ry*.as i
! l
,,s.s . ;, = m . m . . ~ c .~ . . ;m l g
$*mi Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rz-103-2 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE october 1981 Pace 1 of 6 k' ELL JOINT IDENTIFICATION luRXING ON NUCLEAR Pok'ER PLANT PIPING EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 2 of this procedure became effective on Nov. 16.1981 This procedure consists of the pages 4.4 ce,anges listed beiow. Page No _ Change Date Effective 1 through 6 .
- Novee,ber 16, 1981 O .
l ] sA Acorovain Written By Cate Tecanican Review Cate
&W o +>x2 _,0, 0, mA. e. ,e
//
"'a _ % d.d%b
/
_ i, ,0 . .
'd..r y
c SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE I"- 3-2 O. October 1981 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 6 VELD JOINT IDENTIFICATION MARKING ON NUCLEAR POWER PLAST PIPING g 1.0 PlTRPOSE This procedure describes tM veld joint identification marking of nuclear power plant piping, attachments and components. 2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION (1) The method of locating veld joints and itArking the respec-tive idectification numbers and zero re.0er5nce points (Lo) adjacent to the velds is described herein. (2) Nuclear power plant piping shall be marked with an electric or pneumatic engesver, low stress punch, or marking pencil as specified by the customer. 2.1 Applicable Documents SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Prosram Manual (NQAPM). 3.0 RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services within the Quality Assurance Systems and Engineering Division shall be respon-sible for preparation, review, and approval of this procedure. (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implesentation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAFM in effect on the date this procedure is approved. (3) Marking equipment and methods described in this procedure shall be l apprcved by the customer before use. l (a) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. l ) l O
..e.. -
o -2 O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1m-
' October 1981 i
NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 6 4.0 PROCEDURE l 4.1 General i In addition to the requirements of this procedure, the policies, practices, and rules of the nuclear plant shall be followed in the execution of the marking operation. 4.2 Personnel (1) Personnel marking piping and components shall have sufficient instruction and experience in use of the equipment and l application of the techniques as specified by the Project ! Manager. (2) Personnel shall have received appropriate training and indoctrination for proper control of radioactive materials if the marking is to be conducted af ter the plant has been in operation. 4.3 Equipment (1) n e equipment to be used shall be a commercial electric or pneumatic engraver, low stress punch, or marking pencil. ; (2) De engraver's tip shall be manuf actured of commercial grade ' diamond or tungsten carbide material. 4.4 Veld Joint Identification (1) ne area to be marked aball be free of veld spatter, rust, rough surfaces, or any other condition which would prevent clear marking. i (2) Each veld joint shall be marked on the main run pipa with the appropriate identification number. (3) ne L ereference mark (-0-) for each veld shall be located in accordance with Paragrath 4.6 of this procedure. (4) We depth of weld joint identification e.arking and zero reference (to) marking shall not exceed the limits established by the custocer. O SaalFm Ca32
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ' " *~ '-2 g October 1981 g g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 6 (5) If weld joint inaccessibility prevents use of the equipment or methods described in this procedure, other zero reference or veld joint identification number locations may be used as considered necessary and acceptable by the Team Supervisor or Inspection Engineer. Under these circumstances, the provi-sions of Paragraph 4.6 will not apply and a description of the zero reference used shall be entered on the examination record for that veld joint. 4.5 Veld Joint Identification Number Placement (W.J.I. No.) (Figure 1) To the extent practicable, veld joint identification numbers shall be located adjacent to the zero reference point (L o), but outside the examination area. 4.6 Dyersination of Zero Reference Location on Velds The following rules shall be observed in determining the zero reference location (Lo ) cn ircumferential, longitudinal and branch connection piping welds and welded piping lugs and piping supports. If more than one rule is applicable, the lowest numbered rule shall be applied. The term "horizontal component" relates to any pipe positioned at other than 90* f rom the horizontal. (1) Rule 1. For any pipe having a horizontsi component at the weld, use the top centerline of the pipe. (2) Rule 2. If a pipe is vertical at the veld (no horizontal component) and the weld is either an elbow-to-Z or a Z-to-elbow, where Z is any piping component other than an elbow, use the centerline of the outside radius of the elbow. (3) Rule 3. If a pipe is vertical at the weld (no horizontal component) and the weld is a pipe-to pipe, elbow-to elbow, Z-to pipe, or pipe-to-Z, where Z is any piping component other than an elbow, use an extension of the centerline of the outside radius of the elbow above the weld. (4) Rule 4 If in Rule 3 there is no elbow above the weld, use an extension of the centerline of the outside radius of the cibow below the veld. O t . . _.m
I l
,y b SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xx-rE-le-:
October 1981
,h NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
*' Page 5 of 6 (5) Rule 5. If Rule 3 or Rule 4 cannot be used because no elbows are visible, choose the most convenient location. When referring to Rule 5, describe the method for establishing t o on the examination record.
(6) Rule 6. For branch connection piping velds (sveepolet, veldolet, etc.) and for velded lugs and pipe supports, use the upstream intersection of the veld and the centerline of the branch connection, lug, or support, as applicable. (7) Rule 7 For a longitudinal veld intersecting a cir-cuaterential veld, use the junction (near or inside edge of the circumferential veld) of the longitudinal with the circumferential. 5.0 ACCEPTANCE STANDARDS The veld will be considered suitably marked af ter the personnel per-p) forming the marking has verified that (1) The zero reference mark (-0-) is located in accordance with Paragraph 4.6 and 4.4(5). (2) The veld identification number is the same as shown on the proper isometric drawing contained in the Examination Plan. (3) The zero reference mark (-0-) and the veld joint identification number are legible and are within the depth limits established by
,the customer.
O s.... - ..,
8 a e b N 8 Q b O
\ ,
S 6 e 8 6 i e . 0 'V\' e
SOUTHWEST R ESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rt-tto-3 NUCLEAR PROJECTS fNb I OPERATING PROCEDURE Ausust us6 Page 1 of 5 Title "3 LACK LIGliT" INT?.NSITY }iEASURI.ENTS ' i E1FECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 3 of tnis orocwure wrne eHective on Aug 26, 1986, n,, ,,,egy,, ,,n,,,,, ,, gn , ,,,,, no [ changes listed twlow, ; Psee No Change Date EHective 1-5 August 1986 i 4 L i 1 i sweerieses necesor. 8e. , sA . Acorovals r
.o' '
i Written Sv Cate Tecnn<st eview Da,te
% E4g M if1$NWl A j [/
'T/<
4 ,/. 44 M
/(( 6'7*
i Mana;*r of Q.A. Cate Cosmaant Director Date lb h f 7}E' f
.. . . . _ e_ y -
l _ _- _ _ --
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rE-tlo-3 August 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 5 "BLACK LICHT
- INTINSITY MEASLTEMENTS
- 1. PtTPOSE This procedure provides the information and detailed steps necessary to ensure proper measurement of the "black light" (long wave ultraviolet light) intensity for fluorescent magnetic particle or penetrant examinatiens util-ising a black light.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION This procedure shall be used for the measurement of the black light inten-sity utilizing a Slak-Ray J-221 Long Wave Ultraviolet Intensity Meter.
2.1 Applicable Documents (1) swr 1 Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) (2) The applicable SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure for examinations requiring a black light
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the repartment of Engineering Services Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall bi responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. l l (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. l Semi %rm e.A 3 2 1
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rs-tte-3
' August 1986 NUCl, EAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCIDURE
[ Page 3 of 5
- 4. PROCEDtTRE 4.1. Personnel (1) Personnel measuring black light intensity shall be certified in accordance with $wRI NQAF 11-1, "Special Process Control."
(2) Examinations shall be conducted as required by the applicable
$wRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure.
4.2 Equipment The following equipment shall be utilized for measurements: (1) Blak-Ray J-221 Long Wave Ultraviolet Intensity Heter with sensor call (2) J-223 Extension Cord (4 foot) 1 (3) 50107 Contrast Filter a 4.3 Measurement i The black light intensity at the surface under examination shall be determined (1) At least every 8 hours (2) Whenever lighting conditioes change t (3) Whenever the work location is changed j NOTES The meter face shall be upright for all readings and meter zero verification. The rioter zero shall be checked with the sensor cell unplugged. If the reading is not 0, the calibration screw below the scale shall be used to adjust the scale to zero. The examiner shall ensure that the sensor cell, filter faces and black light tens are clean before sensurements are taken, since any film of dust, oli or other sediment may affect the reading. S. At som c,A 12
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rz-Ito-3 O August 1996
' NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE The Blak-Ray J-221 Long Wave Ultraviolet Intensity Meter shall be utilized as follows:
(3) Plug the extension cord into the top of the meter housing with the red and black plugs aligned with their corresponding holes for proper polarity. (4) Repeat step (3) plugging the extension cord into the sensor cell. (5) Select the "B" peale by moving the switch on top of the meter housing to "B." (6) Darken the area to the condition that will prevail during the actual examination and place the sensor cell directly on the surface to be examined. (7) After a black light varm-vp time of no less than five minutes, move the black light from a minimum distance of 16 inches to a maximum distance of 22 inches from the sensor cell, while observing the "3" scale, until a reading can be taken. NOTE The "B" scale range is incremented from 10 to 60. To obtain a reading in microvatts per square centimeter, multiply the reading by 100. For example, if the reading is 20 multiply 20 by 100 to obtain 2,000 microvates per square centimeter. (8) A second reading shall be taken using the 50107 contrast filter over the sensor cell with the black light located the same dis-tance as the first reading. (9) Subtract the second reading from the first. The difference shall be a minimum of 800 microvatts per square centimeter. (10) If the second reading on the ~3" scale remains at 10 or below, the switch on top of the meter housing shall be moved to "A*: a reading shall be obtained f rom the *A" scale with the filter over the sensor cell. The black light remains at the same dis-tance as during the first reading. O $aAIF e CA3
CO SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rr-t10-3 August 1986 q NUCLEAM PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Fase 5 of 5 NOTE The "A" scale range is incremented from 0 to 12. To obtain a reading in microwatts per square centimeter, multiply the reading by 100. For example, if the reading is 8, multiply 8 by 100 to obtain 800 microwatts per square centimeter. 2 (11) Repeat step (9). The distance, during an examination, from the face of the black light i to the examination surface shall not exceed the distance at which the I black light intensity was asasured. i
- 5. RECORDS l The difference of the two readings and the distance from the face of the black light to the sensor cell during the reading shall be recorded on the applicable SwRI Examination Record.
i 1 t 1 f ) i S.Alform Ca 12 k
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rE-116-2 ; p , NUCLEAR PROJECTS Aly 1986 V !I M OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 8 Title RECORDING DATA TROM DIRECT VISUAL, t.IQUID PENETRANT, AND MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATIONS EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 2 of this procedure bocarne effective on 29 JulV I 986. This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Pege No Change Date Effectme 1-8 29 July 1986 ' 1 i F s.wi e heces. . me. sa l f0 AoDfov41: WFifte6 IV Cate IMDM6 Cal Review Date M" * *"8 F O - . r .f m
'iff rwa-A m ...i,_
Ygif c.,e I l "c. . l CuJ
- s. o . . _ _ ,
ft f832/,0.h. M l I
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rz-it6-2 O July 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE P 2 of 8 RICORDING DATA PROM DIRECT VISUAL, LIQUID PENETRANT, AND MAGNITIC PARTICLE EXAMINATIONS
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required for recording data from direct visual, liquid penetrant, and magnetic particle examinations.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION Data f rom direct visual, liquid penetrant, and magnetic particle examina-tions of components, velds, heat-af fected zones, and adjacent base mate-rial shall be recorded in accordance with this procedure.
2.1 Applicable Docuwnts (1) southwest Research Institute (SwRI) Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) (2) The applicable swr 1 Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure for the examination being conducted
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering 3ervices, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-emble SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementir.g the require =ents of this procedure. (4) The Manager of Support and Administration, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 4. PROCEDURI RIQUIRIMIh"f 3 (1) Personnel utilising this procedure shall be certified in accordance with Nuclear Quality Assurance Procedure SQAP 11-1 or NQAP 11-2, stichever is applicable.
l l S. Al 8n 0.4 3-2 l l
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rt-st6-2 . July 1986 l q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE y,,, 3 ,g 3 (2) Examinations shall be conducted as required by the applicable swr 1 Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures.
- 5. PROCEDURE 5.1 Definitions L sessurements - Measurements recorded at the centerline of the weld and parallel to the weld for nontransverse indications .
Lo location - The cri3in for L sessurements. W measurements - Measurements recorded on either side of the weld, perpendicular to the weld for nontransverse indica tions . Wo location - The origin for W measurements. 5.2 Weld Lenath Weld length, when required, shall be measured with a steel measuring tape and the distance recorded in inches and common fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch. 5 2.1 circumferential and Nossie-to-$ hell Velds Weld length shall be measured along the weld centerline. 5.2.2 1.onsitudinal Velds Weld length shall be seasured along the weld centerline. The weld length shall be 12 inches when only 12 inchas of the longitudinal weld is required to be examine 1. Enter the notation "12 inches" in the appropriate space provided on the emaninstion record. For longitudinal welds less than 12 inches, enter the veld length examined. 5.2.3 Branch connection Velds. Luss, supports and other similarly Welded Attachments with Tillet Type Weld Surfaces Veld length shall be measured on the component surf ace at the junction of the weld fusion line and the ccaponent surface, i.e.. vessel or pipe surface. O s.at form ca 34
l 2" 6-2 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE July 1986 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p g. 4 og g 5.3 L Measurements L measurements shall be recorded in inches and common fractions, to the nearest 1/16 inch. L measurements for components with a flow direction, other than branch connection and nossle-to-shell, shall be made clockwise look-ing in the direction of the flow. Branch connections and nossle-to-shell measurements shall be made clockwise, as viewed at angle per-pendicular to the component to which the branch connection or nossle is welded to. Measurements for components without a flow direction shall be made clockwise as viewed from above the vertical component or clockwise as viewcd from an identified and of a horizontal compo-nent. We end of the horizontal component referenced to determine clockwise shall be recorded in the RDtARKS section of the applicable SwRI Examination Recc rd. L measurements for longitudinal welds shall be made along the weld centerline from Lo. L measurements shall be made clockwise as viewed from the top side of the stud, bolt nut or washer; or as viewed from an identified end of the componene. L measurements for other non-welded compo-nents, e.g., cladding patches, shall be ude from an to described on the appropriate SwRI Examination Record. 5.3.1 Circumferential, Nossle-to-Shell and toneitudinal Welds L measurements shall be made along the veld centerline to the geometric center of the indication using one of the following methods: (1) Measurements shall be made directly from to using a steel measuring tape. (2) Marks shall be made and labeled every 5 inches as' measured from Lo using a steel measuring tape. Measurements shall be made from these marks using a 6-inch steel rule or a steel measuring tape. (3) *he steel -dasuring tape shall be af fixed to the veld centerline with zero at Lo. Messurements shall then be made directly. O
O' SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rz-116-2 July 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE q Page 5 of 8 5.3.2 3 ranch Connection Velds L measurements shall be made along the veld fusion line on j the component surf ace.1. e., pipe or vessel surf ace, to the geometric center of the indication using one of the follow-ing eathods t (1) Measurements shall be made directly from to using a steel measuring tape. t (2) Marks shall be made and labeled every 5 inches as measured from 14 using a steel asasuring tape. Measurements shall be made from these matks using a 6 inch steel rule or steel measuring tape. 5.3.3 Luas. Supports, and other similar Welded Attachments With Fillet Type Weld Surfaces l L seasurements shall be made along the veld fusion line on the component surf ace , i.e. , pipe or vessel surf ace , to the geometric center of the indication using one of the follow- . ing methods (1) Measurements shall be made directly from to using a l steel measuring tape. (2) Marks shall be made and labeled every 5 inches as measured from to using a steel measuring tape. Measure 3ents shall be made free these marks using a 1 6 inch steel rule or steel measuring tape. ! 5.3.4 Studs, Bolts. Nuts. Washers and Other Non-Velded Components L seasurements shall be mads directly from to to the geomet-ric center of the indication with a steel measuring tape or 6 inch steel rule. I 54 V Measurements V measurements shall be recorded in inches ard common fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch. . j $ 4.1 Circumferential. Nozzle-to-$ hell and Longitudinal Velds f V nessurements shall be made perpendicular to the veld ! centerline from Vo to the seasetric center of the indication l using a 6 inch steel rule or steel seasuring tape. saat perm ca n 4
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rE-t t6-2 O July 1986 ['* NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 8 5.4.2 Branch Connection Welds ne component surf ace used to determine Wo shall be iden-tified in the RD(ARIS section of the applicable SwRI Exami-nation Record. W measurements shall be made perpendicular to the veld fusion line from Wo to the gemnetric center of the indication using a 6 inch steel rule or steel measuring tape. 5.4.3 Supports and other similarly Welded Attachments With Fillet Type Weld Surfaces The component surf ace used to determine Wo shall be iden-tified on the applicable SwRI Examination Record. W measure-ments shall be made perpendicular to the veld fusion line from Wo to the geometric center of the indication using a 6 inch steel rule or steel measuring tape. 5.4.4 Stude. Bolts, Nuts. Washers, and Other Non-Welded Components W measurements shall be made from Wo to the geometric center of the indication. W measurements for studs or bolts with heater holes, nuts, and washers shall be made with a steel measuring tape or 6 inch steel rule from the top edge of the bore or heater hole and continue down the component. W me a-surements for studs or bolts without heater holes shall be made with a steel seasuring tape or 6 inch steel rule from the top center of the component . Measurements for other types of non-velded components, e.g., cladding patches, shall be made from Wo deteruined by the examiner and described on the appropriate $wRI Examination Record. 5.5 Indication Types Indications shall be recorded on the applicable $wRI Examination Record as rounded, linear, or as a group of rounded indications. Further information about the indication shall be recorded under the RDtARKS section of the applicable SwRI Examination Record. 5.5.1 Rounded Indications A rounded indication shall be an indication which is less than three times as long as it is wide. O t@kl 9 l
o) (
'- SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-r?-tt6-2 July 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,,, 7 ,g 3 1.
5 5.2 Linear Indications A linear indication shall be an indication which is equal to or greater than three times as long as it is wide. 5.5.3 croup of Rounded Indications The size of the area and the musber of rounded indications required to be recorded, when applicable, shall be se stipu-lated in the applicable SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure.
!.6 Indication Sire The size of an indication shall be measured to the nearest 1/32 inch with a 6 inch steel scale or steel measuring tape.
561 Rounded Indications Round indications or indications closer to being round than elliptical shall be seasured at the maximus diameter. Elliptical indications shall be measured across the maximum length and maximum width. 5 6.2 Linear Indications, Linear indicationa shall be seasured along the length of the indication. 5.7 ibbreviations Appropriate abbreviations (listed below) which describe the indica-tien location with respect to Wo shall be entered on the applicable SwRI Examination Record with the sensurements. (1) Up/ Upstream - Up (2) Down/Downstrean - Da (3) Clockwise - C4 (4) Counterclockwise - CCJ (5) Centerline - G~ O t s. ._ _
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
"-"-t 6 -2 S July 1986 g, NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p3g, g og 3 (6) Vessel side - V (7) Lug or support sids - L or S
)
(S) Pipe Side - P (9) Otber symbols with descriptions entered in the Remarks section may he "e? as approved by the Team f4sder.
- 6. RICORDS Required records shall be specified in the applicable SwRI Nuclear Proj-ects Operating Procedure Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in t.he Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan.
l l l
..e..--
SOUTHWEST RESE RCH INSTITUTE $'43 -[7-4 1 NUCl. EAR PROJECTS 4r) January 1986 YJ ,' OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 12 Title RECORDING INDICATIONS DURING ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF PRESSURE-RETAINING COMPONENTS EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision. 4 of this proced tre becarne eHective on__ 9/17/85 . This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Page No Change Date Effe:tive 1 Change 1 January 1986 2 through 4 --- September 1985 5 through 6 Change 1 January 1986 7 through 8 --- September 1985 9 through 9a Change 1 Jaauary 1986 10 through 12 --- Septe=ber 1985 l s.ee,ie s. ,,s e...,e s e. 3a IX-TE-117-3 Accrovals i Written By Cate Tecanical Review Cate l O
- s1. . e, .f .
c "e.,e e ,nm. t c,,ect., e.te i mJan
- s. ., .... o a ,...
C2 & & /A u m -
&lu
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE September 1985 g g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 12 l _u RECORDING INDICATIONS DLRING ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF PRESSURE-RETAINING COMPONENTS
- 1. FURPOSE This procedure specifies the methods for measuring and recording search unit location and maximum signal amplitude data during ultrasonic examina-tion of pressure-retaining components. When the 1974 ASME Code with respecive Addenda is used for vessel examinaions, it applies to vessels less than 2-1,2 inches in thickness. When the 1977 through 1983 AS:IE Code with respective Addenda is used for vessel examinations, it applies to ves-sels 2 inches or less in wall thickness.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION Recording search unit location and maximum sid nal amplitude data for straight- and angle-beam ultrasonic examinations of ligaments, bolting, vessel and piping welds, heat-affected zones, and adjacent base material using manual, contact, and pulse-echo techniques shall be in accordance with this procedure.
2.1 Applicable Documents (1) Southwest Research Institute Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) (2) The SwRI nuclear projects operating procedures for the ultra-sonic examinations being conducted
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this p cedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirrnants of this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. s aaorm cA 3 2
O N- / SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INST!TUTE 1x-rz-117-4 i . September 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS 0PER ATING PROCEDURE
- 4. PROCEDURE REQUIREMENTS (1) Personnel utilizing this procedure shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, Special Process Control.
(2) Examinations shall be conducted as required by the applicable SwRI nuclear projects operating procedures.
- 5. PROCEDURE 5.1 Weld Lengths, and L and W lleasurements (1) Wald lengths, if required, shall be measured with a steel mea-suring tape and the distance shc11 be recorded in it.ches and common fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch. Wald length mea-surements shall start at L o.
(2) Weld lengths for cir:umferential and longitudinal velds shall be measured along the centerline of the veld. (3) Weld length' 'or branch connections and fillet-type welds shall ON be measur- % the examination surface at the junction of the weld and ti txamination surface. (4) L and . measurements shall be recorded in inches and common fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch using a steel ruler or a steel measuring tape. (5) Shear-wave angle-beam L measurements will be made to the axial center of the search unit and W measurements will be made to the search unit exit point. (6) Straight-beam distance amplitude correction (DAC) L and W measure =ents shall be made to the axial center of the search unit at the same locations using the same methods as nontrans-verse angle-beam measurements. I (6) Straight-beam weld examinations will record the search unit location as "on-weld /up" or "on-veld /down" when the search unit is not on the veld centerline. 5.2 !ktal Path Measurements Metal path measurements shall be recorded in inches and decimal 'rac-tions to the nearest 0.1 in:h. I i
"'j s_ /
I saan Form CA 3-2 l i
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rz-u7-4 Septemoer 1985 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 5.3 Amplitude Movements (1) Signal amplitude shall be recorded as a percent of DAC at the primary reference level. The percent of DAC shall be determined from Table 2. (2) Maximum sign =2 amplitude shall be attained by search unit manipulat!.on. (3) Amplitudes of signals shall be measured in decibels (dB) above or below DAC by adjusting the gain control until t.he peak indi-cation amplitude coincides with the DAC line. 5.4 Reference Points For circumferential, longitudinal, and fillet-type welds, reference points shall be made md labeled every 5 inches from L o. 5.5 Crown Width and Height for Fillet Welds The crown height and width for fillet welds shall be measured as shown in Sketch 1 5.6 Tangential Scans The anglerbeam search unit to be used for circumferential, longi-tudinal, and branch connection welds shall be placed on the base metal with the search unit wedge touching the edge of :he veld crown and the sound bean directed tangentially into the veld at a 45' t10' angle. Measurements for tangential scanning are described in Sketch 2 of this procedure. 5.7 Circunferential Welds L and W Measure =ents (1) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements for circunferen-tial welds shall start at t o or from reference points. Mea-sure ants for components with a flow direction shall be made clockwise, looking in the direction of flow. Measurements for components without a flow direction shall be made eleckwise, as viewed from above for a vertical component or clockwise as viewed from an identified end of a horizontal component. The end of a horizontal component referenced to determine clockwise shall be recorded on the applicable examination record. O $ami Form QA 3 2
Change 1 O) (w/ SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rt-tu-4 Jarary 1986 J NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE jg Page 5 of 12 (2) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements shall be made along the veld centerline from L a or reference points. Trans-verse T. and nontransverse W measurements shall be made perpen-dicular to the veld from the veld centerline. (?) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Table 1 and Table 2. (4) L measurements for straight-beam lamination indications shall be made within 1/4 inch of each edge of the laminar-type reflector and from successive scans across the reflector in increments no greater than 1 inch. A laminar reflector may require L and W measurements from two areas as required by the applicable nuclear projects operating procedure. W measure-ments shall be made within 1/4 inch of the edges of the laminar-type reflector at each point requiring L measurements. 5.8 Longitudinal Welds L and W Measurements ; (1) Nontransverse L and transysrse W measurements shall be raade %./ along the weld centerline starting from La or reference points. (2) Transvere , L and nontransverse W measurements shall be made from the velu centerline perpendicular to the veld. (3) L and W measurements for seraight-beam and angJe-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Table 1 and Table 2. l (4) L measurements for straight-beam lamination ladications shall be made within 1/4 inch of each edge of the laminar-type raflector and from successive scans across the reflector in increments no greater than 1 inch. A laminar reflector may require L and W measurements from two areas as required by the applicable nuclear projects operating procedure. W measure-ments shall be made within 1/4 inch of the edges of the laminar-type reflector at cach point requiring L measurements. 5.9 Branch Connection and Fillet-Type Welds L and W Measurements (1) Nontransverse L and trannverse W measurements for branch con-nections and fillet-type we2ds shall start at to or from refe-rence points, and shall be made clockwiae along the examination surface and weld junction. Clockwise shall be determined by viewing the veld perpendicular to the conponent to which tne branch connection or fillet-type actschment is welded. s S.At Form GA 3 2
Change 1 1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-n-l u-4 January 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 12 (2) Transverse L and nontransverse W measurements shall be made perpendicular to the weld fusion line to the axial center of the search unit. (3) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angla-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Table 1 and Table 2. (4) L measurements for straight-beam lamination indications shall be made within 1/4 inch of each edge of the laminar-type reflector and from successive scans across the reflector in increments no greater than 1 inch. A laminar reflector may require L and W measurements from two areas as required by the applicable nuclear projects operating procedure. W measure-ments shall be made within 1/4 inch of the edges of the laminar-type reflector at each point requiring L measurements. 5.10 Bolting L and W Measurements (1) L measurements for straight-beam examination of studs and nuts and for angle-beam examination of studs conducted from the heater hole shall be made clockwise from to as viewed from above the component or clockwise as viewed from an identified end of the component. W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam heater hole examinations shall be made from the edge of the bore or heater hole of an identified end or the center of an identified end to the exit point of the angle-beam search unit, or the axial center of the straight-beam search unit. (2) L =easurements for angle-beam examinations of nuts from the outer surface shall be made from the outer edge of an identi-fied end. W measurements for angle-beam examinations of nuts shall be made clockwise from ot as viewed from an identified end. (3) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Table 1. 5.11 Ligament L and W Messurements (1) L measurements shall be made clockwise along the vessel and seal surface junction as viewed from above the vessel to the axial center of the search unit. W measurements shall be made from the edge of the seal surface and the inside surface of the vessel to the exial center of the search unit. O sent Form CA 12
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rz-117-6 (v~') f September 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE l Page 7 of 12 1
-J" -
l l (2) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Table 1. l 5.12 Examination Limitations ) l Scanning limitations shall be recorded e.s required by Paragraphs ' 5.12.1 and 5.12.2. L measurements shall be made to che axial center of the search unit. W measurements shall be made to the axial center of the straight-beam search unit or to the exit point of the angle-beam search unit. 5.12.1 Straight Beam Limitations encountered during performance of the scraight-beam lamination examination shall be recorded in accordance with the followings (1) When the lamination examination can be performed from both sides of the weld, the limitations should be o recorded on the lamination examination record as "none." (2) When a weld cannot be examined from oos side due to configuration, the limitations should be recorded as "no examination on the (up, down, CW, CCW, etc.) side due to configuration." (3) When a partial examination is performed from one side or the other of a weld, the limitations for the lami-nation examination record should refer to the angle-beam examination record. The reference to the angle-beam examination may be recorded as "same as angle beam" or "see angle-beam limitations." l Limitations shall be recorded for straight-beam DAC calibea-tions. The maximu:n limitation in the V direction shall be recorded. The minimum point and the maximum point of the limitation shall be recorded in the L direction. 5.12.2 Angle Beam j Limitations shall be recorded for angle-beam examinations. For examinations which utilize two angles, the limitations l of the search w;it with the larger limitations shall be recorded. The maximum limitation in the W direction shall be recorded. The minimum point and the maximum point of l the limitation in the L direction shall be recorded. samom ca s.: 1
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-PE-t u-4 g A* NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 1 , Page 8 of 12 5.13 Abbreviations Appropriate abbreviations (listed below) which describe the search unit location with respect to the weld centerline or edge shall be entered on the applicable SwRI Examination Record with the measurements. (1) Up/ Upstream - Up (2) Down/ Downstream - Dn (3) Clockwise - C'J (4) Counterclockwise - CC'J (5) Centerline - ( (6) Vessel side - V (7) Lug or support side - L or S (8) Pipe side - P (9) Cther symbols with descriptions ed ered in the REMARKS section cay be used as approved by the Team Supervisor.
- 6. RECORDS Required records shall be specified in the applicable SwRI nuclear projects operating procedure.
Documentt generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Exanination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan. O Samt F A 4A 3-2
I I O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE !"x"?!*1!7-4 > January 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE
~'
Page 9 of 12 Table 1 1974 CODE RECORDING REQUIREMENTS 50% Wt W ,x 50% 42 Required L Positions Lt 10% Lt 100%** X* L:rax
,2L 100%**
L2 50%
- Metal path also required I
**0nly required for nongeometric indications i
1977 THROUGH 1983 CODE RECORDING RIOUIRE}E ES 100% wt W aax 100% W2 Required L Positions Lt 50% Lt 100%** L o,x X* ** X* X* ** L2 100%** L2 50%
- Metal path also required O **0nly required for nongeometric indications
$*Al Form CA 3 2
Change 1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rt_117_4 $ January 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 9a of 12 Table 2 1974 CODE RECORDING REQUIREMENTS For Notch Calibrations on Thin Wall Piping + 50% W1 W ,x 50% W 2 Required L Positic,t.s Lt 20% Lt 50%** L max X* L2 50%** L 2 20%
- Metal path also required *
**0nly required for nongeometric indications + Calibrations to notch sensitivity when holes are stipulated by Code 1977 THROUGH 1983 CODE RECORDING REQUIREMENTS For Notch Calibrations on Thin Vall Piping +
50% W t W,3x 50% W 2 Ryuired L Positions "t 20% Lt 50%** L3,x X* ** X* X* ** L2 56%** L2 20%
- Metal path also required
**0nly required for nongeometric indications + Calibrations to notch sensitivity when holes are stipulated by Code Saml Form OA 3 2
(~') SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rz-117-4 v September 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
- Page 10 of 12 Table 2 DAC vs. dB Conversion Chart
%DAC B d_B, %DAC 100 0 100 90 1 112 80 2 125 70 3 141 63 4 159 56 5 178 50 6 200 45 7 224 40 8 251 36 9 282 32 10 316 28 11 355 s 25 12 400 j 22 20 13 14 447 501 18 15 562 16 16 631 14 17 708 13 18 794 11 19 891 10 20 1000 Percent DAC of an aeplitude below DAC, which cust be increased in amplitude by the dB number change to equal DAC, is read in the column on
- he lef t.
For example, r.n indication is increased in amplitudo by 13 dB to equal the DAC curve; therefore, the indication is 22 percent of DAC. Percent DAC of an asplitude above DAC, which must be decreased in amplitude by the dB number change to equal DAC, is read in the column on the right. For example, an indication is decreased in amplitude by 13 dB to equal the DAC curvei *herefore, the indication is 447 percent of DAC. O s.mi perm cA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rE-it7-4 September 1985 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE L Fillet Crown Weld Height I Crown i Width Vessel FILLET '4 ELD MEASUREMENTS SKETCH t O
$*mt Fem CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rE-it7-4 [] 6 , NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
- Page 12 of 12 Downstream Side 12 1 1 CIRCUMFERENTIAL 2 WELO 10 L measu ement
._ _ . 9l - - . g- - - - - - - - Wel d (
! W ' k b, j g Mea' \ ,' v, '
4 Lo 5:00 Skew Shown 5 7 6 NOTE: Upstream Side Center of Circle Cetemined by Projection from N the Search Unit fipe Edge j g # of Weld Fusion Line
- - 12
/
' ' A
/ Radial Line 94 ,'~ '.
~ 12:00 - 6:00
\ CW Side
, i I
3
) 11 7 9' '
s o Ke> ' 5 ,3 10
'y LPefsure-ent_
s/' -j s 4 _ _,J. _ _ _ A_ _ _ _ .gw _ _ _Wele q
, x ,
i Branen C0nnection 5
'4 Weld (, 3 '\' Mea ,,' 4:30 Skew 7
'5 Shcwn 5
Longitudinal Weld MEASL"4 ele'iTS FOR TANGENTIAL SOANNING SKETCH 2 I f S* Al Form QA 3 2 , i
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE IX-FE-125-0 NUCLEAR PROJECTS February 1987 OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 13 Titte , RECORDING INDICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRC REGULATORY GUIDE 1.150 EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 0 og .his procedure became effective on Feb 17, 1987 This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Page No Change Date Effective 1 - 13 February 1987 l i swo. seces Proceoure No. 3A [ Acorovals t Written By Date To.-hnical Review Date 19 o'b I' /9 Manager of Q.A. Date Co e ' ant Director , Date A h!(.' b Y
- e. . . . . - ~ c .. . i
[
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rE-123-0 ( February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
/{ - q Page 2 of 13 RECORDING INDICATIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NRC REGULATORY CUIDE 1.150
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required for measuring anc., recording search unit location and signal amplitude data during manua'. ultrasonic examinations of reactor pressure vessel welds in accordance with Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Regu-la tory Guide 1.150.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION This procedure is intended to be used only for the recording of search unit locations and signal amplitudes and shall not be used for sizing of indica tions .
This procedure is applicable ts straight- and angle-beam examinations of clad or unciad ferritic reactor pressure vessel welds, heat-affected zones.
- and adjacent bije caterial using canual, contact, and pulse-ech'o ultrasonic techniques.
- 3. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS (1) hE Regu'.atory Guide 1.150, Revision 1, Appendix A, entitled "Ult ra-sor.ie Testing of Reactor Vessel Welds During Preservice and Inservice Examinations" (2) Southwest Research Institute (SwRI) Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM)
(3) The applicable SwRI procedures required for the ultrisonic reactor pressure vessel examinations being conducted
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Tenhnology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, control, and approval of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. O $*RI Porm QA 3-2
() SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
"-"- 2 5-o February 1967 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 14 (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. L (4) The Manager of Support Services, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 5. PROCEDURE REQUIREMEhTS (1) Personnel utilizing this procedure shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control."
(2) Examination shall be conducted as required by the applicable SwRI procedures.
- 6. PROCEDURE 6.1 Weld Lengths, and L and W Measurements (1) Weld lengths, if required, shall be measured with a steel meas-uring tape and the distance shall be recorded in inches and common fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch. Weld length measure-ments shall start at La or at a determined, identifiable refer-ence point.
(2) L and W measurements shall be recorded in inches and com:non fractions to the nearest 1/16 inch using a 6-inch steel ruler or a steel measuring tape. (3) Shear-wave angle-beam L measurements will be made to the axla1 center of the search unit and the W measurements will be mads to the search unit exit point. (4) Straight-beam distance amplitude correction (DAC) L and W meas-urements shall be made to the axial center of the search unit at the same locations using the same methods as nontransverse angla-beam measurements. (5) For straight-beam weld examinations, the search unit location shall be recorded as "on weld /up," "on weld /down" or "on veld /cv," "on weld /ccw" when the search unit is not on the veld centerline. V
$=RI Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE a-rE-123-0 February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
- Page 4 of 13 6.2 Metal Path Measurements Metal path measurements shall be recorded in inches and decimal frac-tions to the nearest 0.1 inch.
6.3 Amplitude Movements (1) Signal amplitude shall be recorded in percent of DAC at the ; primary reference level. The percent DAC shall be determined I f rom Table 1. (2) Maximum signal amplitude shall be attained by search unit manipulation. (3) Amplitudes of signals shall be measured in decibels (dB) above or below DAC by adjusting the gain control until the peak indi- l cation amplitude coincides with the DAC line. 6.4 Reference Poing NOTE When the presence of high levels of radiation makes the layout of reference points impracticable, the following steps shall only be perf ormed in areas where indications have been detected. However, the radial lines required by Paragraph 6.4.3 are necessary to maintain the correct search unit orientation. 6.4 1 Circum erential, Butt Welds (1) Reference points with a maximum spacing of 10 inches shs11 be drawn on the veld centerline, except vessel-to-flange velds examined from the seal surf ace. Vessel-to-flange velds shall have ref erence points with a max-imum spacing of 10 inches as measured at the junction of the flange seal surface and inside surface of the vessel. Each reference point shall be laid out and idectified on the vessel in inches frco Lo or f rom a determined, identifiable reference mark. 6.4.2 Longitudinal Welds (1) Ref erence points with a maximum spacing of 10 inches shall be drawn on the veld centerline. The reference points shall be laid out from the centerline of the intersecting circumferential veld above or as desig-nated for horizontal vessels. sanoerm cA n
i l
\"
SOUTHWEST RES EARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rE-125-0 February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 13 (2) Each reference point shall be identified on the vessel in inches from to or f rom a determined , identifiable reference mark. 6.4.3 Nozzle-to-Shell Welds (1) Two reference circles shall be drawn around each noz-sle. The radii of the circles shall be a whole number of inches from the nozzle centerline. NOTE The radius of a reference circle can be calculated by measuring the circumfer-ence of the nozzle boss and dividing this distance by 6.28. This result is the radius of the nozzle (measured to the outside surface). The distance from the nozzle boss to the reference circle plus the radius of the nozzle equals the reference circle radius. , (2) A concentric reference circle around each nozzle which O- encompasses the scan area shall be marked on the shell and referenced to the centerline of the respective nos-zie by indicating its radius. The location of the O' azimuth of each nozzle shall be noted on the appropri-ate SwRI Examination Record. The O', 90', 180', and 270' azimuths shall be marked on the shell along the concentric reference circle in a clockwise direction as viewed from the vessel exterior. Each 30' of azi-much for nozzle welds with a radius greater than 4 inches, each 15' of azimuth for nozzle velds greater than 12 inches, and each 5' of azimuth for nozsles greater than 24 inches shall be marked along the refer-ence circle. Radial lines extending to the outer ref-erence circle shall be drawn through each azimuth marked. The azimuth points and radial lines shall be used to maintain the correct search unit orientation and not for measurements. (3) A concentric reference circle shall also be marked within 1/2 inch of the weld centerline. Eve ry 10 inches around this inner circle shall be marked on the vessel and utilized for measurements. O samormcA12
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rE-125-o February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 13 6.5 Circumf erential Welds L and W Measurements (1) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements for circumferen-tial velds shall start at Lo or at other determined reference points and be rade clockwise for outside surf ace examinations and counterclockwise for inside surf ace examinations. Clock-vise direction shall be determined as viewed from above a ver-tical vessel or clockwise as viewed from an identified end of a horizontal vessel. The end of the horizontal vessel used shall be recorded in the applicabic SwRI Examination Record. (2) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements shall te made along the veld centerline from to or from other reference point s . Transverse L and nontransverse W measurements shall be made perpendicular to the veld from the veld centerline. (3) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Tables 2, 3, and 4. 6.6 Vessel-to-Flange From the Seal Surf ace L and W Measurements (1) Nontransverse L measurements shall start at Lo or at other ref-erence points and be made clockwise as viewed from above the vessel or from an identifiable end and will be described on the SVRI Examination Record. Nontransverse W measurements shall be made from the junction of the flange seal surf ace and the inside surface of the vessel to the axial center of the search unit. (2) Nontransverse L measurements shall be made along the junction of the flange seal surface and inner surface of the vessel from to or f rom other reference points to the axial center of the search unit. (3) L measurements shall be made to the maximum amplitude point, at the end points of the indication as determined by 20% of DAC, aad, except for geometric indications, f rom successive scans in increments no greater than 1/4 inch. (4) L and W measurements for indications shall be made at the W=,x position. W measurements other than W max shall not be recorded when examining vessel-to-flange welds from the seal surf ace. O s mi pum 0A 3 2
O" SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rE-125-o
. February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE g Page 7 of 13 6.7 Longitudinal Welds L and W Measurements (1) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements for longitudinal welds shall be made along the veld centerline starting from Lo or from other reference points. Lo for longitudinal velds in vessels shall be the centerline of the intersecting circumfer-ential veld above the longitudinal veld being examined. For longitudinal velds in horizontal vessels, an identified end of the veosel shall be designated as the top and the location recorded on the applicable SwRI Examination Record.
(2) Transverse L and nontransverse W measurements shall be made from the veld centerline perpendicular to the veld. (3) L and W measurements for straight-beam and angle-beam indica-tions shall be made at each location as required in Tables 2, 3, and 4. 6.8 Nozzle-to-Shell Weld L and W Measurements (1) Nontransverse L and transverse W measurements for nozzle-to-shell welds shall start at to or at other reference points and i be made clockwise for examinations from the outside surf ace and counterclockwise for examinations from the inside surf ace. ' j Clockwise or counterclockwise shall be determined by viewing the veld from a position which is perpendicular to the vessel surface. Measurements shall be made along the inner reference circle. (2) L and W measurements shall be made from or along the inner surf ace reference circle located within 1/2 inch of the weld centerline. (3) Transverse L and nontransverse W measurements shall be esde perpendicular to the weld from the inner reference cicle. (4) L and W measure:nents for straight-beam and angle-betu indica-tions shall be made es required in Tables 2, 3, and 4. 6.9 Examination Limitations Scanning limitations shall be recorded as required by 6.9.1 and 6.9.2. W measurements shall be made to the search unit exit point I for angle-bess or axial center for straight-beam search units. s L measurements shall be made to the axial center of the search unit. SARI form CA J 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE n-Fs-125-o O February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p g ,f g3 , EXCEPTION Nozzle-to-shell veld examinations conducted from the shell side only shall not be considered limited examinations. 6.9.1 _ Straight Beam Limitations encountered during performance of the straight-beam lamination examination shall be recorded in accordance with the followings (1) When the lamination examination can be performed f rom both sides of the veld, the limitations should be recorded on the lamination examination record as "none." (2) When a veld cannot be examined from one side due to configuratien, the limitations should be recorded as "no examination on the (up, down, ev, ccw, etc.) side due to configuration." (3) When a partial examination is performed from'one side or the other of a veld, the limitations f or the lamina-tion examination record should refer to the angle-beam examination record. The reference to the angle-beam examination may be recorded as "same as angle beam" or "see angle-beam limitations." Limitations shall be recorded for straight-beam DAC calibrations. The maximum limitation in the W direc-tion shall be recorded. The minimum limitation in the W direction shall only be recorded when necessary. The minimum point and the maximum point of the limita-tion shall be recorded in the L direction. 6.9.2 Angle Beam, Limitations shall be recorded f or angle-beam examinations. For examinations which utilize two angles, the limitations of the search unit with the larger limitations shall be recorded. The maximum limitation in the W direction shall be recorded. The minimum limitation in the W direction shall be recorded only when applicable. The minimum point an'3 the maximum point of the limitation in the L direction shall be recorded. O Samt 7orm CA 3 t
o , sw O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE n-rE-125-o February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 9 of 13 6.10 Abbreviations Appropriate abbreviations which describe the search unit location with respect to dm weld centerline or edge (listed below) shall be entered on the applicable SwRI Examination Record with the measurement s. (1) Up/ Upstream - Up (2) Down/ Downstream - Dn (3) Clockwise - CW (4) Centerline - C (5) Counterclockwise - CCW (6) Vessel side of centerline - V (7) Other symbola with descriptions entered in the Remarks section may be used as approved by the Team Supervisor. l Required records shall be vpecified in the applicable SwRI procedure. I Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of ! these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan. ( I l l O S.plie QA32
\
d SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 1x-rE-125-0
, February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 10 of 13 Table 1 DAC vs. dB Conversion Chart
%DAC DB %DAC 100 0 100 90 1 112 80 2 125 70 3 141 63 4 159 56 5 178 50 6 200 45 7 224 40 8 251 36 9 282 32 10 316 28 11 355 25 12 400 22 13 447 20 14 501 18 15 562
'16 16 631 14 17 708 13 18 794 11 19 891 10 20 1000 Percent DAC of an amplitude below DAC, which must be increased in amplitude by the dB number change to equal DAC, is read in the column on the lef t.
For example, an indication is increased in amplitude by 13 dB to equal the Inc curve; therefore, the indication is 22 percent of DAC. Percent DAC of an amplitude above DAC, which must be decreased in amplitude by the dB number change to equal DAC, is read in the colue:n on the right. For example, an indication is decreased in amplitude by 13 d3 to equal the DAC curve; therefore, the indication is 447 percent of DAC. O t . . . , _ ,4
q' '"'e 25-0 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, ti og 13
.. u Table 2 Required L and W Recording for Indications NOTES Ultrasonic planar surface reflectors obtained at 50% or greater of the response f rom the square notch shall be recorded to the L and W limits of 50% of the notch amplitude.
For indications determined to be caused by geometry, the basis for this deter-mination shall be described and docunented. Each location requiring a W acasurement shall also have the metal path recorded. When an examination is performed from the unciad side of a clad vessel with a first half-ves calibration only, indications observed past the 4/8 vee path shall not be recorded. Straight-beam indications whose length and depth f rom the surf ace are oriented within 10' of a plane parallel to the surface of the component shall be consid-ered laminar flaws and shall be recorded as follows: L and W Recording for Lamination Indications L measurements for straight-beam lamination indications shall be made to the edges of the laminar-type reflector and from successive scans across the reflector in increments no greater than 1 inch. A laminar reflector will require measurements from the two areas, where the intermediate indication equals the remaining backwall and at the points, if any, of total loss of backwall. V measurements shall be made to the edges of the laminar-type reflector at each point requiring L measurements. NOTES The area of 50% loss of backwall shall be utilised for determining the extent of interf erence with the angle-beam examination. The area of total loss of backwall shall be utilized for determining the acceptance / rejection requirements of Section XI of the ASME Code. Straight-beam indications which are not laminar flaws shall be considered as planar and shall be recorded at 50% DAC. SnRI f orm CA 3-2
I SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
'*-rE- 25-0 O' ;
February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 12 of 13 Table 3 Required L and W Recording for Indications (Cont'd) All geometric and nongeometric indications detected within the outer 75% of the through-wall thickness of the vessel wall, as measured f rom the inside surf ace, and only the geometric indications within the inner 25% of through-vall thick-ness shall be recorded as follows: (1) Indications 50% to 100% DAC 50%Vt V,,x 50W2 L 150% X L eax X X X L 250% X (2) Indications Greater Than 100% DAC W1 W2 1/2 max W max 1/2 max L 150% X L3,x X X X L 250% X X = Positions requiring W measurements Nongeometric indications shall also be recorded along their length in scan increments no greater than 1/4 inch for angle-beam and every 9/10 of search unit dimension f or straight-beam axamination. Each location requiring an L measurement shall also have the W measurements and metal paths recorded. O l la Al Form GA 3-2 \
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ix-rt- 25-0 February 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 13 of 13 I w Table 4 Required L and W Recording for Indications (Cont'd) All nongeometric indications within the inner 25% of through-wall thickness shall be recorded as follows: 20% 50% 100% >100 DAC >100 DAC 100% 50% 20% DAC DAC DAC 1/2 Max WMAX 1/2 Max DAC DAC DAC X X X 20% Lt X X X X X 50% Lt X X X X X X X i 100% Lt L MAX X X X X X X X X X , X X X X X X X 100% L2 X X X X X 50% L2 X X X 20% L2 X = Positions requiring W measurenents j Add.itionally, these indications shall be recorded along their length in scan increnants no greater than 1/4 inch. Each location requiring an L measurement shall also have the W measurements and metal paths recorded. I l i l l i O
$wAI Porm CA 3-2 t
i IX-FE-131-0 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH IWSTITUTE l NUCLEAR PROJECTS March 1986 OPERATING PROCEDURE ((~) 1
) Page 1 of 3 Title COMPARISON OF INSERVICE EXAMINATION DATA EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 0 of this procedure became effective on- 7 Mar 1986 . This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below.
Page No Change Date Effective 1-4 0 March 1986 Sweersecos Procteurs No. sA
)
Acerovals _ Writte f Cate Technical Review
- 24te ,
. f 9?l( 7/**) / .?- t / dh.
V.arager of C.A. s Oste Cogivt nt Directer Oate . d2 ^ ^- , s.a a s,m QA40s. 4
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE tx-rE-131-0 March 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 2 COMPARISON OF INSERVICE EXAMINATION DATA IX-FE-131-0
- 1. PURPOSE .
The purpose of this procedure is to provide the technical information and detail steps required for the correlation of inservice examination data results.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION This procedure applies to inservice examination results recorded during direct visual, liquid penetrant, magnetic particle, and ultrasonic examina-tions. The examination results shall be compared with previous examination results in accordance with this procedure.
Ultrasonic indications shall be resolved in accordance with the appitcable revision of S';RI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX-TE-132. In some cases a comparison may not be practicable due to significant changes in techniques and/or specific variables such as search unit frequency, instruments, examination angle, recording technique, or calibration blocks, or previous data may not be available.
- 3. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS (1) SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedures for the examinations being conducted (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, the Edition and Addenda specified in the Swt1 Project Plan.
(3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) 4 RESPONSI3ILI"f (1) The Dires, tor of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure. (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The data anslyst (Level II or Level III) shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedu.'e.
- s. mem cA32
13-1C-131-0 - SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE March 1986 (3 , NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Pagr,3 of 3 g (4 ) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaltation Science and Technology Division, shall ,s responsible f or storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 5. 7ERSONNEL QUALIFICATION (1) Data Analysts shall be cettified as Level II or Level III examiners in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control," and/or NQAP 11-2, "Procedure for Certifying Visual Examination Personnel,"
as applicable.
- 6. DATA COMPARISON, Inservice nondestructive examination res, 'es shall be compared with recorded results of the preservice examination and prior inservice examinationa (PSI, ISI, special examinations, etc.). As a sinimum, the following steps shall be performed.
6.1 Review prior data to determine the presence and location of flaws. If flaws were not present in previous data, confirm the absence of flaws in present data. If flaws were present in previous data, J the existence and location of these flaws shall be verified in the current data. The following information shall then be compared to-determine growth or stability. 6.1.1 For ultrasonic indies.tions, the length, thru wall, and anplitude data shall be compared. 6.1.2 For surf ace and visual indications, the length of the flav indication shall be compared.
- 7. DOCUMEN ETION The results of the flaw indication comparison shall be documented on the SwRI Indication Resolution Record sheet to the extent necestary. ,
- 8. RECORDS Dispcsition of docu=ents gen 1 rated in accordance with this procedur6 shall be as required by the applit.able SwRI Nuc. lear Projects Operating Procedure utilited for the examination.
O : SARI Pe t. 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE IX-TE-132-0 fm . NUCLEAR PROJECTS Tebruary 1986 U OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 4 Title ULTRASONIC INDICATION RES01.UTION PROCEDURE EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 0 af this procedure became effective on 7 Mar 198L. This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Page No Change Date Effective 1-4 0 February 1986 O 4 Svoersecos Proceswee No, s4 Acorovals d Wrmen my Cate Tecamcal Reviec j Cats
.&ktLA wa duA nuic o h..o .
>.v d 'ca .
;# .M&/o, hvi
.n. ..,e.t M
....e-..- ,
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE tx-rz-132-o February 1986 g y NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE i ULTRASONIC INDICATION RESOLUTION PROCEDURE IX-TE-132-0
- 1. PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is go describe the methodology to be applied for the investigation, evaluation, and resolution of indications recorded during preservice and Inservice examinations of nuclear power plant welds, base materials, components, or vessels.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION This procedure applies to indications found during manual ultrasonic exami-nations performed during a preservice or inservice examination.
- 3. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS (1) ASME 3 oiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sectior. XI, the Edition and Addenda specified in the SwRI Project Plan (2) The Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure (NPOP) applicable to the examination (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program lianual (NQAid)
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technolog;' Division, shril be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with tne NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The data analyst (Levol II or III) shall be responsible for imple-menting the requirements of this pro:edure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive tvaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this pracedure. O 5*RI Form O 3 2
" '*- 2-o SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE O ,
February 1986 , NUCLEAR Pr40JECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 4
- 3. FIRSONNEL CERTIFICATION Personnel resolving indications shall be certified as Level II or
( Letel III examiners in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control."
- 6. DEFINITIONS (1) Investigate: Perform the necessary tasks to determine the shape, identity, and location of indications (plotting, review of radio-graphs, reexaminations, etc.).
I i (2) Evaluation: Perform the required calculations to determine the acceptance or rejection of indications investigated and found to be the result of a flaw. (3) Resolution: The formal documentation of investigations and/or evalu-ations performed on recorded indications. , 7. INVESTICATION , When investigating an indication, the following should be considered where practical and deemed necessary: 7.1 Determine the general location of the indication using L and W mea-surements, metal ptth, and measured beam angle. l 7.2 Take outside and/or inside surface profiles using a contour gauge and ultrasonic thickness measurements. Profiles should be taken in line with the maximum amplitude position of the indication. Thickness measurements should be taken at maxic:um intervals of 1/4 inch, except where inside surface contour is essentially flat and can be verified by scanning over the surface. 7.3 Review prevfous examination data, including construction radiographs. 7.4 Review f abrication drawing f or geometry and veld preparation profile. 7.5 Plot the indication location on a scale drawing of component using the surface profiles and ultrasonic thickness measurements taken in the specific area of a indica;',on and the information specified in 7.1 above. lO l l Sa AI Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u-rz-132-o g February 1986 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 4 7.6 Determine repair history of component. 7.7 Perform supplemental nondestructive examinct!.ons. Use of supple-mental examination methods are at the investigator's discretion, but may include radiography, surface methods, visual inspection, or alternative ultrnsonic techniques. Some of the ultrasonic techniques which may be considered ares (1) multiple beam angles (2) different wave modes (3) "creeping" vave technique (4) SLIC-40 technique
- 8. EVALUATION The evaluation of indications investigated and determined to be res 1 ting f rom a flaw shall conuist of reviewing the original data and of all data generated in accordance with Section 7 of this crocedure. Any investi-gation ani/or calculations necessary to determine whet her the recorded indication is acceptable or rejectable shall be documented as described in Section 9 of this procedure.
- 9. RESOLUTION The steps used to evaluate and/or investigate an indication shall be docu-mented on the Indication Resolution Record. 'Jhen used, the following vill be referenced (1) indication plots (2) calculations (3) eross sectien profiles (4) supplemental examination data (5) radiostaphs (6) sketches (7) photographs The Indication Resolution Record shall contain the signature and level of certification of the individual performing the evaluatien and/or resolution and final revies by a Level II or Level III.
- 10. RICORDS Disposition of documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be as required by the applicable SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure utili:ed for the examination.
O t_
X-PE-101-3 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE (- .' NUCLEAR PROJECTS August 1985 ( - OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 6 Title ONSITE NDE RECORDS CONTROL EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL, Revision 3 of this procedure became effective on 8/5/85 . This procedure censists of the pages ano changee listed N:ow. Page No Change Date Effective 1-6 August 5, 1985 9 O I I
$wooru ces Pro <eowre No. sA X-FE-101-2 AD0rovall _
Written By Date Technkat Review Date 2.
- 8 M., O
+%d
\ tanager of Q.A. DgniT40 f)ifector Date
'Da te
"% a Mi% '
_ ;4h # S at poem qA.443 6 /
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
" E- -
August 1985 g
/_ NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEOURE Page 2 of 6 ONSITE NDE RECORDS CONTROL
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure describes the ensite control processes for nondestructive examination records (data) generated in the field during preservice (PSI) and inservice (ISI) examinations.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATIE 2.1 This procedure describes the flow of data records used to document the results of nondestructive examinations performed. Data records include original data sheets, suenary sheets, resolution sheets, strip charts, magnetic tapes, video tapes, and other information as defined by the Inspection Engineer or Team Supervisor.
2.2 This procedure provides guidance to personnel .of the NDE Field Services Section who are assigned the responsibility of preparing, reviewing, or otheraiss using data records while in the field per-forming a preservice or inservice examinatien. 2.3 Functional steps are provided in this procedure to explain the flow of the records.
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Quality Assurance Systess and Engineering Division, shall be responsible f or t's preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Lnager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The Inspection Engineer shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of and ensuring compliance with this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Adsf.nistration Section, Quality Assurance Systess at.d Engineering Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. O s
"~* *-
O g SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE August 1985 NUCt. EAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 6
- 4. PROCEDURE i 4.1 Original Data Sheets !
(1) Original data sheets, are to be serialized either at SwRI or at the site. (2) Original data sheets shall be filled out at the examination location and during the examination time. j (3) The filled-out original data sheets shall be returned to the i team staging area (office, trailer, etc.) on a periodic basis (at meal time, at the end of the day, upon leaving controlled i areas) during an ISI or a PSI, and an entry shall be made into a daily los indicating that the examinations have been i performed. (4) The original data sheets shall then be placed into the To-Be- l i Reviewed File. 1 (5) The review process is performed as follows: (a) The original data sheets shall be checked for complete-ness, accuracy, and consistency of the data. (b) If clarification or correction of any entry on the orig-inal data sheets is required, the original data sheets ; shall be returned to the examiner. L l (c) After clarifications or corrections, if any, have been made and initialed by the examiner, the reviewer shall sign each original data sheet which does not contain l indications requiring evaluation / resolution. ( (6) The original data sheets which have been reviewed and signed [ shall be mved to the To-Be-Su:ssarized File. See Paragraph ,l j l 4.1(9). l i (7) Original data sheets which contain indications requiring evalu- l ation/ resolution shall be placed in the To-Be-Resolved File. ( t (a) Original data sheets in the to-3e-Resolved File which [ document visual or surface examinations shall be handled ; as follows: :
~
[ ,. O , {
- , i I
ao snssemcA32 ! i i
\
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE August 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 6 (1) The Original data sheets shall be reviewed, signed by the reviewer, and used to generate a Customer Notification Form (CNF). (The CiF shall be com-plated according to NQAP 13-1.) (2) Copies of original data sheets shall be made and attached to the CNF. (3) A log shall be mintained of CNFs issued and their status. (4) The origins.1 data sheets are then placed in the To-Be-Sumarized File. See Paragraph 4.1(9). (b) Original data sheets in tne To-Be-Resolved File which document ultrasonic examinations shall be used to resolve the indications according to Paragraph 4.3 and shall then be processed as specified in Paragraphs 4.1(5) and 4.1(t). (8) When a computer is used to record results and generate sumary sheets, data shall be fed into the computer. The computet will generate the cumary sh ets at the completion of all required examinations of an exa:r. nation area. (9) If the computer is not used to generate sutznary sheets, data pl-ced in the To-Be-Sum:nrized File shall be su:=narized accord-in to Paragraph 4.2 and filed with the su:xsity sheet in the original data volumes. 4.2 Suma ry si ets (1) Sumary sheets, are to be serialized either at SwRI or at the site. (2) Su:xnary sheets shall be comp'eted for each examination area. In certain cases (studs, nuts, etc.), one sum: nary sheet may be used for more than one examination area. ( .1 ) Su= mary sheets shall be completed prier to the conclusion of site activities for each examination area for which examination requirements have been completed. (4) Su:xnary sheets shall be filed with the data in the original data volumes. O $. At som QA 3-2
I (7 v SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE X-FE-101-3 August 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 6
^
4.3 Resolution Sheets (1) Resolution sheets, are to be serialized either at SwRI or at the site. (2) The Level II or Level III examiner shall take the steps neces-sary to resolve the ultrasonic indications and complete a resolution sheet describing the results of his analysis. Any additional documentation required to support the resolution shall be attached. (3) Original data sheets and resolution records with indications requiring no further action shall be placed in the To-Be-Reviewed File and processed as specified in Paragraphs 4.1(5) and 4.1(6). (4) Mea with indications requiring further action shall *be handled in a manner established by the Director of the Department of Engineering Services. (5) Indications which have been deemed reportable and require cus-toner disposition shall be reported on a CNT form. The CNF l 4 shall be completed in accordance with SwRI NQAP 13-1. 4.4 Strip Charts. Magnetic Tapes Video Tapes (1) Strip charts, magnetic tapes, and video tapes being generated during mechanized ultrasonie examinations shall be identified , with a sequence number and with the examination areas for which { they contain data. 1 I (2) During the resolution of any indications, the strip charts and tapes may be used by the Level II or Level III examiner, as l needed. l (3) The strip charts and tapes are then prepared for transmittal to SwRI. \ - j 4.5 Customer Data Review
- The customer, at his option, may elect to review and approve the original NDE data prior to its shipment to SwRI.
1 l0 1 l s.s, , , - l l
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE *- * -' August 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 6
- 5. RECORDS 5.1 Prior to departing the site at the completion of a preservice or inservice examination, the original data package with the exception of ; trip charts, magnetic tapes, and videotapes shall be reproduced and a copy (ies) shall be transmitted to the appropriate site person-nel. At no time vill data be reproduced for this transmittal before the required examinations for a particular area are complete, the data have been reviewed, and the sumary sheets have been completed.
5.2 After completion of site activities (or at other times deemed appro-priate by the Inspection Engineer or Team Supervisor), the original data package shall be transmitted to SwRI in accordsnce with the latest revision of SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure XVII-AG-101. O O S* At % CA 3
bFE-109-0
- SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE NUCLEAR PROJECTS
' p) C - OPERATING PROCEDURE September 1985 lPage1of3 Title INDICATION EVALUATION GUIDELINES EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 0 of this procedure became effective on 9/17/85 . This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below. Page No Change Date Effective 1 through 3 9/17/85
$weersects Procsawre No. sa Accrovals T_... . e v , .. c.,e
-~g,e, ,, A g~""
.c,/,e,Mg>Aaun "'gl O r.,. c. e - ,e... - - c.,e Dws-
'% Bu/4%n ,
? ?% -
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE x-rE-to9-o September 1985
$lI NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE ,
[j [ w%* 1 Page 2 of 1 INDICATION EVALUATION GUIDELINES
- 1. PURPOSE The purpose of this guideline is to describe the general methodology to be applied for the evaluation of ultrasonic indications detected during preser-vice or inservice examinations.
- 2. SCOPE AND LIMITATIONS This guideline applies to ultrasonic indications found during manual or mech-anized examinations of welds and base material in vessels, piping, pumps, valves and bolting.
This guideline is intended to provide a consistent approach to the evalu-ation of indications. It is recognized that all steps in this guideline may not apply to every indication and in some instances additional steps may be required. Each indication should be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Sizing is not considered part of this guideline.
- 3. PERSONNEL REQUIRIMENTS Personnel evaluating indications shall be certified Level II or Level III in accordance with SwRI NQAP-11-1 "Special Procass Control."
For the examination and resolution of IGSCC-susceptible velds in austenitic piping, examiners shall be qualified by EPRI (or equi. valent) training.
- 4. EVALUATION PROCESS In evaluating an indication, the following should be considered where prac-tical and deemed necessary:
41 Evaluate the location of the indication with ref erence to t ando W o measure =ents and metal path. 4.2 Take outside and inside surf ace profiles using a contour gage and ultrasonic thickness measurements. Profiles shall be teken in line with the m.mximum amplitude position of the indication. Thickness mea-surements shall be taken at maximum intervals of 1/4 inch. except where inside surface contour is essentially flat, and can be verified by scanning over the surface. 4.3 Review previous examination data, including construction radiographs. S
- RI Form ^.A 3 e
fl 0 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE September 1985 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 3 4.4 Review fabrication drawing for geometry and weld preparation profile. 4.5 Plot metal path on scale drawing of component. 4.6 Determine repair history of component. 4.7 Perform supplemental nondestructive examinations. Use of supple-mental examination methods are at the evaluator's discretion, but may include tsdiography, surface methods, visual inspection or altec-native ultrasonic techniques. Some of the ultrasonic techniques which may be considered ares (1) multiple beam angles (2) different wave modes (3) "creeping" wave technique (4) SLIC-40 technique
- 5. RECORDS The steps used to evaluate an indication shall be documented on the Indies-tien Resolution Record or similar document. When used, the following will be referenced (1) indication plots (2) calculations (3) cross section profiles (4) supplemental examination data (5) radiographs (6) sketches (7) photographs The Indication Resolution Record shall contain the signature and level of
. certification of the individual performing the evaluation and final approval by a Level II or Level III. I O Samt perm CA 3 2
1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xlII-AG-101-2 pJ s NUCLEAR PROJECTS September 1982 . OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 12 Title CONTROL OF NUCLEAR INSPECTION EQUIP!ENT AND &\TERIALS EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL
, Revision 2 of this procedure beame eff ective on 10/4/82 . This procedure consists of the pages and changes listed below.
Pege No Change Date Effective 1-12 0 September 1982 l O l l SA Acorovais b Written 3v Cate Tecnnical Renew , Date ' I hs .m u /? h s !!NYS f /fn (' s%D Manager of Q.A. [ Oate Cognizant Director _ \ Cate r 'A /* f e....._ v II
SOUTHWEST R ESEARCH INSTITUTE m I-^o- -2 September 1982 g g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 12 t l__~ v CONTROL OF NUCLEAR INSPECTION EQUIPME!Tr Aht MATERIALS
- 1. PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this operating procedure is to provide control for the storage, inventory, issue, shipment, and return to stock of exacination equipment and materials.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION 2.1 The scope of this procedure is the control of nuclear examination equipment to ensure the integrity of equipment and materials used durint the examination of nuclear power plant components. See !TPOP VII-AG-102 for control of Search Units.
. Controls are further required to ensure that maximum utilization is made of available equipment, i.e., equipment is not "lost" in the Radiation Control facility, delayed or misplaced during transit from job site to maintenance shops, or allowed to remain out of circula-tion for long periods of time while being used for research and deve2opment projects. The flow chart illustrates the control and process of nuclear inspection equipment (Attachment 1).
2.3 This procedure is applicable to, but not limited to, control of the following equipment and materials: (1) Ultrasonic Examination Materials and Equipment (2) Plastic Wedges (3) Penetrant Examination Materials (4) Magnetic Psrticle Examination Materials and Equipment (5) Eddy Current Examination Equipment and Standards (6) Mechanized Examination Equipment (7) Data Acquisition Systems 2.4 The following documents form a portion of this procedure as applicable. . .". 4 .1 SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM). 2.4.2 Sw.'.I Radiological Health and Safety Manual. S. Ai Form TA 3 :
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xIII-^c-io1-2 September 1982 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, 3 ,g 12 ( M
- 3. RESPONSIBILITY 3.1 The Vice President of the Quality Assurance Systems and Engineering Division shall designate one or more secure areas to be used for equipment and materials atorage as control facilities.
3.2 Control facilities shall be operated by a Stock Clerk and an Equip-ment Clerk. The Stock Clerk will be under the supervision of Inven-tory Control Traffic Manager who will be responsible for inventory storage and issue of examination asterials. The Equipment Clerk, under the supervision of the Supervisor, Administration Control, will be responsible for inventory, storage, issue and retrieval of controlled equipment. 3.3 Responsible users, such as Team Supervisors, shall be responsible for cospiling a list, using Swk1 Pora SS-17 Equipment Control / Shipping List (Attachment 2), of equipment and materials required for each job or project. They shall be responsible,for shipment of the equipment to the job site, security while at the job site, reshipment upon completion of the job, documentation of f aulty O 3.4 equipment, and turn-in of equipment and unused materials. The Division Health Physicist or his representative shall be raspon-nible for accepting equipment and materials returned from an inser-vice examination, its decontamination, and returned to its proper storage facility. 3.5 The Assistant Manager, Technical Activities Group, or his alternate shall be responsible for providing minimum maintenance turnaround time and for providing current certifications as required for ', nuclear examination equipment.
- 4. ,PROCEDURZ 4.1 New Equipmene 4.1.1 Newly purcha:ed or fabricated critical equipment shall be inspected in accordance with SwRI Operating Procedure VII-AG-101 prior to being routed to the appropriate control facility.
O Sam Form CA 3 2 l
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE n u-Ac-tot-2 September 1982 g 6] NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPEHATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 12 4.1.2 An identification number (serial number) will be assigned to noncapital equipment which does not have a manuf acturer's serial number. 4.1.3 Upon completion of proper identification, new equipnent will be listed on the control facility inventory records. 4.l.4 Once new equipment is properly identified and inventoried, it will be issued to the appropriate maintenance facility for an operational check and cer::ification in accordance with NQAPM Procedure NQAP 10-1. The maintenance facility will return tha equipment, along with copies of certifi-cations generated, to the control facility. The new equip-ment may then be issued for nuclear inspection work. 4.2 Equipment and Materials Issue 4.2.1 When it is determined that equipment and/or materials are to be removed from the appropriate control. facility, with the exception of' equipcent r. outed through the maintenance facil-ities (Paragraph 4.6.3), the Team Supervisor or Responsible User will compile a list os required equipment and materials needed using Form SS-17. The responsible supervisor shall complete each blank at the top portion of the form with no exceptions. On the second part of the foto, he will list quantity and nomenclature of each item of equipment or materials required and indicate those which require certifications. 4.2.2 When the Team Supervisor or Responsible ISer has initiated Form SS-17, he may assign any techniet ; to draw and pack the equipment. The technician will present Form SS-17 to the appropriate control facility, and the Clerk will issue the material or equipment. The Clerk will enter appropriate serial number and estimated replacement cost of each ites on Form SS-17 as the equipment is issued. he will also supply copies of appropriate certifications as required. 4.2.3 Whee requested equipment and natorials have been issued, the technician will sign each Forn SS-17, indicating that he has received the items for the responsible supervisor, and shall notify the QA Section so they can review the equipment and certifications. O
"I2-^S- o -2 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
{') September 1982 - NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 12 4.2.4 The Equipment Clerk will distribute Form SS-17 as follows: (1) Copy 1 (white): Forward to the Division ShipplJ8 Agent (2) Copy 2 (yellow): Give to the person receiving the equipment (3) Copy 3 (pink): Retain for control purposes (4) Copy 4 (goldenrod): Will be given to QA when QA inspection is required. If a QA inspection is not required, this copy will be destroyed. 4.3 Equipment Packing and Shipping 4.3.1 If the equipment and/or materials are to be shipped from the Institute grounds, the technician will pack each item in numbered shipping containers. He will then enter the container number in the appropriate Box No. space on O 4.3.2 Form SS-17. If the equipment is to be shipped by freight, a box count must be made and each box must be weighed. Shipping labals must be completed and af fixed to each shipping container. 4.3.3 When the packing has been completed, the technician will return Copy 2 of Form SS-17 to the responsible supervisor who retains this copy for accountability of equipment while in his possession. 4.3.4 If equipment is to be shipped by freight, the responsible supervisor will contact the Requisitioning Agent, who will arrange for ship;ing and for the proper shipping documents to be completed. 4.3.5 The responsible supervisor will review Form SS-17, with special emphasis placed on ensuring that appropriate certi-fications are available for each ites that requires certification. 4.4 Onsite Control 4.4.1 The ".'eam Supervisor or Project Engineer shall assume responsibility for the security of equipnent once it has been drawn from the control facility. At the job site, he O will obtain a secure area to be used for equipment storage sam ae cA 12
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE t-^ - - September 1982 g g[ NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 12 and vill arrange for issue of the equipment or materials as the work load demands. He vill ensure that equipment placed into ensits storage after use is dry and clean and that any equipment damaged or found to be inoperative or out of toler-ance is tagged with a Form SS-19, "Hold Tag", to indicate its condition (Attachment 3). 4.5 Decontamination 4.5.1 Equipment being returned from an inservice inspection must be delivered to a radiation control area i=nediately upon return to the Institute. This equipment will be controlled in accordance with SwRI Radiological Health and .Cafety Manual, Paragraph 5.2. 4.6 Equipment / Material Turn-in 4.6.1 Upon completion of a project or the return to the Institute of equipment used off the grounds, the equipment will be returned to the control facility. (See Paragraph 4.6.2 when returning from an inservice examination.) As each item is checked in, the Equipment Clerk vill enter the date in the Date Returned block of copy 3 of the Form SS-17. He vill also initial in the Date Returned block of copy 2 of the Form SS-17 when requested. 4.6.2 Expendable materials such as Penetrant Examination Material and Magnetic Particle Examination Materials vill be returned to the stock room. When the Stock Clerk can determine that the material has not been used and identifying data is avail-able to trace the material to the appropriate certificates and to the original purchase order, he vill credit the appropriate job site by processing an appropriate store requisition. 4.6.3 Equipment and material being returned from an inservice examination must be delivered to a radiation control area femediately upon return to the Institute. The Health Phys-icist representative will inventory equipnent and material and acknowledge responsibility for it. Equipment and mate-rial that is not contaminated or that is decontaminated will be returned to the appropriate storage facility according to 4.6.1 and 4.6.2 above. Equipment that cannot be decontasi-nated vill be stored in the appropriate control area and the Realth Physicist representative will inform the Assistant 9 Sam Form CA 3 :
s O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE u n-Ac-101-2 September 1982 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,,, 7 ,g 32 t js Director, Engineering Services Division, and the Equipment Control Clerk in writing of the nomenclature and the serial number of the equipment, and the site the equipment came ' from. 4.6.4 The Equipment Clerk will check each iten for disposition. Equipment requiring repair, cleaning, or recertificautta/ recalibration within the next 30 calendar days will be taken to the appropriate maintenance facility. 4.6.5 When repair and/ot certification is completed, the ites will be returned to the control f acility and placed in stock for reissue. 4.7 Special Issue Requirements 4.7.1 Occasionally it will be neceseary for a Team Supervisor who is in the fiald to request that equipment be checkad cut and sent to him. When this circumstance arises, he vn! contact the Examination Activities Coordinator or his alternete and O - make his needs known. The Examination Activities Coordi-nator or his alternate vill initiate Form 55-17 and draw, pack, and ship the equipment. He will perform the review and enclose Copy 2 of Tora SS-17 in the shipping container so that the Team Leader will have a record of what was actually shipped. 4.7.2 If equipment is to be shipped from one job location te another without returning to the Institute, a packing list will be made using Fors SS-17. One copy will be retained by the responsible person making the shipment, one copy will be enclosed with the shipment, and one copy will be returned to the control facility at the Institute. The responsible supervisor will review the Form SS-17 to ensure that certifi-cates were included as required. 4.8 Lost or Destroyed Equipment 4.6.1 In the event any ites other than normally consumable mate-rials is lost or destroyed while it is signed out of the control facility, the responsible supervisor will initiate a memorandum addressed to the Assistant Director, Engineering Services Division, with a copy to the Manager of Support and Administration and the Supervisor, Administration Control. The assorandum will identify the equipment and describe the circumstances involved with its loss or destruction. Snaise ca 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE utt-Ac-tol-2 September 1982 g g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, 3 og gy 4.9 Recall of Equipment for Recalibration 4.9.1 When notified that a particular piece of equipment is due recalibration, the Equipment Clerk will determine the loca-tion of the equipment by reviewing his equipment inventory records. If the equipment is located within the stock room, he will take the equipment to the appropriate certifying facility. When the equipment has been issued, he will notify the Assistant Manager, Technical Activities Croup, or other responsible aupervisor by completing a Form SS-42 (Attachment 4). The Activity Coordinater or responsible supervisor vill ensure the equipment is sent to the Equip-ment Clerk on or before the recalibration date. The Equip-ment Clerk vill then take it to the appropriate certifying facility. Note: If a particular piece of equipment is being used in a non-critical application, it need not be returned until completion of the project.
- 5. RECORDS 5.1 Copy 3 of Form SS-17 shall be maintained by the control facility for a minimum of six months af ter the last item on the form was turned in.
5.2 SwRI Form SS-42 may be destroyed upon return of equipment to the stock room. 5.3 The Equipment Clerk will maintain a file of current equipment cer-tification records. An adequate number of copies will be included for issue during equipment issue. O
$ami 8m e,A 3 2
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE n zz-^o-tot-2 September 1982 j NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 9 of 12 New , Equipment 9 Equipment Control r------ 7 j inventory e____, I i _____q 1: l Radiation l
~
Storagt b ' Control ! l Ma nte Ce l , I
- i e l Laboratory l l i I g i I g
_____a i tssue i l t. _ _ J _ _ J t.----- rJ
-- e Equipa nt "
User AttachN nt 1 S.AtFe CA32
S SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE mI-"- -2 September 1982
.g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p g. to of 12 see: .. ... .
O.Il EQUIPMENT CONTROL / SHIPPING LIST
- sce e s.,i s.v..... ........ .it...
..*: sota.i ca ** * .c o. e s t. . . s.re EM ** tea w e e j8 eon g J,",,',?,, .,$!,,
I , i I i i i i i i l i i i l 1 l l i l l I l l 1 i i i I i i_ i i i i i i i i l l I I i i l I j i i i I i i i l i I I i i i i i I i I i i l i i I i i 6 i i l i i i i i i I i i i i l i I i l ! I i l i i i i i i l i i I i i i i i i i t i I L l l i l i a i i i l i l i i i l i l i i i i i l i i i I i i t i e I i I I I i i l i i l 1 i 1 I i i i l i I i l i i *
~
i i i I i l I i e i i i t i i l i i t i i i i i l 4 I I l l l 1 i I i i i ruas co st i s tit vis st - 6.;if t s e, This Form is a 4 copy form. Page 1 is white. Page 2 is yellow. Page 3 is pink, and Page 4 is goldenrod. Attachment 2 SNGLE FCM1 sami se ca32
c')
\
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xttt-Ac-tot-2 w september 1982 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE 11 d 12 HOLD . O e DO NOT USE A 1 3 O . l .- O O
=
o! 2 0
- 1 1
Attach:4DC 3 SMiPLE F0DI 1 i s aml f e CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE " II-^c-tot-2 September 1982 g
.- 4 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, g2 og 12 RE C ALIB R A TION NOTICE ve . esce s. r t <
s M R&wWat 618783 M60 s e LL M M e stakipa ttee as eascatt3 86taas agtves ting twupuest to tiet leurwat eet u as sece 64 a ual evt u maa6 mm. mas maata ate l 6xa ties t i O I I i i i i t i I I i l i l i I i l l i i i 6 8
. = . . . .
- tecalibration Notice (SvRI Tors SS-42)
Attach =ent 4 SAMPLE TOL'i
~
samiu ca 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE W II AG 101 3 f'; NUCLEAR PROJECTS November 1987
's m- OPERATING PROCEDURE .
Page 1 of 7 Title DATA STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 3 of this procedure became effective on 30 Nov 1997 , This procedure consists of tha pages and changes hsted below. Page No Change Date %ffective 16 1 :' . a . 10 5 7,. A.# l-7 30 Novembet 1987 . I u ,
"" [
,'fI.$'c' {f)(O2 Acoro,als f -
Wr.tten 8v Date Tecnn. cal Review Date , t
/ rY. vfv '
(I*/?*15 %Q. L \ \ Y *; } , Wnager of G A. Cate C>gn.zant Direev Date g,C.<- w
@%AL/ , +4, i
.....-+... ,
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xvtt Ac lol 3 O November 1987
~ '
NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE f ]t)) Page 2 of 7 DATA STOPACE AND RETRIEVAL
- 1. INTRODUCTIO!{
1.1 This procedure establishes a system for the control and the erage of data for nuclear power plant components classified by ANS1 N45.2.9, "Requirements for Collection, Stora6a, and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records for Nuclear Power Plants." This operating procedure satisfies the requirements of Appendix 5 to 10CFR50, Criterion XVII, and the SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Progra.1 Manual. 1.2 Scora and Arelication 1.2.1 The scope of this procedure is limited to the documentation of nuclear power plant examinations performed by NDE Tield Services, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, and to other documentation as designated by the Vice President, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division. 1.2.2 This procedure applies to the Data Control Clerk, Team Supervisors Inspection Engineers, and all other personnel who enter documents into and receive them from the Data Storage Facility. 1.2.3 Other divisions of the Institute may store quality assurance records for nuclear power plants in the Data Sterage Ta.ility. Once these records have been entered in the facility, they will be controlled accordin5 to this procedure. 1.3 Restensibility 1.3.1 The Manager of Support and Administrative Services within the Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Div.i*'an shall be responsible for the i=plementation and control 3" this procedure. 1.3.2 The Data Control Clark for Support and Administrative Services shall be responsible for controlling, filing, and maintaining documentation cover 6d by this procedure in the Data Storage Facilities. The Data Clerk shasl assume this responsibility when doeurents are received in accordance with Paragraphs 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3. 8 W
c 3
'd " ^c- 01-3 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Novembe:: 1937 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCuDURE p,g, 3 ,g 7 i
1.3.3 Team Supervisors, Insper.: ion Engineers, or their designated alternates shall be rerjonsible for ensurin5 completeness l and accuracy of docume.itation being entered into the Data Storage Facility (see Section 2). 1.3.4 The Manager of Support aivi Administrative Services, or a representative, shall routinely review the performance of the Data Stora5e Facility against the requirements of this procedure. 1.4 Waa Storare Facility Descriotion The Data Storage Facility for SwRI retained quality assurance racords is located in Buildi.nB 139. The construction of the facility i. Building 139 is concrete block with steel vault door. The facility has a temperature control device to regulate temperature and humidity.
- 2. IEQ.CIEE d 2.1 Examination data and related material being sent to SwRI will be listed en Form SS-1, "Data Records Transmittal and Receipt" (see page 7). Upon completion of the form and its arrival with the data at the Institute, chey will be delivered to the Data Control Clerk.
2.2 Upon receipt of th: 'a c a , the Data Control Clerk will use the transmittal form as a checklist to ensure that all material listed , has been teceived. The Da :. Clerk will inventory the data by l preparing a listing of Summary Sheet numbers or by entering the Summary Sheet nu.nbar on a weld table. The Data clerk will also l ensure that each Examination Da'.a Sheet listed on each Summary Sheet l is in the Data Package. In those cases where a Su.n ary Shest is not used or has not been prepared at the time of receipt of the
- data, the Data Clerk will prepare a listing showing the serialized number of each data sheet received. The completed inventory will be l In addition, the Data Control filed in Sectiot. A of the file system.
Clerk will ensure that all documentation to be stored contains the l following: (1) Reactor Site Name [ (2) Date of Record Intrv (3) Descrio, Jon of Material. Video tapes, strip charts, and computes disks will identify the examination to which they O V relate and will be numbered. This information is entered by the Team Supervisor, the Inspec .lon Engineer, or their d nignated alternaces. S Al Form CA 3 2 l l
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xvii Ac 101-3 November 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE
,l Page 4 of 7
,. a The Data Control Clerk will then enter the data into the Data Storage Facility.
2.3 PSI and ISI reports, other nuclear power plant examination reports, examination plans, etc. relating to a particular reactor will be furnished to the Data Control Clerk by the Report Coordinator. 2.4 Other records may be furnished to the Data Control Clerk for storage when approved by the Vice President, Nondesert ',ive Evaluation Science and Technology Division. 2.5 Items being removed from the Data Storage Facility shall be signed out. Original field data vill be returned to the Data Storage Facility at the end of each day. If these data need to be used after normal working hours, special arrangements will be made with the Data Control Clerk. Other items may be signe6 out for the period required. The individual withdrawing data or other material shall be responsible for its safekeeping and return. 2.6 The Data Storage Facility will be ma!ntained in a neat and orderly manner. Records will be inside file cabinets or bookcaser. Loose papers, drawings, etc. shall be placed in folders, binders, or envelopes for filing.
- 3. RECORDS 3.1 The Data Control Clerk will maintain an up to date list of records covered by this procedure and a list of their respective locations.
3.2 Data maintained in the Data Storage Facility will be retained for the periods indicated in Appendix A or according to written instructions furnished to the Data Control Clerk at the time the records are placed into the Data Storage Facility. The period of retention will in no circumstance be shorter than the time specified in the applicable contract. 3.3 Project Managers should review the records in the Data Storage Facility relating to closed projects to decernine their ultimate dispositioning; i.e., return of records to client upon termination of contract, continuous stora5e in the Data Storage Facility, etc. Decisions should bo coordinated with the appropriate Director, and the Dacc Control Clerk should be notified in writing. The Data Control Clerk will comply with the writt:.a instructions. O $ Al Form CA 34
I Um SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE xvii Ac lol-3 Novemoer 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERAYING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 7 APPENDIX A The following is a list of documentation cnd its retention periods as maintained by Data Control in the Data Storage Facilities. Record Tvee Retention Period (1) PSI, ISI, and other examination reports, Lifetime of the which include: Plant t.' until transferred to the Personnel certifications Client Search unit, material, and instrument certifications Zero reference location Weld identification isometric drawings Calibration standards Nondestructive testing procedures (2) PSI, ISI, and other examination data, Lifetime of the O- which include: Plant or until transferred to the Original data Cliont Video tapes Computer disks Eddy current data Eddy current tapes Strip charts Equipdient calibration sheets (3) PSI, ISI, and other examination plans Lifetime of the Plant +- antil trans ed to the Client. (.) Logs, drawings, and summaries created by Lifetime of the fiel' crews during an ISI or PSI Plant or until transferred to the Client (5) General information that would be of value Lifetime of the in conducting future ISIS Plant or until transferred to the Client (6) Photographs relatin6 to nuclear power plants As determined by the Project Manager
$wmi Porm M 3-2
1 l l l SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ec-tot 3 l November 1987 i NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDUP E Pa 6 of 7 (7) Copies of procedures; personnel, material, Destroy 6 months and instrument cert!fications; and other after issuance of report data Final Report (8) Other general irformation that will not Destroy afcar provide valuable information in condue:ing 2 years future ISIS O O Sam Poe CA 3 2
,$ SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE m ^c tot 3 November 1987 NUCLEAR PRL. 7TS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 7 of 7 OATA RECCROS TRANSMITTAL AND RECElFT
**:u s Tg: ro. :A?A CON *t h O'.gs, tt no.c : Nc: jr<;s.CN
,,,,,,$0*g ' JCAIPTICN CF CATA 4E0C40$
,3, NO O# VA*MII t.KAMfNATICN C AT A $P() J N#' C# #C*#II CUT:FICATICNS NO
- C# VOl*WII DAWAflCN Pt.AN
' '#^*
M( W NilED 3CAN PLAN vtCEO fAPf3 O v . ,,cN..r. < . e, . x.. . I l P CtNo CArA ue ::wtsts , i
).$,%A 7,S{ 4 I
snei ' Caw $3.i.i
$w Al Form CA 3 2 l
l O APPENDIX D
~
SOUTIIWESP RESEARCHINSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING PROCEDURES lO l 1 - l O l l
l') APPENDIX D (g SOUTHWEST RESEARCHINSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE 'a'ESTING PROCEDURES Table of Contents Procedure NoJRev. Title SwRI NDT 200-1/70 Solvent Removable Liquid Penetrant Color Contrast Examination Dev.3 , SwRI NDT 3001/23 Dry Powder Magnetic Particle Examination SwRI NDT 300-1/35 Dry Powder Magnetic Particle Ermmination Dev. 2 SwRI NDT 300 2/42 Fluorescent Magnetic Particle Ermmination Devs.1,2 SwRI NDT 600-31/23 Manual Ultrasonic Examination of Austenitic Pressure Piping Welds Dev.1 SwRI NDT 600-41/8 Manual Ultrasoole Exunination of Ferritic Pressure Piping Welds O Devs.1, 2, 3, 4 Manual Ultrasonic Eramination of Ferritic Pressure Piping Welds SwRI NDT-600-41/16 Dev.1 SwRI NDT 80')-94/2 Manual Ultrasonic Examination of Cylinddcal and Con! cal Sections of Dev.1 BWR Feedwater Nozzles SwRI NDT 800100/2 Manual Ultrasonic Eramination of Corrosion Resistant Clad Piping Dev.1 Welds at Hope Creek O D.I
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Page 1 of g Pages
'N Precedure Revision No. Deviatir.n No.
() SwRbNDT 2001 70 3 The following examination areas are affected by this deviation: Liquid penetrant ernminations to be performed in accordance with this procedure. The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated: Change Section 8 Recording Criteda to read as follows:
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX FE 116.
8.1 Linear Indications Linear indications shall be recorded on the SwRI Liquid Penetrant Exa.mination Record and reported to the customer for disposition in accordance with the recording criteria table below: OverallIndication Length Nominal Wall Thickness as Denned in Attached Figure 1 Gnches) Unches) O Less than 1.0 1/8 1.0 to less than 2.5 3/16 2.5 and greater 1/4 (Continued on Page 2) Rationale for deviation: This deviation incorporates recording criteria as requested by Public Service Electric and Gas Company. Deviation Affecta d*****"*8"""""""1"*8*'**" Cua6fication YES O NO @ eve acetoa. ee ae m oa enea de aves es w a:o,e aee e *=.ow,. m.st. tor. APPROVALS SA g Written bY: Date: Technical Revie Date WD veres' Acorova Given? OYs C No Manager of Q.A.: rok St<//W Cate: Cognizant Cirector: Date:
. Wk l$ hb sens acnu rnM V '
l}
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Procedure SwRI.NDT 2001 Revision No. 70
' 'aviadon No. 3 Page 2 of 2 The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated (Cont.h NOTE For Preservice an minadon, indications with a length of 1/16 inch in ferretic piping less than .312 inches in thickness shall be recorded.
Rounded indicadons shall be recorded based on diameters corresponding to the linear indication recording criteria and reported to the customer for disposidon. When conditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall be recorded. O O O
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH ..vSTITUTE SwRI-NDT-200-1 70 NUCLEAR PitOJECTS "*V18]j7 11P - OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 16 Title SOLVENT-REMOVABLE LIQ'JID PENETRANT COLOR CONTRAST EXAMINATION EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 70 of this procedure became effectNo onJune 22, 1987 Other revisions of the base document may be effective concurrently. SA Approvals A /// Writte y Date Technical Review Date f// ' 4 ff - W s e, /
% Manager of 0.A. , Date Cog 'nt Director j, Date 2% /7 (f h". . ! ~,. '
, . I l l
The following information may be used for convenionce. CEpletion of this portion is not mandatory, i Caviation No. Date Effective Procedure Section(s) Affected Notes: 1 4 1 O l ....... _ ... 1 1 L
SwRI-NDT-200-1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 70 June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Pa 2 of M SOLVENT-REMOVABLE LIQUID PENETRANT COLOR CONTRAST EXAMINATION I SwRI-NDT-200-1
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required to ensure proper liquid penetrant examination of nonporous austenitic or carbon steel materials in accordance with the applicable American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION (1) The color contust method of solvent-removable liquid penetrant examination shall be employed as specified in this procedure for detection of surface discontinuities in austenitic or carbon steel material.
(2) Components and welds to be examined are specified in the applicable Southwest Research Institute (SWRI) Examination Plan.
- 3. APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI,1983 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1983, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1983, "Nondestructive Examination" (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Applicable Examination Record SwRI-NDTR Porm No. 17-11, revision dated 1-3-79
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Depar. ment of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
O SARI Form QA 3-2
i l n V SOUTHWEST RES EARCH INSTITUTE U"I Ts - June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 16 (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwP.I Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. j 5. PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 1 l 5.1 PersonnrA Certification i Personne'l performing examinations shall be certified in accordance with SvRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control." 52 Material / Equipment Certification The penetrant materials used shall be certified for residual sulfur i content and total residual halogens in accordance with SD-129 and SD-808 of Article 24, Section V. Certified reports for all surface contact materials to be used for j penetrant examinations, giving batch numbers and analysis results, shall be l obtained from the supplier. Copies of the certified reports shall be retained with the examination records. l Equipment used to measure surface and penetrant temperature shall have been calibrated and certified, and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAP 10-1. , i 5.3 Materials and Equipment The following materials and equipment shall be used for examina-tions performed in accordance with this procedures (1) Precleaner - Spoccheck, Type SKC-S (2) Penetrant - Spotcheck, Type SKL-HF/SKL-S or SKL-HF/S (3) Penetrant Remover - Spotcheck, Type SKC-S
, (4) Developer - Spotcheck, Type SD-S (5) A thermometer, certified as described in Paragraph 5.2 V
3=mi Form CM 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S""I?T1, June 1987
- O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 16 5.4 Safety Precautions Safety precautions in accordance with instructions furnished with each menufacturer's penetract material shall be observed. Highly volatile sol-vents stall be used cautiously since the vapors may be toxic and the liquids may irritate the skin. Extreme care should be exercised in handling highly flam-mable solvents.
- 6. EXAMINATION METHOD 6.1 Surface condition Unless otherwise specified by the customer, all penetrant examina-tions shall be performed on components in their final surface condition.
The surface to be examined and all adjacent areas within 1 inch shall be dry and free from dirt, grease, lint, scale, welding flux, weld spatter, oil, paint, or any other extraneous matter to the extent that it shall not obscure surf ace openings or otherwise interf ere with the examination. CAUTION Blasting with shot or dull sand may peen discontinuities on the surface and shall not be used. NOTE Where surface conditions are not in accordance with Paragraph 6.1 and correction is not feasible, SwRI will conduct the examination only at the request of the customer. The specific surface condition and its probable effect on the exami-nation shall be noted on the SwRI Liquid Penetrant Examination Record. 6.2 Preexamination Cleaning The surface to be examined and adjacent areas within at least 1 inch shall be thoroughly washed with precleaner in such a manner that foreign mate-rial and contaminants are removed. The examination surface shall then be wiped dry with a lint-free cloth or absorbent paper, allowing a minimum of 5 minutes for complete evaporation. O
$=RI Fwm 0A 3 2
C-) SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE R"Cf",1 - June 1987 s NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 16 6.3 Temperature Readings After preexamination cleaning and before application of penetrant, the temperature of the examination surface and penetrant shall be measured and recorded on the SwRI Liquid Penetrant Examination Record. The serial number of the thermometer used shall also be recorded. The temperature of the penetrant and the surface shall not be below 60'F nor above 125'F throughout the examina-tion period. 6.4 Application of Penetrant The penetrant shall be taken from a pressurized container to ensure its purity. It shall be applied by brushing or spraying and shall evenly cover all areas of the surface being examined. The allowable minimum and maximum penetrant dwell times shall be as follows: Component Temperature (*F) Dwell Time (Minutes) 60-70 20-30 71-90 10-30 91-100 10-20 l 101-125 10-15 When examinations are to be performed on components whose tempera-ture is below 60'F or above 125'F, this procedure shall be qualified in accor-- dance with the requirements of Section V, Article 6, Subarticle T-647. i l The penetrant shall not be allowed to dry. If drying occurs, the penetrant shall be removed and the process repeated, starting with the preexa:pi-nation cleaning of Paragraph 6.2. l 65 Removal of Excess Penetrant Initially, the excess penetrant shall be removed by wiping the sur-f ace with clean, dry, lint-f ree cloths or absorbent paper until most traces of excess penetrant have been removed. A clean, dry, lint-f ree cloth or absorbent paper shall then be moistened with penetrant remover, and the surface shall be wiped lightly until all remaining traces of excess penetrant have been removed. Extrena care shall be employed to avoid the use of an excessive amount of remover in order to pre-clude the removal of penetrant f rom discontinuities. p The surface shall not be flushed nor receive direct application of I remover prior to the application of the developer. S*RI Porm CA 3-2 1 l
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH I.NSTITUTE 8""I-Nm -200-1 Revision 70 g June 1987 Tg NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 16 6.6 Drying The surface shall be completely dry prior to the application of the developer. Drying time shall be a minimum of 5 minutes to a maximum of 30 min-utes after the excess penetrant has been removad. 6.7 Application of Developer After sufficient agitation of the pressurized container to ensure that the particles in suspension are dispersed, a smooth, uniform layer of the suspended powder shall be sprayed onto the surf ace. The developer shall be used sparingly. The proper developer thick-ness will dry to a thin, translucent layer. If the coating is too thick, it may mask indications. The examination surface shall be observed during the applica-tion of the developer to monitor the behavior of indications which tend to bleed-out profusely. Final interpretation of indications shall be made a ainimum of 7 minutes to a maximum of 30 minutes af ter the developer has been applied.
- 7. EXAMINA7 ION 7.1 Examination Areas (1) The examination area f or Class 1 and 2 longitudinal and cir-cumferential welds sht11 be the weld and adjacent base mate-rial for a distance of 1/2 inch on each side of the weld as shown in attached Figure 1.
(2) Class 1 longitudinal welds shall be examined along the entire length of the veld during the preservice examination and for at least one pipe-diameter length or 12 inches, whichever is less, from the fusion line of the intersecting circumferen-tial weld during inservice examinations. (3) Class 2 longitudinal welds shall be examined for at least 2-1/2t length f rom the fusion line of the intersecting circu::r-fernntial weld during preservice and inservice examinations. O SARI Form QA 3-2
Og SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE RM,g-June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Fage 7 of 16 (4) The examination area for Class 2 branch connections shall be the weld and 1/2 inch of base material on each side of the weld fusion line, and for Class 1 branch connections the examination area shall be as shown in Figure 2. EXCEPTION If the Class 2 branch connection is a set-in type, the examination area shall be the weld, 1/2 inch of base material on the main run pipe side from the veld fusion line, and the base material on the branch pipe side from the weld fusion line to the end of the radius section. (5) The examination area for Class 1 and 2 support attachments, integral attachment welds, and support circumferential weld joints shall be the weld and 1/2 inch of base material on each side of the weld fusion line as shown in Figure 3 or Figure 4, as applicable. (6) The examination area for Class 1 socket welds in piping shall be the weld,1/2 inch of base material on the pipe side, and O 1.0 inch of base material on the fitting side as shown in attached Figure 1. (7) The examination area for control rod drive housing velds shall be as shown in attached Figure 5. (8) The Examination areas for vessel head-to-flange veld joints shall be as shown in Figure 4. (9) The examination areas for Class 2 nozzles shall be as shown in Figure 6. 7.2 Examination Methods Examinations shall be performed by placing the eye within 24 inches l of the surface to be examined and at an angle no less than 30 degrees with the surf ace to be examined. A mirror may be used to improve the angle. In addition to general lighting, additional illumination of the examination area shall be provided at right and oblique angles to expose indications. The illumination shall be adequate to ensure no loss of sensitivity. 1 O
$*AI Porm CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE C'-"nE-June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 8 of 16 If the examination surface is sufficiently large to preclude com-plete examination within the prescribed times, the surface shall be examined in suitable increments. 7.3 Postexamination Cleaning The developer and penetrant shall be removed by wiping the surface thoroughly with cloths saturated with a suitable solvent. Soraying directly on the examination areas with pressurized containers shall be allowed for postexam-ination cleaning. Ihe surface shall then be wiped dry with clean lint-free cloths or absorbent paper. 7.4 Reexamination Indications that are believed to be nonrelevant shall be reexamined to verify whether actual defects are present. Surface conditioning may precede che reexamination. Nonrelevant indications and broad areas of pigmentation that would mask indications are unacceptable. NO'a E Indications that are obviously nonrelevant such as stamp marks or radiograph punch marks, shall only be recorded as a general remark on the SwRI Liquid Pene-trant Examination Record.
- 8. RECORDINC CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SvRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX-FE-116.
8.1 Linear Indications (Class 1 and Class 2) Linear indications in velds, base material, and support attachments shall be recorded on the SwRI Liquid Penetrant Examination Record and reported to the customer in accordance with the recording criteria table below Ovarall Indication Ungth Nom. Wall Thickness As Defined in Attached Figure 7 (Inches) (Inches) Less than 1.0 1/8 1.0 to less than 2 5 3/16 2.5 and greater 1/4 0 S*Al Form CA 3-2
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S$'-" E - June 1987 i NUCLEAR PPOJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 9 of 16 EXCEPTION In Class ? nozzles, the following linear indications shall be recorded: any linear indication greater than 1/16 inch long for materials less than 5/8 inch thick, greater than 1/8 inch long for materials from 5/8 inch to less than 2 inches thick, and 3/16 inch long for material 2 inches and greater in thicknass. 8.2 Rounded Indications (Class 2) Rounded indications shall be recorded as follows: (1) Rounded indicstion with dimensions greater than 1/8 inch for thickw sses less than 5/8 inch and dimensions greater than 3/16 inch for thicknesses 5/8 inch and greater. (2). Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 inch or less. (3) Ten or more indications in any six square inches of area whose major dimension is no core than 6 inches with the Os dimensions taken in the most unf avorable location relative to the indications being evaluated. When conditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall be recorded.
- 9. EVALUATION Initial evaluation of reportable indications shall be performed by SwRI per-sonnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code , Section XI, Article IWA-3000. Final evaluation and dispo-sition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the custouer.
- 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan.
O S=Al Form CA 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S;"l-", g -
, June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE e 10 M M MGURE l l E xam, surf see A-e prot,le of vedw bocy, i weeen nosate, or 1 er.. pumo connection 1/2 in.
M - Weid end buttering
/ (where acobed)
~
e m s
) __
( l incer surf ace 1 I (a) Sockat 'Jald O l l l p, orae ce vain boov. E mom. surf ace wsses nostle, or 4.s oumo connection CO* '
- , ,2 i .
A ,,, ,n.
*/
y weio ene eutterin, a j, . g . ioneres w .eai w a 1 inner surtece (b) 3ut: Teld SIMILAR AND OlSSIMILAR METAL WELOS IN COMPONENTS AND P!P!NG
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S"RI- = -2x-1 Revision 70 June 1987 e
.g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 11 of 16
- l PM TIGURE 2
[' . rw unsan w vai on t:xa
'I
. r - tanzus rac;: w 4
L/2 %
, i .. f l
cessiamon lI v2 s AY _ h E! -
- a. N 1
R l I
'4 i
a V
/
/
O L,- , gp4- \
-4 / ye a u;n;=,
11 I l l ,
- jii !
<K%
A j s[
.m 313 su3.,
N,
-l
=,.
NI
=
/
5 l #'a , l, f 2 j tta , ;- i **"""*"( 11 g '- * '
!l E. j N *
%lX C. ASS 13 RANCH CONNEC"!CN 'a*EI.DS I
( surf ace exantr.ation requirements) .i
~'N ,
l ! O S=M % QA32
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S;"';;", E - June 1987 NUCt. EAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDU.1E Page 12 of 16
\ t i
1 1 in . in .1 __ m x in,- i,in,- u;;
)-
14f tGRA. ATTACMW(%I iesemmes, TICUZZ 3 ,
/
e s'o
/
/ <
}
I I
' , ,I . Surface exas1:.a:Lon areas:
i A-5 a d C-O !st C* u s ! cesponents: A-8 !ar *.us : s c:=nosas:.9
.~.~
Sad? em CA M
l i
}( SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Svu - = -2 *-1 Revision 70 June 1987 j NUCLEAM PROJECTS OPERATING PMOCEDURE e 13 d 16 I
.l '
/
( e
\.
g
\, /
.-\
\
\"p'/ ,
c
- .t., . /
, NE4
/
d l O i; /\ . i
/
,/
mt.A&f4FLANG4 *tta At47
= e,ne. <m e .ee E
i x%.
*he SWPM41 Cl#CWFlettttAL etLa Asnt O
tems =,am a.emee.4 Sedl Nnn CA .) 2 i
3 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE svu-=-2m O Revision 70 June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS CPERATING PROCEDURE id ., 1 '. 7 } 7 ,4 f $ in *
// ,,,.,,,
4. W f j E k 4 {a
,n .
WupW
,4 = = =
re ';: L
~
S t.._
==e.=
id M. LBk T' w~d ui , , . g-:D Swfsee taanwesen Arne 4-3 CONTROL R00 ORIVE HOUSING WELOS 7".'0 3 % 3 0
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE g u g -2go-t
; June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS CPERATING PROCEDURE taarn, surf. A = U w
1/2 in. 1/2in.l 8 7 7 t n
~
O s tsam. 6urf. A 8 Ne
, '---m' w@
' 8 c
t
< L1.
m VS $ REQQREMENTS FOR CLASS 1 N0Z2LE.70. VESSEL WELOS
e 1
- SOUTHWEST RES EARCH INSTITUTE gy;m-2go-1 June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 16 of 16 i
MGQLE 7 l t A .
<w r - ia.- - i.. sa e--,
3 < 1(2 in.: ( 1' l' [ Y ' I b. ' 7h I. I
- ==--. g l
.- t , -
l """'\ / i
} t, *
- l22* I s ' 'n 'n-
) . , , ,,
s < t, - ~ 4.,--,_ h*h 19hE g g I I $ < 1/2 in. f
~ E ~Y l
I
$ s tit ,n.
- - - - _ ? ?
-e t, . l[ A i + t, /* [ a Q s < s t2.n.
% i
'd W #"***8 l a****** ift ovariese.ag in n.n. l l
y Li f < 1/2 in. (,
! 7 L___ _
. 3* f < 1/2 .n.
~ -
Y g l JqL
~ '4 - - , < in n. ,
# 4 t,--- *. le--. t; ,
'W " - Pwases las.see in, %c e in 1 LINEAM SUAFACE lNO!C.1T10NS u,--. ~ - - - - :
Sw.I morm CA F2
(^') V SwRI-NDT-300-1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Re NUCLEAR PROJECTS ,u 1
- - OPERATING PROCEDURE
- Page 1 of 10 Title DRY POWDER MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION EFFECTIVITY AND APPRC /AL Revision 13 of this procedure became effective on 29 July 19,,8.), Ctner revisions of tne base document may be offective concurrently.
SA Acorovais Written By Cate Tecnnical Review Cate N 11Iuly &I , 77 Y d Manager of Q.A. Cate Co ntDirector Cate
~*- ( . l fkf ,
't 'd The following information may be usedoletion for ofconvenience. CcJ.
tnis portion is not mandatory. Deviation No. Cate Effective Procedure Section(s) Affected Notes: O l
- s. aire,m on-ee4 4
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE t"t51-July 1981 5 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE I_ L Page 2 of 10 DRY PCVDER MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION SwRI-NDT-300-1 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required to ensure proper dry powder magnetic particle examinations of ferromagnetic materials in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Veasel Codes. 2.0 SCOPE AND APPLICATION (1) This procedure shall be utilized for the dry powder magnetic particle examination of ferromagnetic materials employing alter-nating current (AC) yoke techniques. (2) Areas to be examined shall be components, longitudinal and cir-cumferential welds, butt and fillet welds of branch connections, and support attachments as specified in the applicable SwRI Exami-nation Plan. 2.1 Acelicable Documents The follesing docume.nus form a part of this procedure as applicables (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1977 i Edition, with Addenda through Summer 1978, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components." (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, 1977 Edition, with Addenda through Sumner 1978, "Nondestructive Examination." (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAFM). l l l @ 1 L __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ._____a
(os.-) SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S""I=to-July 1981 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE w-4 E ' Page 3 of 10 3.0 RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Quality Assurance Systems and Engineering Division, shall be respontible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure. (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NO.APM specified in the applicable SwRI Project Plan. (3) Tha examiner shall be responsible for implementing the require-ments of this procedure. (4) Thu Manager of Support and Administration Section of the Quality As.turance Systems and Engineering Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in sceordance with this procedure.
\ 4.0 CODE jyiD PROCEDURE R1"QUIREMENTS The requirements listed below shall be applied when performing dry powder magnetic particle examinations.
Requirements Secti3n, (1) Materials, shapes, or sizes to be examined 2.0 & 7.0 l2) Type of sagnetization to be used 5.0 (3) Equipmone . 5.0 (4) Surface preparation ( naah. s and cleaning) 7.0 (3) Terromagnetic particle.. av ue ed 50 (6) Magnetization current 2.0 5 5.0 (7) Desagnetization 70 l O l L .
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Sg'273 - July 1981
~
NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 10 (8) Coverage 7.0 (9) Personnel Certification 5.0 5.0 PERSON:.it AN'D EQUIPMENT 5.1 Personnel Certification Personnel shall be certified in 4.ccordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1,
"'pecial Process Centrcl."
,.2 Equipment
',1) AC electromagnet'c yokes with a minimum lif ting p A er of 10 pounds with a pole sn-'.ng of 3 to 6 inches shall be used.
(2) Dry magnetic particles shall be utilized as the exa~ination medium. The color selected shall provide adequate i.antrast with the background of the examination area. (3) Dry magnetic particles shall ba selected f rom the followingt (a) Magnaflux Rio No. SA Powder (b) Magnaflux Gray No. 1 Powder (c) Magnaflux B'i ack No. 3A Powder (d) Dry ragnetic particles equivalent to those specified above say be used. (4) Devicus normally used 'or applicaties of dr .gne t ic, partic3 % are listed below. (a) Magnetic Particia Puf f er Bottle, Model PB-1. (b) Magnaflux Pneumatic Applicator. O seal f orm QA 3-2 me,
()
\
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gg;;ot-go-
, July 1981 NUCLEAR PROJECTS GPERATING PROCEDURE q mg Page 5 of 10 5.3 Calibration Blod A calibration block of a ferromagnetic material weighing a minimum of 10 pounds shall be used to conftre the lifting sever of AC yokes.
6.0 CALIBRATION METHOD 6.1 Calibration The applicable calibration block described in Paragraph 5.3 of this procedure shall be used to verify proper operation of the AC electromagnetic yokes (1) At the start of a series of examinations (2) With any substitution of examination personnel (3) With any substitution of power source (4) At least every 4 hours during the eu mination (5) At tha finish of a series of exas'. nations (6) At any time when, in the opinion of tne examiner, there is doubt n to the proper operation of the yoke. The time that an AC electromagnetic yoke is verified shall be eucered on the "SvRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record." 7.0 EXAMINATION 7.1 Examination Area The examinatson ares for circumferential and long'tudinal velds shall be the veld and adjacent base materici for 1/2 inch to eithe- side of the veld fusion line. l l O s.as perm QA42
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swRi e T-3*-1 Revision 23 July 1981 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER AT!NG PROCEDURE Page 6 of 10 The extetnation area for branch connections shall include the we.1d and the base material on the main run pipe side of the wold for the lesser of 1 inch or 1/2t; the examination area on the branch connection side of the veld shall include the base material for the area shown in Sketch 1. The examination area for support attachments shall include the veld and base material of the main run pipe for a distance of 1/2 inch and the base material of the support attachment for 1/2 inch. Examinations shall be performed on components in the final surf ace condition. 7.2 Surface Preparation The examination stea of welds and adjacent base materials shall be free from shsrp surface irregularities such as deep valleys between stringer beads. The examination area shall be clean and dry. The itxamination area and minimum of 1 inch on each side of the examination area shall be f ree f rom oil, sand, rust, grease, paint, slag, loose scale, or other surface conditions which may mash indications of unacceptable discoctinuities. After slag removal, as-velded surfaces shall be considered suit-able, without grinding, if the veld contour blends into the base naterial withoet undercutting. NOTE
'4here surf ace conditions are not .n accordance with Paragraph 7.2 .and correction is not feasible, SwRI will conduct the exar.ination only at the request of the customer. The s,ecific surface condition and its probable ef f ect on the examination shall be noted in the "SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record."
O S.as p ,m ca.3 2
/
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swr 1-nut-3 *-1 Revision 23
' July 1981 NUCLEAH PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 7 of 10 7.3 Examination Method Variable electromagnetic yoke pole spacing shall be a maximum of 9.0 inches, measured on the material surface between the centerline of the poles. The straight line distance measured between the centerline of the poles shall not exceed 6.C inches under any circumstances.
The dry magnetic particles used shall be applied by lightly dusting a small quantity over the examination area. If a pneumatic applicator is used, the excess shall be removed wi th a gentle stream of air. Examinations shall be conducted using the "Continuous Method." The AC electromagnetic yoke shall remain activatad during the application and removal of excess material. The AC electromagnetic yoke shall be applied twice in the examina-tion area. Tbs second examination shall be conducted with the lines of magnetic flux approximately at right angles to the first application. Overlap O shall be suf ficient to ensure che entire examination area is covered. 7.4 Postexamination Cleaning Arrangements shall b made with the customer for postexamination removal of dry magnetic particle.6. 1 Demagnettaation of the examination area is not required. C.0 RICORDING CRITERIA i Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IT-TE-116, "Recording Dnta From Direct Visual Liquid Penetrant, and Magnetic Particia Examina* ions." 8.1 Valds and Sase Materia,1 The following indications shall be recorded on the appropria:e "SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination 'ecord" and reported to the customer s= At 8e oa.3 2
-SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 5 "* I -""T- 3 *-
O Revision 23
, July 1981 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE O Page 8 of 10 Nom. Wall Indication Length Thickness or Diameter (Inches) (Inches)
<1.0 1/8 1.0 to <2.0 3/16 2.0 and greater 1/4 8.2 Support Attachments The following 'udications shall be recorded on the appropriate "SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record" and reported to the taustomer Neo. Wall Indic.ation Length Thickness or Diametee (Inches) (Inches) 5/8 to < 2.0 3/16 2.0 and greater 1/4 9.0 EVA1.UATION Evaluction of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the customer, or custow'ar's representative, and shall be conducted in accordance with Section XI, Article IVA-3000 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
The applicable year and Addenda of the Code shall be as specified in Paragraph 2.1. 10.0 RICORDS Tu customer shall receive copies of documents ge trated in accordance with this procedure in the examination report. Permanent documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be retained as a portion of the examination report. The examinatioe report shall be stored by the Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Quality Assurance Systems and Engineering Division, in the Data Storage Facility for the period specified by the contractual agreemant with the customer. O l Sams perm cA.3 2
e SwRI-NDT-300-1 Revision 23
#} July 1981 m/ ,
- Page 9 of to Y
. : ' 3 ,%i, 9 , / y }.
II -l , , g / j8 . 1 I P*
/
r
'" \
i ki " li I I. lk' /A r' N u,*,g / y
' !. s
/ %,*-
Q , C 2' //
- if.n g Ig M (
i lE .,/ ') . 3./g O l iwea ;g k
% 1 <
, r, f ,
X i
- -l "3 / ,.
.h.,
+ &., /
, '^
)/ ;,Lii 9 i
v gif.-
, \u N, =_,
~
r! -7 J-U L,,
- p..
~
M WelIE
'I .
5 : L j j IJ f' i 7 -f ~ I - TJ,\, ., N\ #' l O . - ~, % sgN
\
N/ ' '
Sw. R. I. MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMIN ATION RECORD PROJECT tio - SIT E : DAT E: (DAY- MO - Y R ) ilME: (24 IIN. CLOCK) StIEE T No.: EX AM ST ARTED: EX AM ENDED: ( X AMIN ATION AtlE A : LitaE / SUD ASSEMBLY : IDENilFICATION: L e LOC AllON: We LOCATION : (SYS T EM /CO MPOt4[ N T ) E X A MINE R : SNT L5 VEL PflOCEDUR E SURFACE FINISN: WELD TYPE (-FLOW->l M AGNE TIZ ATION tie. VOKE SPACING: IN E X AMitJE R. SNT LEVEL R E V. M AT E RI AL SERI AL No.: fir A ND: WET O DRY O SuRrACE TEMP. *F CA LDH ATION BLOCK CALIDR ATIOt4 VERIFICATIOtt DISTANCE FROM BATCH No.: FLUORESCENT O IBME: O SEtSO TYPE: MIXED NOO YESO T H EllMOMET ER wtlG II ; INiilALS CELL IN COLOR: mixed WITH SERI AL No.: Ut ACK LIGill lief EIASl!Y METER ULACK LIGill OUTPUT DL ACK LIGilf OUTPUT VERIF. M AT ERI AL DUSilNG O Dil AND: BII AIID: TIME: APPLIC ATION FLOODING O SElll Al eje : SERI AL No : I fa w/cen' insigALS SPR AYING O IteD tJ e L W LOC ATIOta ," j[*'**
, , , , , , , , REMARKS: INI.
h 6 $ 9
# ;15 E X A MIN AllON AHEA LIMIT AT IOrl: (IF NONE SO STATE ) ge
__ o e.o o eod flE VIE W E D BY: SNT LEVEL DATE: PAGE E"wd bD O O s en se es.. twas espa n e r- sa lat v. es-as- te 3 w O O O
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Page 1 of g Pages Procedure Revision No. Deviation No. SwRI NOT. 3001 35 2 The following examination areas are affected by this deviation: Deviation 2 supersedes Deviation 1. Magnetic particle examinations to be performed in accordance with this procedure. The fonowing paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated: , t Change Paragraph 7.3 Examination Method to Read as follows: 7.3 Framination Method Vadable electromagnetic yoke pole spacing shall be a maximum of 9.0 inches, measured on the matedal surface between the centerline of the poles. the straight line distance measured between the centerline of the poles shall be no greater than 6.0 inches and shall not exceed the distance used during calibration verification. The dry magnetic particles used shall be applied by lightly dusting a small quantity over the examination areas. If a pneumatic applicator is used, the excess shall be removed with a gentle stream of air, b) G excess matedal, The AC electromagnetic yoke shall remain activated during the application and removal of i (Continued on Page 2) Ratenate for deviation: L This deviation incorporates exam'. nation technique and recording criteda as requested by Public Seivice Elee*de and Gas Company.
. l Ceviation Affects #*******'"'""*""'""'"'8*" l Cuaufication YES O NO @ ewema, ce ewenea res se owe'.r* ia secoraease m o ocease a.staor.
i APPROVALS SA g Wntten by:
- Dete: a ? A Cate:
Techrncal $1w_n ]-Revied. N? - <! D Ds$ J W*T'
*?! i yW} \\f L,3 t.(N8 $0 -U 'l verta6 Aceroval Given?
O Yet C No Cate: ; l Manager of Q.A.: J/'f/ 4 Y Cate: Cognizant Director: Cate: I
- 30. %d
... , _ ,s -
/O 0% d (kjukpage m - y c a re l
L .
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Procedure SwRI NDT 3001 Revision No. 35 Deviation No. 2 Page 2 of 2 The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated (Cont.): 7.3 Examinstfon Method (Cont.) The AC electromagnetic yoke shall be applied twice in the examination area with the lin(s of Dux at right angles (in the case of welds, the magnetic Qux will be induced when the component configuration permits, parallel and transverse to the weld). Overlap shall be sufficient to ensure the entire examination area is covered. NOTE Broad areas of partf ele accumulation which might mask indlestions from discontinuities are unacceptable, and shall be cleaned and reexamined. Change Section 8 Recording Criteria to Read as follows:
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indleations shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX FE 116.
8.1 Linesr indications Linear indications shall be recorded on the SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record and reported to the customer for disposition in accordance with the recording criteria table below: OversllIndication Length Nominal Wall Thickness as Denned in Attached Figure 1 (inches) (Inches) Less than 1.0 1/S 1.0 to less than 2.5 3/16 2.5 and greater 1/4 NOTE For Presenice examination,ind! cations with a length of 1/16 inch in ferritic piping less than .312 inches in thickness shall be recorded. Rounded indications shall be recorded based on diameters cerrespending to the linear in:licatica re:ording criteda and reported to the customer for disposition. When conditions lirJt the area cf extmination, the limitations shall be recorded.
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE steri NDT 300 1 Revision 35 n NUCLEAR PROJECTS December 1987 V OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 13 Title DRY P7a' DER MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 35 of this procedure became offective on Dec 11, 1987, ein,, ,,,;,;,n, ,,13, 3,,, encym,n, ,,y be ef fective concurrently. GA Approvals Written By Date Technical Ravie Date
%W * { $40* - - l ypg b Yxy /$$)
Manager of 0.A. Date Co - ant Director Data f kn s Y1 , Y ,_ f Y The following information may be used for convenience. Co pletior, of this portion is not ma datory, I Deviation No. Date Effective l l Procedure SectionW Affected l Notes: l l l r S. At Form QA40A o
SwRI NDT 300 1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 35 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDL'nE P 2 of 13 DRY POWDER MACNETIC PARTICLE EXMINATION SwRI NDT 300 1
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required to ensure a proper dry powder magnetic particle examination of ferro-magnetic material in accordance with the applicable American Society of Mechan.
ical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION (1) This procedure shall be utilized for the dry powder magnetic, particle examination of ferromagnetic materials employing alternating current (AC) yoke techniques.
(2) Areas to be examined sh.-11 be ferritic components, longitudinal and circumferential welds, support attachments, and bute and fillet velds of branch connection't as specified in the applicable Southwest Research Institutr, (SwRI) Examination Plan.
- 3. APPLICABLE Dt '0MENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sectio. XI, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Surmer 1983, "Rvles for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Ssetion V, 198') Editien with Addenda through Summer 1983, "Nondestructive Examination" (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Pror, ram Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Areliesble Exsmination Racord SwRI NDTR For: No. 17 12, revision dated 11 26 79
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Dopartment of En6 1neering Services, Nondestrue-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparatien, review, approval, and controi of this procedure.
S=RI Form CA 12
n SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ,,,1,y,1,3co,1 U Revision 35 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 13 (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli. cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examirst shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Sectien, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure, j
- 5. PERSONNEL AND EOUIPMENT 5.1 Personnel Certification Personnel shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11'.1, "Special Process Control."
O- 5.2 Eautement (1) AC electromagnetic yokes to be utilized shall have a lifting power of 10 pounds or greater at a pole spacing of 3 to 6 inches. Each yoke shall be calibrated at least once a year, or whenever the yoke has been subjected to any repair, periodic overhaul, or damage, or has not been used for a year or more. (2) A calibration block of a ferromagnetic material weighing a minimum of 10 pounds shall be used to confirm the lifting power of AC yokes. (3) Dry magnetic particles shall be utilized as the examination i medium. The color selected shall provide adequate contrast l with the examination area. ' (4) Dry magnetic particles shall be selected from the fo11owin5: i (a) Magnaflux Red No. 8A Powder (b) Magnaflux Crey No. 1 Powder i i (c) Magnaflux Black No. 3A Powder (d) Dry m*5n* tic Particles equivalent to those specified , above may also be used. : t
$*RI Form QA 3-2 l . l t . :
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swar at 3* 1 Revision 35 W
, December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE g (5) Devices normally used for application of dry magnetic particles are listed below:
(a) Magnetic Particle Puffer Bottle, Model PB 1 (b) Magnaflux Pneumatic Applicator
- 6. CALIBPATION The applicable calibration block described in Paragraph .5.2 of this proco-dure shall be used to verify the proper operation of the AC electromagnetic yoke:
(1) Pr'er to a series of examinations (2) With any substitution of examination personnel (3) With any substitution of the AC power source (4) At least every 4 hours during the examirr. tion (5) At the completion of a series of examinations (6) When the proper operation of the yoke is in doubt (7) At tne maximu:n pole spacing to be used durin5 the examination All electromagnetic yoke verification times shall be entered on the SvRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record.
- 7. EXAMINATION 7.1 Examinarion AI.in Components, parts, and methods of examination shall be as specified in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Tables IVB 2500 and IVC 2500, (1) The examination area for Class 1 and Class 2 7.ongitudinal and circu:sferential velds and support attach =ents shall be the veld and adjac. int base material for a distance of 1/2 inch on each side of the vold.
O 5 A1 For- Ca 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swRI aT sa 1 D) ( Revision 35 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE q Page 5 of 13 (2) Class 1 longitudinal welds shall be examined along the entire length of the veld during the preservice examination and for at least one pipe dia:seter leagth or 12 inches, whichever is less, from the fusion line of the intersecting circumferential weld during inservice examinations. (3) Class 2 longitudinal welds shall be examined for at least 2 1/2t length from the fusion line of the intersecting circum-
' forential veld during preservice and inservice examinations.
(4) The examination area for Class 1 branch connections shall be as shown on attached Figure 1. (5) The examination area for Class 2 branch connections shall be the veld and 1/2 inch of base material on each side of, the veld fusion line. EXCEPTION If the Class 2 branch connectic 4 is a set in type, the examicition area shall be the veld,1/2 inch of base material on the isain run pipe side from the veld fusion line, and the base material on the branch pipe side from the veld fusion line to the end of the radius section. (6) no examination area for class 1 and 2 support attachments, integral attachment velds, and support skirt circumferential weld joints shall be the weld and 1/2 inch of base material on each side of the veld fusion line as shown in Figures 2 and 3. (7) n e examination area for Class 1 socket velds in piping shall be the veld, 1/2 inch of base material on the pipe side, and 1.0 inch of base material on the fitting side. (8) The examination areas for vessel head to flange veld joints 4 shall be as shown in Figure 3. (9) The examination areas for Class 2 nozzles shall be as shown in Figure 4, 7 '4 Surface Preparation Examination shall be performed on co=ponents in the final surface condition. l l
$**l Form CA 3-2 l
1 ~
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SsR1 Nor 3oo 1 Revision 33 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS CPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 13
-s The exanination area of welds and adjacent base materials shall be free of sharp surface irregularities such as deep valleys between stringer beads.
The examination area and a minimum of 1 inch on each side of the examination area shall be clean, dry, and free of oil, sand, rust, grease, slag, loose scale, or other surface conditions to the extent that they shall not mask indications of unacceptable discontinuities. After slag removal, as welded surfaces shall be considered suitable, without grinding, if the veld contour blends into the base material without undercutting. EQ.II
~
When surface conditions are noc in accordance with the above and correction is not feasible, SvRI will conduct the examination only at the request of the customer. The specific surface condition and its effect on the examination shall be noted on the SvRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record. At the examiner's option, without precluding the requirements of Section 7.2 of this procedure, a magnetic particle indicator as described in Paragraph T 754 of ASME Section V may be used to rify the adequacy of the magnetizing field. 7.3 Examination Me, ,d Variable electromagnetic yoke pole spacing shall be a maximum of 9.0 inches, measured on the material surface between the centerline of the poles. The straight line distance measured between t! e centerline of the poles shall be no greater than 6.0 inches and aball not exceed the distance used during calibration verification. The dry magnetic particles used shall be applied by lightly dusting a small quantity over the examination area. If a pneumatic applicator is used, the excess shall be removed with a gentle stream of air. The AC electromagnetic yoke shall remain activated during the appli. estion and removal of excess material. The AC electrougnetic yoke shall be applied twice in the examination area. The second examination shall be conducted with the lines of magnetic flux approximately at right angles to the first application. Overlap shall be suffi-cient to ensure the entire examination area is covered.
- 4 Broad areas of particle accumulation which might =ask indications from discon-
- 3. Al Form CA 3-2
)
O v SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRI.NDT 3M 1 Revision 35 December 1987 NUCLEAR PMOJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE p 7 3 { , 7.4 Postera~1 nation cleanina Arrangements shall be made with the customer for postexamination removal of dry magnetic particles. Desagnetization of the examination area is not required.
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indicatf %s shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the :.gpticable revision of SwRI Procedure IX FE-116.
8.1 Linear Indientions (cians i and class 2) 1.inear indications shall be recorded on the SwRI Magnetic Particle l Examination Record in accordance with the following table and reportad to the overall Indication 1.ength Nom. Us11 Thickness As Defined in Attached Figure 5 ; (Inches) _ (Inches) 1.ess than 1.0 1/8 i 1.0 to less than 2.5 3/16 ' 2.5 and greater 1/4 8.2 Rounded Indications (Cians 2) Rouaded indications shall be recorded as follows: (1) Rounded indication with dimensions greater than 1/8 inch for i thicknesses less than 5/8 inch and <timensions greater than [ l 3/16 inch for thicknesses 5/8 inch and greater , (2) Four or more rounded indications in a line separated by ! 1/16 inch or less (3) Ten or more indications in any six square inches of area whose i major dimension is no more than 6 inches with the dimensions i i taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indica-tions being evaluated [ When conditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall O be recorded. l s.41 Form cA 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swat at 3* 1 Revision 25 A W December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 8 of 13
- 9. EVALUATION Initial evaluation of reportable indications shall be performed by SwRI personnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Article IVA 3000. Final evaluation and disporition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the customer,
- 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedur9 shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Proj ect Plan.
O O $=AI Form 0.A 3 2
elg O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE g";tlgjot
; December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p, 9 ,g 13
{' UTN L
.x . - . . - _ _ . . . . . , _
eo-- tAaesesafteasummc3 a=4 r - saam ::::.on l u: d U l l
~~
on li u& ___ O
~
i gN
,N',
g.,-
'\'
JL ,l l 11
, t x
, / h ,. _
- o. . .m .s .
l l r V -M
- s jii I. -
,^ -
x 3,li i
/.
ij __. / is s , x _
=..
I*
! e. )
- i ita , -i ** * * (
!.! II jl3 mi ig "-
g' N *
.1 .
%.\
'\ C". ASS 1 51tANCM CONNEC"ION '.T'LDS I
g , ( starf ace examination requirements) O - 5.Rt Form CA 3-:
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gl;mjot g Decea.ber 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Pa e 10 of 13
,-~~
, l l "s
,n .
y <n TIGURI 2 "T- T !
%M' in,*
'n
,,> --- 0, , /* % g
~
artsax ansexwest -
/
/
l Surf aca exam 1:stion arass: l A-3 and C-0 . , s Ah,e - Ns t
\ '
i t
.i _
s ,
- 6. . w w s ~ . e.e
,$::: at anac.ve=r .no 5.al Fe M 3 2
SwRI.NDT 300 1 (%) SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 35 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE g 3 [
./ , ,..
/
s ,. o t-g*
\
k
\
l4)*.
..}'
~
,.y:^ - nm3 s ,*
/
f' s.
/ -
sV 4 -
\,
o
- i. N em -I
\\
j'
/ b f
stastomst ato auf
. - - . =
~
N,
\
N
- e- -
M *
,~
i. c i. 6 O w s ..e L. . J e.e sum c:e.wtetwitas ata.oint 5= Al Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gn;m3001 December 1987 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE P e 12 of 13 l Exam. surf. A I A 4 1/2 6n. 4
, I ir2 in.1 M8 7
k(= t [ l i.i g K Esom. Surf. A *I 1/2 .a.
, --4
*T V' _ _ .*
L TI M
- StJRFACE EXAMINAT10N REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS : N0Z2LE.TO VESSEL WELOS Sa AI Form CA 3-2
O- SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swRI sor soo t Revision 35 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 13 of 13 TIG31 5
& I - -==I [t t
(se Sisegne Lassear lacesetem
\n (bl Simpo C sevelineer inesession 3 41/2 in.: _ (
2 I~ Y 5_ s .ms 1 f *" I, *}
\ 4 ja*= I, =e= en f g 's = l 1 S* **
y 3 4 f, ===en : foi Aleyeme Linsur : . . _ _ (el P6esmemunessweg enesestieve t, a tg t, a 2;
~
l2 I* $ 4 t/2 in, , $ 4 1/* a.
' __ f a___ T T I &, e t, t, - t w
/ s < 1/2.a.
i; .o 1, %
'** Ow'emmag **rwee8 l- -
tti connese.ag ane.eeeiesse i I u= I { _ _ [
~
I ' 3 s 1/2 in. I = t,
;j y i
' e. i3
$s 't* n.
I I -"""* =- g ,
- 8, - : s . ,,2 ,n.
Ig
. 4 i l 3 < f, e !=*--- *** I: *** ,
I I l I d E -- -_ _ _ : Pw nas tas.senene iM weerene brow tes.estim - de > $g LINEAR SURFACE lNQlCATlCNS , Illustreuve Flaw CJavd9ssoors arte Ceeefminacon ci La*gri / 5 a Al Form CA 3 2
(l (_/ Ig PROCEDURE DEVIATION Pega 1 of 1 Pages p,,em Revleion No. Deviatial No. SwM t.N DT. 300-2 42 1 The % enemmeson areas are affected by tfue o** tion: Fluorescent magnetic particle examinations performed in accordance with this procedure. The tonoweg peregreene snea be dested from as iriciceted: change 5.6 to read as follows: 5.6 no rmome te r the thermometer to be used for measuring the component tetteerature shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAP 10-1. O Resonen for oedecon: This change clarifies the temperature requirements of the Code. eo.e 4 - = *en a wes. nee Deamon AM Quennescon YES O NO E N"***"******""*** emnae w P'esenwe tx 85107. APPROVALS 8^ [d s- Techrecal Rewww: */ Cam 7b'f . Wntten by: - - , - - , Cate:,3 ' " !* ~ ',, 9
,,gtj qa a v . Ad d **
7eIceIAccrevel GNon? C Yes QNo N/A CW Cam Meneger of Q.A.: Q, Cam , y&j mb
$ { A55 (l
}
!* ~
-, ,c m t.- /
. J
q PROCEDURE DEVIATION f Page 1 of , Pages Procedure Revision No. Deviation No, (v) SwRI.NDT* 300-2 12 2 The fonowing esaminstion eroes are effectM by tNs deviation: Fluorescent magnetic partide examinations to be performed in accordance with this procedure. l The fonowing paragrapne snad be deviated frc,rn as indicated; l Change Paragraph 5.3 Magnetic Particles to read as follows: 5.3 Ma .'etle Particles (1) A Fluorescent magnetic suspension shall be utilized as the examination medium. It shall Guoresco with a color that will provide adequate contrast with the area being examined when illuminated by an ultraviolet lamp of suitable charactedstics. (2) Magnetic particles shall be suspended in a suitable liquid medium in the concentration recommended in SE 709,' Standard Recommended Practice for magnetic Particle Examination.* Certified reports for magnetic parth, ghing batch numbers and analysis results, shall be cbtained from the supplier or by sn '.,,le analysis of the batch to be used. Copies of the certified reports shall be retained with the examination records. (3) Examination shall be performed utilizing Magnaglo No.14AM aerosol . packaged Quotescent magnetic particle material. (Continued on Page 2) Rationate for deviation: This deviation changes the materiallist and torporates mmination technique and recording criteria as requested by Public Senico Electric and (.,as Company.
* ** 8 M *
- 8'*"'8 '""i *. atu .ew s Deviation AMects og, g,c ,,,,, YES O NO @ w e< m. e. eme was se e .ar.e a newm. e,w.ow. in se.m APPROVALS SA [ p Wntten oy; Date: Date:
Technical
%d /h Revy:b(g a A.<i&T p
- - - Hr
? ,
-e.
.- *' J./_ . /*' lCate:
V.'..N-N ' . varcai Acoroval Given? O Yes G No l Cate: Cognizant Director: Date: Manager of C.Ag- @7Ff f y . Wh fh$ SaAl FORM #EM N # V
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Procedure SwRI.NDT 300 2 Revision No. 42 Deviation No. 2 Page 2 ol2 The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated (Con' ): Change 7.3(4) under 7.3 Examination Siethod to Read as Follows: 7.3(4) The AC electrornagnetle yoke shall be applied twice in each examination area with the lines of flux at dght angles (in the case of welds, the magnetic Qux will be induced when component configuration permits, parallel and transverse to the weld) Suf11elent overlap shall ensure the entire e.umination area is covered. Change Section 8, Recording Cdteda to Read as follows:
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indleations shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX.FE 116.
8.1 Linear indlestions Linear indications shall be recorded on the SwRI Liquid Penetrant Examination Record and reported to the customer for disposition in accordance with the recording criteria table below: Overallindleation Length Nominal Wall Thickness as Defined in Attached Figure 1 finches) , Gnches) Less than 1.0 1/8 1.0 to less than 2.5 3/16 2.5 and greater 1/4 NOTE For preservice exam' nations, indications with a length of 1/16 lach in ferretic piping less than .312 inches in thickness shall be recorded. Rounded indications shall be recorded based on diameters corresponding to the linear indication recording criteria and reported to the customer for disposition. When conditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall be recorded. 8.2 Recordine Criteris for Pre <sure Retainine Boltine The following indications shall be recorded on the appropdate SwRI $!agnetic Paniele Examination Record and reponed to the customer for disposition: (1) Nonaxial linear indications greater than 1/4 inch in length (2) Axial indications greater than 1 inch in length When conditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall be reecrded. l l
Si,RI-NOT-3oo-2 m SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 42 NUCLEAR PROJECTS June 1987 (V) - OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 9 Title 11UORESCEhT MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION EFFECTIVITY AND APPR0 VAL Revision 42 of this procedure became effective on June 22. 1987 Other revisions of the base document may be ef fective concurrently. SA Approvals , j, Writte Date Technical Review Da's N / lY 4%?c e / ! Manager of O.A. Date Coplzant Director Date 6 :=
$ '/bh{ll/. ;)Ihk Y?'_
! /
The following information may be used for convenience. Completion of this portion is not mandatory. Deviation No. Date Effective 1 Procedure Secten(s) Affected Notes: l l i
$.at perm CA.40A.@
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S$;"!!-2 g June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 9 FLUOREbCE!TT MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION SwRI-NDT-300-2
- 1. P1JRPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required to ensure proper fluorescent magnetic particle examinations of ferro-magnetic materials in accordance with the applicable American Society of Mechan-ical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION This procedure shall be utilizsd for the fluorescent magnetic particle examination of ferro=agnetic materials, employing alternating current (AC) yoke technique s.
Areas to be examined shall be studs, nuts, cap screws, and other ferritic comportents specified in the applicable Southwest Research Institute (SwRI) Examination Plan.
- 3. APPLICABLE DOCLHEhy (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI,1983 Editiou with Addenda through Su=mer 1983, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1983, "Nondestructive Examination" (3) NRC Regulatory Guide 1.65, entitled "Materials and Inspections for Reactor Vessel Closure Studs" (4) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Applicable Examination Record SwRI-NDTR Form No.17-12, revision dated 11-26-7'
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestruc-tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
O $*m Form CA 3-2
1 O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S 3 Fn-' P 2 June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 9 (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this. procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. I (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 5. PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 5.1 Personnel Certification Personnel performing examinations shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control."
5.2 Yokes AC electromagnetic yokes to be utilized shall have a lif ting power of 10 pounds or greater at the maximum pole spacing that will be used. Each yoke shall be calibrated at least once a year or whenever the yoke has been sub-jected to any repair, periodic overhaul, damage, or has not been used for a year or more. 5.3 Masnetic Particles (1) A fluorescent magnetic suspension shall be utilized as the examination medium. It shall fluoresce with a color that will provide adequate contrast with the area being examined when illuminated by an ultraviolet lamp of suitable characteristics. (2) Magnetic particles shall be suspended in a suitable liquid medium in the concentration reccmaended in SE-709, "Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination." Certified reports for magnetic particles, 2iving batch num-bers and analysis results, shall be obtained from the supplier or by sample analysis of the batch to be used. Copies of the certified reports shall se retained with the examination records. (3) Examinations shall be performed by utilizing one of the = ate-rials from the following list O
$w AI Form CA 3-2
I l l ! SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 5%;"'n!P2 g June 1987 l NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 4 of 9 (a) Magnaglo No. 20A fluorescent powder concentrate in a deionized water suspension (b) Magnagio No.14A fluorescent powder concentrace in a deionized water suspension with water conditioner WA-2A ( I (c) Magnagio No.14AM aerosol packaged fluorescent magnetic particle material l (4) If not premixed, the magnetic particle suspension shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 5.4 1.ighting A black light shall be used when conducting examinations in accor-dance with this procedure. The black light intensity shall be measured at the examination surface at least every 8 hours and whenever the work location is I changed and whenever the power is interrupted. These measurements shall ba in l accordance with the applicable revision of SvRI Procedure IX-FE-110. The time l of the black light intensity measurements shall be entered on the SvRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record. 5.5 Calibration Block A calibration block of a ferromagnetic natoritl weighing a minimum of 10 pounds shall be used to confirm the lif ting power of AC yokes in accor-dance with Section V, Article 7, Subparagraph T-733. 5.o Thermometer The thermometer to be used for measuring the calibration block and component temperatures shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAP 10'-1.
- 6. CALIBRATION 6.1 Calibration (1) The applicable calibration block described in Paragraph 5.5 shall be used to verify proper operation of the magnetic par-ticle yoke when any of the following occurs:
(a) Prior to a series of examinations (b) '41th any substitution of examination personnel O S*RI Form CA 3 2
l 4 0 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gRI- -2 June 1987 q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 9 (c) With any substitution of the AC power source (d) At least every 4 hours during the examination (e) At the completion of a series of examinations (f) When the proper operation of the yoke is in doubt j (g) At the maximum pole spacing to be used for l examination (2) All magnetic particle yoke verification times shall be entered on the SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record.
- 7. EXAMINATION ,
7.1 Examination Areas Examinations shall be performed on anterials in their completed ! The entire surf ace of studs and bolts or cap screws and the entire outer surf ace of nuts shall be examined. The examination area for components other than threaded components , shall be as described in the applicable SwRI Examination Plan. 7.2 Surface Preparation It shall be the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the examinatico area and, where required, a minimum of one inch on each side shall be clean, dry, free from oil, sand, rust, grease, paint, slag, loose scale or other conditions to the extent that it shall not mask the indication of unaccept-able discontinuities. NOTE When surf ace conditions are not in accordance with the above and correction is not feasible SwRI will conduct the examination only at the request of the cus-toner. The specific surf ace condition and its eff ect on the examination shall be noted on the SwRI Examination Record. O Saml Form CA 12
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S$;"o-'?-2 g June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 9 h CAUTION Extreme care should be exercised to prevent damage to threaded components during handling and examination. 7.3 Examination Method The fluorescent magnetic particle examination shall be conducted as follows: (1) Examinations shall be made in a darkened area and shall com-mence approximately 5 minutes af ter the space is darkened, in order for the examiner's eyes to adjust. (2) A black light, as described in Paragraph 5.4 of this proce-dura, shall be used to illuminate the examination area. A minimum of 5 minutes shall be allowed for warm-up. (3) The examination surface temperature, which shall be no higher than 135'F, shall be measured and recorded on the SwRI tbg-netic Particle Ixamination Record. (4) The AC electromagnetic yoke shall be applied twice in each examinstion area. The second application shall be conducted with the lines of magnetic flux approximately at right angles to those used in the first application. Sufficient ove rlap shall ensure the entire examination area is covered. (5) The magnetizing current shal1~ remain on continuously during application of the magnetic suspension meuium, while the excess is being drained, and during the observation. (6) The magnetic particle suspension shall be applied by flooding the surface of the examination area and then allowing the excess to drain off. (7) Af ter draining, the area being examined shall be observed for indications of discontinuities chile the fluorescent lamp is directed from various angles so that the entire surface of the examination area is illuminated. NOTI Broad areas of particle accumulation which might mask indications from discon-tinuities are unacceptable, and shall be cleaned and reexamined. O SARI Ponn C4 3 2
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRI-NM-3%-2 Revision 42 June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p g, 7 ng 9 (8) Variable flectromagnetic yoke spacing shall not exceed the distance used during calibration verification. (9) Desagnetization of the examination area is not required. 7.4 Postexamination Cleaning Arrangements shall be made with the customer for postexamination removal of fluorescent assnetic particle materials.
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in ele applicable revision of SwRI Procedure IX-TE-116.
8.1 Pressure Retaining Bolting Creater Than 2 Inches in Diameter The following indications shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Magnetic Particle Examination Record and reported to the customer s (1) Nonaxial linear indications greater than 1/4 inch in length (2) Axial indications greater than 1 inch in length 8.2 Components Other Than Pressure Retaining Bolting 8.2.1 Linear Indications (Claso 1 and Class 2) Linear indications shall be recorded on the SwRI Magaetic Particle Examination Record in accordance vf the following table and reported to the customer: Overall Indication lanath Nos. Wall Thickness As Defined in Attached Figure 1 (Inches) (Inches) _ 14ss than 1.0 1/8 1.0 to less than 2.5 3/16 2.5 and greater 1/4 O l
- - - _ - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gRg M- n
; June 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, 3 og 9 8.2.2 Rounded Indications (Class 2)
Rounded indications sht:1 be recorded as follows: (1) Rounded indication with dinensions greater than 1/8 inch for thicknesses less than 5/8 iach and dimensions greater than 3/16 inch for thicknesses 5/8 inch and greater (2) Tour or more rounded indications in a line separated by 1/16 inch or less (3) Ten or more indications in any 6 square inches of area whose rasjor dimension is no more than 6 inches with the dimensions taken in the most unfavorable location relative to the indi-cations being evaluated
'4 hen corditions limit the area of examination, the limitations shall be recorded.
- 9. IVALUATION Initial evaluation of reportable indications shall be performed i:y SwRI per-sonnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Article IWA-3000. Final evaluation and dispo-sition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the customer.
- 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receiva copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan.
O 3am Form CA 3-2
/~ s SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE R"CIT!!*
June 1987
^
$ NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDU.1E Page 9 of 9 U.Ws 1
% t -=
I I [t N w s,. - i- <., .8
\n/ ,
- s. % i 8, 3 414.n.; : t I' c t- , ,
A t , j _h . 7%
- r, - - e, l- l l A f i- t ,
- l i
lM i 4 g < t, ,,,, ,, m 3 4 1 Q .n. lea A3*gsume Lisuur ! (e) " --- z- ; ineemstiese i k k3h I" ,2 f 4 tc in, E "*9 g s t4,n, f * ! 7 T
! i t ( .
I i
- t, _l &. a
\ gr
/{ / ~S 41Q,
' n.
'ee O*stessang Pwuses lassessame ipg o,,,% %
J _
-I " I t --
$ 514 m. (,
I ' '""*I***
? gs
, 3 .g ,,
m _ -
> 1 I
.=e-.I, e. ,
,( I 4 14 in. --
g 1
- e i, -=. ;-
.e- -- (; -en i
iW " a *w=*se in e .n % ,,,,, , ,,, , ,,,,, f, 3 E LL' TEAR SURFACE INCICATICNS ', !!!ustrarve Claw C:cr4rsuons ano Ceter mnsuon ci Lamptri / sai sesm cA 3 2
q PROCEDURE DEVIATION Page 1 of 1 Pages Procedure Revision No. Deviation No. V- 3wRI NOT 600-31 23 1 The following exernination areas are affected by '.No deviation: Angle beam examinadons performed in accordance with this procedure. The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicateo. Change Pararaph 6.6.2 to Read as follows: 6.6.2 Verification of Cabdon Reflectors at Scanninn Soeed and Netch Comentison (1) The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibratbn redector at scanning speed. It is not necessary to assure that this check conorms the signal amplitude at 100", of reference level, but merely to demonstrate that the signals from the calibradon redectors are readily observable at scanning speed. i The following statement shall be documented on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and initialed:
' Calibration redectors have been ved5ed at scanning speed.'
4 (2) A notch and side drilled hole comparison shall be performed to verify notch sensithity. The sensitivity will be established on an inside surface notch by set:ing the signal amplitude at the level of the DAC curve and marking with an X. Record the ga!n setting - underInstrument Setting. Rationale for deviation: This deviation incorporates the comparison of notches and side drilled holes as requested by Public Servlee and Gas Company. l t C** boa ^"'ct' o em. ..-.e . .a r. e,uwe. cuarfication YES O NO @ Wa=**8"********'***
.u.,..~ . .. . . a.r i e APPROVALS SA Wntten eyt Cate: TechNca eview t 2:
- Vertal ocreval en? Yes C No Manager of Q.A.: Cate: C qndant Cirectort Cate:
CS fW ( j s... , _ .. - v . v
5 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE [ [ T'$0'31 (j ,) NUCLEAR PROJECTS December 1987 OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 1 of 22 Title
!MNUAL ULTPASONIC EXAMINATION OF AUSTENITIC PRESSURE PIPING WELDS EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL 23 of this procedure became effective on Dec 22. 1987 otner revisions of tne base document may Revision be effective concurrently.
SA Approvals Written By Date Technical Review Cite AC$% (W kWf IJlh h A = &,* W ITh /)bh7 Manager of O.A. Date Cog nt Director Date N /- hN YYY y I ~~ The foHowing information may W used for convenience. Comoletion of this portion is not mandatory. Deviation No. Date Effective Procedure Section(s) Affeeted
.I Notes:
O s.ni r m 24 4oa.o
SvRI NDI 600 31 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 23 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 22 MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF AUSTENITIC i,gESSURE PIPING VEll)S SwRI NDT-600 31
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps required to ensure a proper manual ultrasonic examination of similar or dis-similar metal velds and adjacent base matsrial in clad or ur. clad austenitic pressure piping in accordance with the applicable American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION Manual, contact, pulse echo, shear vave angle beam, and longitudinal wave straight beam ultrasonic techniques shall be utilized for the examination of austenitic pressure piping velds and adjacent base material in a nominal thick-ness range of greater than 0.4 to 1.0 inches.
Velds to be examined in vrought austenitic material shall be similar or dissimilar metal circumferential velds, longitudinal pipe velds, and branch connection full penetration bute welds as specified in the applicabli Southwest Research Institute (SvRI) Examination Plan.
- 3. APPLICABLE BOCUVENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Sumer 1983, "Rules fot Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Se. tion V, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Summer 1983, ' Nondestructive Examination" (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Calibrstion and Examination Records SwRI NDTR Tor, No. Revision Date 17 15 3 14 79 17 19 12 1 83 17 25 7 10 80 17 37 2 13 80 17 89 8 19 80 17 90 3 19 80 sami Fw ca 3-2
SwRI.NDT 600 31 l ( Revision 23
' SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 Page 3 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE q
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Not.destrue. 4 tive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance v*.th the NQAPM specified in the appli. cable SwRI Project Plan. . (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requiremer.ts of this procedure. (4) The Manages of the Support and Administration Section, Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. >
- 5. PERSONNET AND EOUTPMENT 5.1 Persennel Certification Personnel perrorming ult:asonic examinations shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11 1, "Special Process Control."
5.2 Reference Bleek Reference blocks used for screen distance calibration and verift. cation shall be of the same material as the production material; i.e., stainless steel or carbon steel, and shall be one of the foll* wing: (1) SwRI Half Round, (2) AVS Type DC, (3) IIW, or (4) Rompus Block. Reference blocks shall be used as follows fnr screen distance calibration: (1) Strairhe Beam Seraea Block Distance Bleek Tyne Dinension 1.0", 2.0" SwRI Half.Round, 1.0* AUS Type DC, 0.5" or 1.0" IIV 1.0" O s.ai sw ca >2 j
SwRI NDI 60V J1 R wision 23 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE
*E' 2.5", 5.0" SvRI Half Round, 1.0" AWS Typs DC 1.0" IIV 1.0" 10.0" IIV 4.0" (2) Anele-Beam Screen Block Distance Block Tyne Dimension 2.0", 2.5", SwRI Malf Round 1.0" Radius 5.0" AWS Type DC 1.0" and 2.0" Rompus Radii 10.0" SwRI Half Round 1.0" Radius AUS Type DC 1.0" and 2.0" Rompus Radii IIV 4.0" Radius 20.0" IIV 4.0" Radius 5.3 Basic Calibration Bleek Side drilled basic calibration hole reflectors, it. accordance with Section V of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, shall ne placed in a block manufactured from the same product for:n, and matsrial specification and heat treatment as one of the materials being joined.
The basic calibration block thickness shall be determined by the average vold thickness of the piping to which the rearch unit is applied and Article 5, Section V. When a basic calibration block of the same thickness as e is not avsilable and where e is 1 inch or less, the basic calibration block thickness shall bc no more than 254 thinner than e or shall be closer to e than the 3/4 inch thick alternate calibration block allowed by Article 5. For calibration blocks for dissimilar metal velds, the material selection shall be based on the material on the side of the veld from which the exa:sination vill be conducted. If the examination vill be conduc:ed fr 4 both sides. calibration reflectors shall be provided in both materials.
'*here
- two or more base material thicknelses are involved, the calibration block thickness shall be of a size sufficient to contain the entire examinstion =etal path.
O $*ai aorm c.a 3 2
O SwRI.NDT 600 31 d SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revista 23 December 1987 Page 5 of 22 NUCt. EAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCE0VRE l ym Vhere the component material is clad, the block shall be clad by the same velding procedure as the production part. Vhere the automatic method is impractical, deposition of clad shall be by the manual method. The surface finish of the basic calibration block shall be representative of the surface finish of the piping to be examined. Flat basic calibration blocks or blocks of essentially the same curvature as the part to be examined may be used when contact surface curvatures are greater than 20 inches in diameter. A curved basic calibration block shall be used to establish distance amplitude correction (DAC) curves for examinations on contact surfaces in the range of curvature from 0.9 to 1.5 times the basic calibration block diameter, when contact surface curvature is 20 inches in diameter or less. The curvature of the sain run pipe shall be used to establish the requirements for the basic calibration block curvature for the examination of branch connection velds. Approved drawings of basic calibration blocks to be usea in accordance with this procedure are contained in the applicable SwRI Examination Plan. 5.4 Search Units Search units shall be selected from the following: (1) Serairhe-Beam Averare Veld Thickness }ieminal Search Unit Size Greater than 0.4" to 2.0" 1/4" Round 1.0" to 3.0" 3/8" Round 2.0" to 4.0" 1/2" Round 3.0" to 5.0" 3/4" to la Round (a) The nominal rtraight bea:n longitudinal wave search unit frequency for a'.tstenttic piping shall be 1.5 E: or 2.25 52, and 2.25 2: for carbon steel. O Sam Fown CA 3 2 )
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE U"ISU * December 1987 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 22 (2) Anele Beam Averare Veld Thickness Maxirrum Nominal Search Unit Size Greater than 0.4" to 1/4" x 1/4", 1/4" Round less than 0.5" 0.5" to 2.0" 3/8" x 3/8", 3/8" Round O.75" to 4.0" 1/2" x 1/2", 1/2" Round Greater than 2.0" to 5.0" 1/2" x 1", 3/4" Round (a) The nominal angle be.4 shear vave search unit fra. quency for examination of austenitic piping shall be 2.25 MHz for 1/4 inch search units and 1.5 MHz for search ut.its greater than 1/4 inch in size. (b), The nominal an51 e beam shear vave searceh unit fre-quency for the carbon steel side of dissimilar piping ' velds shall be 2.25 MHz. (c) Search unit vedges shall be fabricated to produce 45' 12' refracted shear vave when examining circumferen-tial pipinr welds, or branch connections. A 60' 12' refracted shear vave shall be used only to augment the examination. (d) For examination of longitudinal piping velds, search unit vedges shall be fabricated to produce 45' 12' refra.ted shear waves. (e) The exit point of the sound beam and the actual refracted beam angle of shear vave search units shall be determined on an IIV block or a Rompus block. The exit point shall be marked on the search unit vedge. (f) 1/4' x 1/4" or 1/4" round search units may be used for angle beam calibrations when examining 4 inch diameter piping. 5.5 Ultra = ente instru ent The examiner shall use a Sonic FIS Mark I ultrasonic instru=ent which shall be aligned and shall display a valid alignment calibration ta5 as required by SQAP 10 1. O SaAt 7orm e.A 3-2
!oV swu .m..oo. u SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE daga y,, Page of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 5.6 QLualant (1) USP grade 13 petine or reactor grade water shall be used when performing ultrasonic calibrations and examinations in accordance with this procedure. (2) USP grade glycerine shall be certified for sulfur content and total halogens in accordance with SD.129 and SD.808 of Article 24 Section V. The residual amount of total sulfur or halogens shall not exceed 14 by we15h t. Reactor grade water, when used, shall be supplied by the customer. (3) Couplant materials used for examinations shall be the same as used for the calibration. 5.7 Thermometer The thermometer to be used for seasuring the calibration block and component temperatures shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAP 10 1. 6, CALIBRATION METHOD 6.1 Instrument Linearity Ultrasonic instrument linearity shall be verified prior to each period of extended use or every 3 months, whichever is less, in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2. Data required shall be recorded on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record and the sheet number shall be referenced on each applicable SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record. NOTE The setting of the damping control shall be recorded in RL'iARXS on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record. The damping control shall be in the same position during linearity verificatlon, calibrations and examinations or a new linearity verification shall be performed. 6.1.1 Screen Heirht Linearity (1) Position a shear wave search unit on a calibration block to obtain indications from the 1/2T and 3/4T holes, or use a straight heaa search unit on any calibration block that provides c:2plitude differences. O 3,.at form CA 3 2
SwRI.NDT.600 31 Revision 23 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 Page 8 of 22 NUCt. EAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE 1( h (2) Adj ust the search unit position to give a 2:1 ratio between the two indications, with the larger indication set at 80% of full screen height (TSH) and the smaller indication at 40% of TSH. (3) Vithout moving the search unit, set the larger indication to 100% of TSH; record the amplitude of the smaller indica. tion, estimated to the nearest it of TSH. (4) Successively set the larger indication from 100% to 20% of TSH in 104 increments (or 2 d5 steps if a fine control is not available); observe and record the smaller indication estimated to the nearest in of TSH at each setting. The reading must be 50% of the larger amplitude within 5% of TSH. l 6.1.2 Amelitude Control Linearley l (1) Position a shear vave or straight. beam search unit on a l calibration block to obtain maximum a=plitude from an l applicable reflector. EQ.II The primary reference level sensitivity should be within the highest and lowest gain settings used during amplitude control linearity verifications. The , highest and lowest gain sett!.1gs used during the amplitude control linearity verifications shall be recorded in the Remarks column of the applicable SwRI 1.inearity Verification Records. (2) Vithout moving the search unit, set the indication to the required percent of TSH and incrosse or decrease the d3 as specified below. The estimated signal shall be recorded to ths nearest 14 of TSH and shall fell within the limits of the following table: Indication d5 Control Indication set at t of TsH chance
- Limits. 4 of TSH 80% 6 d5 32 to 484 804 12 d5 16 to 24%
act + 6 d5 64 to 964 204 +12 d5 64 to 964
*Minus denotes decrease in amplitude; plus denoces increase.
S.mi % c.a 3-2
SwkI.NDt.600 31 O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE nevision 23 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 9 of 22 q 6,2 calibration
' The ultrasonic calibration shall be completed prior to the examination.
The REJECT control shall be saintained in the o position. The FREQ MHz control shall be curned to 1 when a 1.5.M : search unit is used and to 2 with a 2.25.MK: search unit. l l The centerline of the search unit shall be at least 1 1/2 inches l from the nearsst side of the calibration block. Rotating the beam into the corrar formed by the hole and the side of the block may produce a higher ampli. tude at a longer besa path. This beam path shall not be used for calibration. l The type and length of the search unit cable shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibrati'o n Record, and all other information blocks on the form shall be filled in. The average veld thickness shall be used to determine the correct Os calibration block and search units for examinations with geometric restrictions such as piping or components which may be thicker than the nominal pipe site. examinations limited to one side of the veld or wide veld crevns, the Level !! or III examiner shall ensure that complete coverage of the examination volume is obtained. Additional calibration vee. path positions and larger screen sites may be required to assure this coverage. 6.2.1 Teeerature I the calibration block tesperature shall be within 25'T of the component tesperature and shall be recorded on the SvRI Sonic Instrument Cali. bration Record for the initial calibration and each verification. The surface temperature of the component to be examinea shall be taken prior to and af ter performing each examination and shall be recorded on the applicable SvRI Exami. nation Record. 6.3 calibration for fireusferential But? '.*elon 6.3.1 Strairhe Eems Sint wee calibration The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable site
, to include at least 1/4e beyond the thickest production material to which the search unit is appited. Observing back reflections from the applicable refer.
ence block, set up the required linear sound path distance alcng the screen baseline.
~
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE UIE!$" December 1987 O Page 10 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Screen distance calibration shall be selected from the following sizes: 1.0", 2.0", 2.5*, 5.0" and 10.0". 6.3.2 Anele-Beam Distance Calibration The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable sine to include at least 1/8 vee. path past the anticipated examination range. Observ-ing radius echoes from the applicable reference block, set up the required linear sound path distance along the screen baseline. Screen distance calibration for angle beam shall be selected from the following sizes: 2.0", 2.5", 5.0", 10.0", and 20.0". If a 60' shear wave angle. beam is required to augment the exami. nation, and the same instr.usent is us.ed for both 45' and 60' examinations, the screen distance calibration shall be conducted as follows: (1) The screen distance size shall be determined by the an51 e* beam search unit requiring the longer examination range. (2) Position the 45' search unit on the appropriate reference block and record all required reference block entries on the appropriate SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record. (3) Vithout changing the calibrated screen distance, repeat step (2) with the 60' search unit. (4) No attempt shall be made to compensate for the delay difference between 45' and 60' screen distance calibra-tions. This difference shall be considered when resolving indications. 6.3.3 Strairht seas Distance A-elitude correerien A DAC curve shall be established by utilizing responses frca the basic calibration holes. 6.3.3.1 Pr$Netien w a terisi i treh er less in Sieben s (1) Position the straight beam segrch unit to obtain maximum response from the 1/2T hole, and set this response to Son 25% of TSH. (2) Draw a straight hori: ental line on the instrument screen at this amplitude to estend a distance equal to the neminal thickness cf the production material, s.ae e.a t:
....m o' SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE R atataa 23 December 1987
*I* *
'q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE (3) Signal amplitudes for indications recorded shall Se refer.
enced as a percentage of this line. 6.3.3.2 Freduceton Materini creater Than i inch in Thiekrans (1) Position the straight. beam search unit to obtain maximum response from the calibration hole selected from the following, that produces the highest amplitude: Halt 1/4T 1/27 (if present) 3/4T (2) Set this response to the primary reference level of 804 15% of TSH and mark its amplitude on the instrument screen. (3) Vithout changing the gain controls, obtain maxisrum response O from the remaining calibration holes; mark and join ali amplitude points with a smooth curved line that shall extend 1/47 beyond the last qualified calibration point. 6.3.4 Annia. Ream Distanea AmSlitude Correction If a curved block is used, DAC curves for the examination of circumferential velds shall be constructed by utilizing the responses from the holes oriented perpendicular to the axis of the basic calibration block. 6.3.4.1 Un-lad Material (1) Position the 45' search unit to obtain m inua responso from the calibration hole and vee path position selected from a minimum of three vea. path positions required to cover the entire examination area, the first of which must be situated prior to the lover 1/3t volume and the last at the end or after the 1/3t volume. (2) Set this response to the primary reference level of 804 15% of TSH and mark its amplitude on the instrument screen. (3) Without changing the gain controls, obtain maximu:s response from the remaining required vee. path positions. Mark and join all amplitude points with a smooth curred line that shall encompass the examination area not to extend more than 1/8 vee. path past the last qualified calibration node. Seet sym c.A 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SUIU December 1987 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 12 of 22 (4) If a 60' shear.vave angle bena is required to supent the exanination, repeat steps (1) through (3) using a 60' search unit, rlcrPTICN If the configuration of the veld is such that the above calibration is not the most appropriate to provide coverage from two directions of the examination volume C.D.E.T as depicted in Tigure 1. then a calibration may be established which uses any vee path position required to obtain complete coverage of the examination area. Consideration shall be given to previous examination data to ensure that equivalent calibrations are performed where practicable. 6.3.4.2 Clad Pinine (1) Position the 45' search unit to obtain maximum response from the calibration hole and the vee. path position, solceted from the following, that produces the highest amplitude: lig.11 Vee. Path Positions 1/4T 1/8 1/27 (if present) 2/$ 3/4T 3/8 (2) Set this response to the primary reference level of 804 25% of TSH and mark its amplitude on the instrument screen. (3) Without changing the gain controls, obtain maximum response from the remaining vee. path positions; mark and join all amplitude points with a smooth cu-ved line that shall extend 1/8 vee. path beyond the last qualified calibration point. (4) If a 60' shear vave angle. ben is required to aupent the examination, repeat steps (1) through (3) with a 60' search unit. 6.4 Calibrstion for Branch Corneetten and tonritudinst Se ss elds 6.4,1 Straieht.3eas Sistance Calibration The straight. beam distance calibration shall be the sa=e as that described in Paragraph 6.3.1. O t.o, .-
O 5wRI.NDT.600 31 d SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 23 Dece.ber 1987 NUf,,t.EA M PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 13 of 22 6.4.2 Annia. Ream Distanea "alibgggi g The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable size to include at least 1/8 vee. path past the anticipated examination range. Observing the radius echoes from the applicable reference block, obtain the required linear sound path distance along the screen baseline. 6.4.3 Strainhe.Raam Distanea A-lituda correction 1 ! The straight. beam distance amplitude correction shall be the I same as that described in Paragraph 6.3.3. 6.4.4 Annia.Raam Distanea AmelituAm correction l l If a curved block, is utilised. DAC curves shall be constructed i by utilizing the responses from the basic es11bration holes oriented axially ~ with the basic calibration block. l l 6.4.4.1 bd,ad Material This calibration shall be the same as that described in Paragraph l I 6.3.4.1, steps (1) t. rough h (3), using only the 45' search unit. 6.4.4.2 Ciad Pietna This calibration shall be the same as that described in Para. graph 6.3.4.2, steps (1) through (3), using only the 45' search unit. 6.$ f e c er:dary DAC Calibrations If any point on the DAC curve (within the cwamination volume) does not appear at 20% of TSH or greater, a secondary TsAC carve shall be con. structed as follows: (1) All secondary DAC curves shall contain at lea u 2 points. (2) The DAC point at 20% of TSH or greater, adjacent to a DAC point that falls belov 20% of TSH, shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instrument screen. The other point (s), previously at less than 20% of TSH, shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. The gain setting for this secondary CAC curve shall be recorded on the appro. priate SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record, t.e,. _
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SIIIS "* December 1987 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 14 of 22 ExctPTIONS Vhen the first DAC point is the only point above 20% of TSH, the next highest point shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instru. ment screen. The other points previously at less than 20% of TSH shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. 6.6 calibration verification 6.6.1 Sveen Rance and DAC curve Verification Sweep range calibration shall be verified on the appropriate reference block; and DAC curve calibration, if applicable, shall be verified on the appropriate basic calibration block: (1) Prior to a series of examinations (2) With any substitution of the same type or length of search unit cable { (3) Vith any substitution of power utilizing the same type source; e.g., a change of batteries 9 (4) At least every 4 hours during the examination (5) At the completion of a series of exasinations (6) Vhenever the validity of the calibration is in doubt 6.6,2 Verificatien of calibration Reflectors at Scannine Sreed The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflee. tor at scanning speed. Ii2IT.
!t is not necessary to assare that this check confirms the signal amplitude at 100% of reference level, but merely to demonstrate that the signal from the calibration reflectors are readily observable at scanning speed.
The following statement shall be docusented on the SwRI Sonic Instrusent Calibration Record and initialed:
' Calibration reflectors have been verified at scanning speed. "
O 5.ai er e.a 3 2 [
n v SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE mi. Rljj n evv.u Page 15 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 6.6.3 calibra h (1) Forform the following if any point on the DAC curve has decreased more than 20% of TSH or 2 da in amplitude, or any point on the sweep line has moved more than 10% of the sweep division reading or St of full sweep whichever is greater: (a) Void all ersainations referring to the calibration in question and performed after the last valid calibra. tion verificasion. (b) Conduct a new calibration. (c) Reexamine the areas for which examinations have been voided. (2) Perform the following if any point on the DAC curve has increased in amplitude more than 204 of TSH or 2 da: O (a) Correct the calibration. (b) Reexamine all indications recorded since the last valid calibration Serification. (c) Inter proper values on a new SwRI Examination Record, 6.6.4 Reenlibratien Substitution of any of the following shall be cause for recali. bration: (1) Search unit transducer or wedge (2) Search unit cable type or length (3) Ultrasonic instrument (4) Examination personnel (S) Couplant (6) Change in type of power source: e.g., a change frca direct to alternating current O
- 8. Al term 0.4 3-1
SoVTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE UNEE" December 1987 O Page 16 of 22 NUCt. EAR PROJECTS CPER ATING PROCEDURE
- 7. M IATION 7.1 h asina t ,2g 7,1,1 Circumferential and Leeritudinni hich the applicable revisien of SwRI Procedure IX FE 103.
7,4 sesenter l Vhen practicable, scanntn5 shall be p.rformed at & mini =us gain I setting of 2 times the reference level sensitivity. l 1 l
R l
'x fwRI.NDT.000 31 J Revision 23 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE oecember 19:7 l
I'I' U 'I 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Instru:nent gain setting for scanning shall be determined on the basic calibration block as follows for each primary reference level utilited: (1) Vith the inst-usent at the primary reference level, manipu. late the search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain a signal of 40% of TSH from a calibration reflector (side drilled hole). (2) Add 6 d3 gain by utilizing the 6 48 av' itch (if present), the fine gain control, or a coabination of the fine and coarse gain controls and choose any method that yields a signal response within 12 d5 of 804 FSH. (3) This amplitude and method shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and shall be used during the valid calibration period for all scanning at 2 times the reference level sensit.sity. Scanning overlap shall be a minimum of 25% of the search unit pie:oelectric element dirension perpendicular to the direction of the scan, (V} The search unit movement rate shall not exceed 3 inches per second, Vhile scanning, the search unit shall be oscillated approximately 220', 7,$ Thickress Mensurerents and Laminatien Sean Screen distance calibration for these examinations shall be conducted in accordance with Paragraph 6,3,1. 7,$,1 Thickness Measureeents Thickness measurements shall be taken at a minimum of three points adjacent to La for longitudinal and circusferential welds (on the center. line of the veld and at one point in the base asterial on each side of the veld). Thickness measurements shall be taken at a minimum of two points adja. cent to Lo for branch connection velds (one on the base material of the main run pipe, and one on the base material of the branch connection). If these measurements cannot be taken adjacent to Lo, the location of the measurements shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Exsmination Record. 7.5.2 !ase waterial Lritration Sean A lamination sean using longitudinal. wave shall be performed. This scan shall cover as much as practie.a1 of the area throu8h which the angle beam passes, The lamination scan shall be conducted as follows: n m O !
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ulft* n?" December 1987 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 18 of 22 (1) Scanning shall be performed at a gain setting that gives an initial backwall amplitude of 80% 25n TSH, r_tctPTIel If performed previously, a lasination scan is not required except in the area (s) where a lamination was previously recorded. (2) To record an intermediat.e indication, obtain a backwall reflection signal from an indication. free area and adjust this signal to 804 15% of TSH. P.ecord the intermediate indication when its amplitude is equal to the rossining backwall reflection. Areas of total loss of backwall reflection accompanying the interscitate echo shall also be recorded. 7.6 hamination of ( .- ,J,(erential and 1onettudinal Butt Velds in Pleine 7.6.1 Antle !eas b asinatien for Indicatiens Parallel vith the Veld Angle beam examinations for circumferential velds shall be accomplished using the required refracted shear.vave from both sides of the veld. }or this examination, the sound. beam shall be directed perpendicularly into the veld to detect indications parallel with the veld. Calibration for these examinations shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.3.2 and 6.3.A. Ang16. beam examinations for longitudinal velds shall be acces. plished using the required refracted shear.vave from both sides of the veld. For this exasination, the sound beam shall be directed perpendicularly into the veld to detect indications parallel with the veld. Calibration for this exasi. nation shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.4.2 and 6.4.4 7.6,2 Alternate Damination A shear vave angle beam exasination shall be conducted as required to assure co=plete coverage from both sides of the circumferential or longitudinal veld. Any areas of the veld not recniving complete coveraae from both sides shall be examined from one side of the veld with the required shear vave(s) and a straight.beas longitudinal vave applied to the surface of the veld crown in the affected areas. Calibration for the longitudinal wave search unit shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.3.1 and 6.3.3. 6 3.ai F:rm Ca 12
~
/ SwRI NDI-600 31 V SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 23 December 1987 Page 19 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 7.6.3 Angle Beam Examination for Indications PerDendicular to the Veld Calibration for thsse examinations shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.3.2 and 6.3.4 for circumferential welds, and Paragraphs 6.4.2 and 6.4.4 for longitudinal and branch connection welds. A shear vave angle beam examination shall be conducted on each veld by placing the search unit on the weld and it base metal adjacent to each veld with the sound beam directed into and parallel with the weld to detect indications perpendicular to the weld. The entire length of the veld and base material within it of the weld shall be scanned with the search unit beam directed in this manner from two opposing directions. The search unit shall then be placed on thc base metal with the search unit sound beam directed tangentially into the weld at a 45' i10' angle. The entire length of the veld ar.c adjacent base material shall be scanned with the search unit beam directed in this manner on each accessible side of the veld from two opposing directions. Geometric root ripple echoes occurring at the same metal path distance as flaws adjacent to the weld root are to be fi V expected. A flaw must be distinguished from root ripple by its greater echo a=plitude compared to the amplitude of the root ripple at the same location. A flaw indication adjacent to the weld ro- tends to mask out several facets of the root ripple and travels along ;he baseline through the root ripple package. 7.7 Examination of Butt Velds of Branch Connections 7.7.1 Antle Beam Examination for Indleations Parallel with the Veld A shear wave angle beam examination shall be accomplished from the main run pipe side of the weld. For this examination, the sound beam shall be diree';ed perpendicularly into the veld to detect indications parallel with the veld. Calibration for these examinations shall be in accordanct with Paragraphs 6.4.2 and 6.4.4
' . 7.2 Antle-Beam Examination for Indications Perrendicular to the Veld The angle beam examination for indications perpendicular to the weld shall be the same as the examination described in Para 5raph 7.6.3.
7.8 Postexamination Cleanine Arrangements shall be made with the customer for postexamination removal of couplant materials. O U Sami Fon CA 3 2
SwRI NDT-600 31 & SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ravi=ia 23 December 1987 w Page 20 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Procedure IX FE-117.
All ultrasonic reflectors, regardless of signal amplitude, not attributable to geometry shall be recorded and investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to determine the shape, identity, and location of the reflector. Examples of nongeometric reflectors are those which are slightly removed from the veld root and/or chamfer, mask the root indications, are transverse to the veld, or have linear dimensicas with side branches. Ultrasonic reflectora attributable to geometry and producin8 a response greater than 50% of the reference level shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Ultrasonic Examination Record and investigated. Recordable indications attributable to geometry shall be recorded only once, even if the amplitude of the indication drops below the required recording amplitude along the veld. These indications shall be investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to determine the shape, identity, and location of the reflector. If indications that have been recorded as Jeometry have been investigated and found to be nongeometric reflectors, the entire veld shall be reexamined and all nongeometric reflectors and other reflectors not previously recorded at least cnce shall be recorded. Indications investigated and found to be other than geometrical in nature, regardless of the amplitude, shall be reported to the customer for evaluation. Scanning limitations shall be recorded.
- 9. EVAlliATION Initial evaluation of reportable indications shall be performed by SwRI personnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Article IVA 3000. Final evaluation and disposition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the cus.
comer.
- 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan.
O Sami Form CA 3 2
O SwRI NDT-600-31 U SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE nevista 23 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 21 of 22 q i PP0 file of vehe DOOV. veetet n022fe, Of pWMW Conn @CTIOn
^/
/
/~ weio ene Dwevering y- < - . - . ,
o i w r.e
$ s,
// -
up 1
):!
;1 1/4 in. * ++ - t/4;n.
c o-sYz 9 I i i l Figure 1 ( WELDS IN PIPING l (Volumetric Examination Requirements) O
$* AI Form CA >2
SwRI-NDI-o00-jl & R wisim 23 g SOUTHWES.T RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 Page 22 of 22 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE r t .'_ -
.x- x, _
__s n ute 2
.I ,
7 Examinacion Area A B C.D (Lower I I I 1/3e of the Veld and 1/4 Inch i
- i. * -
Base Material on Each Side of the Weld)
.I
. a / c, ~.
g a< l ^ g ,,
} '..
+ g_ -
N .
.~ - ~ ~
'. .\ ; --
Q l 1
.I ,
r 7- .: l F I-s
~
4.. I 6 le l
.I
- u. ..
3
. 't i .,,,, /
, - - g i l l
,\ M:
\
?
' ERMICi CCMNECTICN '.*EI.')S (Volu=ecric Examination Require =ents)
SARI Form CA 3-2
PROCEDURE DEVIATION SITI: PSI E 79CCaDURE/REVislCN NC. Hope Creek is :: 600-41/8 oEvtAnoN NC. CEVIADCtJ 7 AGE NC.; CATE RECutsTED: cGMINATICN PERICO: m " 8'
$ y 1 1 em 1 30 October 1984 k sacnoN4s 4Fruer:D: P90CIDURE PAGE$1:
11 CP: 19 6 sumeNAnCN AAEAts1 AFFECTED: f a hh
, Ferricie pressure piping velds v 6 I
E j CEVtATICN: It le resuesses met the pareyeentes anrum beww vi me seese Greesswe/revisen De oevotes frern as fodows luse exact j y proesses ammeens sneens mov es uses d neessaarve: m
. A Add paragraph 6.4.1.1 as fo11cvs 3 s M.
- i vertification of Calibracien Reflectors at Semnnd92 Soeed 5
, % The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflector at scanning speed.
s - sis
! > b I NOTI N 4 It is not necessary to assure that ^d a check confir=s the signal 5 y amplitude at 100% of reference level, but nerely to de=custrace that the signal from the calibration reflectors are readily obserrable at
, scanningr speed.
2 4 -
*A Tha folleving statement shall be docu=enced on the SvRI Sonic Instr =ent Calibration Record and initialed:
3 g +5 "Calibration Reflectors have been verified ec Semendng Speed." i D N
=
1
! 4x l
y .WsimCAECN nammen crien,e e cesammerv ene wast re es ... ,ee to .e.. suse w teone aceses d racismerve: 1 ;is "A1.s deviatica cot = plies vic.h the NRC's requas t to *rerif7 the detectab111 7 of the calibration reflectors unc'er procedural sca'ning conditicas,
. 5 N 3 .Y
= i.,
$ 3
- 0' 3
O swAlPQA M PS M
.- - - . . . - ~ - . . - _ _ .
/D ; PROCEDURE DEVIATION V f S g PROCIDURE/ REVIS4N NO.
/ SITt:
Ecpe Crse,s pgg isi 600-41/8 CEVIAnCN NC. OfVIADCN PAGE NO.: cATE R ECUESTED: EXAMINATICN PtPICO: 2 19 November 84 3 $ 2 1 m PROCIDURE PAGE!S): j SECT 1CNt33 AFFECTED: 10 and 11 of 19 1 6 { D EXAMINATION AftEAls) AFFICTID: i iY ' E % For components that are significantly thicker than the nominal G , production sacerial thickness in f stritic pressure piping E
- It is reevested met tne peregroceNel snown benow in me scove sfocoeuterrevoon te wwwtec frorn as Podows tuse esact 3 getVtATICN:
z ,worang proposeo. accoonas sneets tney be used if eecesserve:
- M %
g Add the folleving EXCIPTICN under 6.2.3.2* 3 .
\
For components that are significantly thicker than the nonical production sacerial thickness, calibrations shall be established which use
)
the V-path positions required to obtain complete coverage of the e.u,ination v = ' area. 3 , g j Change 6.3 to read as follows: yI ' g Secondarv DAC Calibrations t
.f t If all points on the DAC curse do not appear at 20% of TSH or greater, a secondar7 DAC curse shall be constructed as follows:
3 All secondary DAC curves shall contain at least 2 points. g g N (1) c .%
,g .usr.nCAtoN: Aceson cme is eMeeun ecc west 1 menced to acecreensa ause accrocess seect if PMutecrn i 2$
!" - This deviation clarifies the examinatica coverage of c:spenents with e
different thicknesses or geometric restricticus. E - 3 CJ 5 "% I sadi PoaM an 4-4 l
swr 8-NDT-600-41/ 8 Deviation 2 Page 2 of 2 (2) The DAC point at 20% of TSH or greater, adjacent to a DAC point that falls below 20% of FSH, shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instrunent screen. The adjacent point (s), previously at less than 20% of F5H, shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. The gain setting for this secondary DAC curve shall be recorded on the appro-priate SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record. EXCEPTIONS When the first DAC point is the only point above 20% of TSH, the next highest point shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instru-ment screen. The other points previously at less than 20% of FSH shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. O O 1 l
O 9o _ PROCEDURE DEVIATION Page 1 of 2 Reymon Deviation Procedure SwRl NDT, 600-41 8 3 The fesoweg exammacon stees :,re affetted by tNe covstion: Manual ultrasonic examination of ferritic piping welds to be examined in accordance with this procedure The fodowmg paragroofts snad be deviated from as inoicated: Change (1) of 6.2.3.1 to read as follows: (1) Position the applicable 45 degree or 60 degree angle-beam search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain maximum response from the vee-path position, selee.ed from the following, which produces the highest amplitude : Vee-Path Positions O 2/8, 3/8, 6/8 1/8, 3/8, 5/8, 7/8 (when 2/8 is not present) 1/8, 2/8, 3/8 only for clad material Racenaie for deviacon: This deviation clarifies the examination coverage of components with different thicknesses or geometric restrictions and complies with the NRC's request to verify the detectability of the calibration reflectors under procedural scanning conditions. APPROVALS 2.d) l
'*""*" a*
=aa gy yNg i4D W,M41 v.<eaucerevis c; vent : ves E No I,{L yJT I 'N/A !
oste: cosa citect:c Cit': Men.ger or c.4,- pp- ** ggy g$4 &#r
,4,,,,,- g
----r,- -_._._.,,_._r,
SvRI-NDT-600-41/ 8 Deviation 3 Page 2 of 2 Add the following EXCEPTION under 6.2.3.2: For components that are significantly thicker than the nominal production material thickness, calibrations shall be established which use the V-path positions required to obtain complete coverage of the examination area. Change 6.3 to read as follows: Secondarv DAC Calibrations If all points on the DAC curve do not appear at 20% of FSH or greater, a secondary DAC curve shall be constructed as follows: (1) All secondary DAC curves shall contain at least 2 points. ( 2) The DAC point at 20% of TSH or greater, adjacent to a DAC point that falls below 20% of FSH, shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instrument screen. The adjacent point (s), previously at less than 20% of TSH, shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. The, gain setting for this secondary DAC curve shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record. Exceetions When the first DAC point is the only point above 20% of TSH, the next highest point shall be brought to the primary ref erence level and marked on the instrument screen. The other points previously at less than 20% of TSH shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. Add paragraph 6.4.1.1 as follows: Verification of Calibrstion Reflectors at Scaenier Seeed The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflector at scanning speed. hL1 It is not necessary to assure that this check confiresthe signal amplitude at 100% of reference level, but merely to demonstrate that the signal from the calibration reflectors are readily observable at scanning speed. The following statement shall be documented on the SvRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and initialed:
"Calibration Reflectors have been verified at Scanning Speed."
l --a y- PROCEDURE DEVIATION Pagen .1 ~, (m\ * - Prococure Revision Deviscon 8 4 ; SwAl NOT. 600-41 i ne fodoweg enemmaoon areas are atfec:so by tnas oevenon: ) Manual ultr:, sonic examinatien of ferritic piping velds to be examined in accordar.ee with this p t.re THIS DEVIATION SUPERCEDES DEVIATION 3. ne fodoweg parsgroons snad be ceneteo from as cocatso: l Change (1) of 6.2.3.1 to read as follows: (1) Position the applicable 45 degree or 60 degree angle-beam search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain =aximr.:: response from the vee-path position, selected from the following, which produces the e highest amplitude: . l t Vee-Path Positions f l 2/8, 3/8, 6/8 li 1/8, 3/8, 5/8, 7/8 (v' hen 2/8 is not present) 1/8, 2/8, 3/8 only for clad =aterial I I Racenate fee cow oon: t This deviation clarifies the examination coverage of co=ponents with dif ferent ' thicknesses or geometric restrictions and complies with the NRC's request to verify the detectability of the calibration reflectors under procedural scanning ' conditions. , l ? i aPoi40VA LS ^[U)
.,vnoen m cu. reenn g * - g$
%Qwtd 21 I$$7M.(V l Vertas accreves re Z No Givee?
e
;'g:u.:"#y.
'N/A ,
Manager of Q.A.; :sts: Qgnizant :Vocitr* l ate:
\ "
% [/ / f' ,,
/ * ~ ,' . - '
,,,w.: w w. -
i l .
. SvRI-NDT-400-41/S Deviation 4 Page 2 of :
O Add the following EXCEPTION under 6.2.3.1 and 6.2.3.2 : For components that are significantly thicker than the nominal production =aterial thickness, calibrations shall be established which use the V-path positions required to obtain complete coverage of the examination area. Change 6.3 to read as follows: Secoudarv DAC Calibrations If all points on the DAC curve do not appear at 20% of TSH or greater, a secondary DAC curve shall ie constructed as follows: (1) All secondary DAC curves shall contain at least 2 points. ( 2) ne DAC point at 20% of TSH or greater, adjacent to a DAC point that falls belov 20% of FSH, shall be brought to the pri=ary reference level and markad on the instrument s e:e en. ne adjacent point (s), previously at less than 20% of TSH, shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooch curved line. ne gain setting for this secondar7 DAC curve shall be recorded on the appropriate Sval Sonic Instru=ent Calibration Record. hxceetiens
'han the first DAC point is the only point above 20% of 75:1, the next highest point shall be brought to the primar7 ref erence level and narked on the instru=ent screen. ne other points previously at less than 20% of TSH shall be narked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line.
Add paragraph 6.4.1.1 as follows:
?arifiestion of Calibration Reflecters at Scannine Seead ne examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflector at scanning speed.
I!2.La It is not necessar7 to assure that this check confir sche signal a=plitude at 100% of reference level, but nerely to deconsteste that the signal from the calibration reflectors are readily observable at scanning speed. ne following statement shall be docunented on the SvRI $onic Instrument Calibration Record and initialed:
"Calibration Reflectors have been verified at Scanning Speed."
d SwRI-NDI-600-41
/ . SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 8 i
NUCLEAR PROJECTS Nove:nber 1984 i OPERATING PROCEDURE p,,, t ,, 19 MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF FERRITIC PRESSURE PIPING WELDS EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL Revision 8 of this procedure became effective onNOV l,I984 , Other revisions of the base document rnay be effective concurrently. SA Approsals f Written By Date Tecnnical Review Date 6N\ 3l Cd* / M[,4&e r 19 3 + n1V Marager of Q.A. Cate Cod nt Director Ot
- s. C L M ar ~n v
'} {l/Mk_ . k n if(
The follomng information may be used for convenience. Co letion of this portion is not mandatory, Deviation No. , Cate Effective ocedure Section(s) Affacted Notes: I l S w A t 8 ee m GA.4 9 A.4
1 1 1 1 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRI-NDT-tiOO-41 Revision 8
)
1
, November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE P 2 of 19 MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF FERRITIC PRESSURE PIPING WELDS SwRI-NDT-600-41
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure provides the technical information and detailed steps neces-sary to ensure a complete and accurate manual ultrasonic examination of f erritic pressura piping welds and the adjacent base material in accordance with the applica' ale ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION Class 1 and Class 2 full penetration pressure piping butt velds and the adjacent base material in the nominal thickness range of f rom 0.2- to 6.0-inches shall be examined.
Manual, contact, pulse-echo, shear-wave angle-beam, and longitudinal-wave straight-keam ultrasonic techniques shall be utilized for t?.e examination of clad or unclad piping velds and adjacent base material. Velds to be examined shall be circumferential and longitudinal ferritic pipe welds and set-in type branch connection bute welds as specified in the applicable SwRI Examination Plan.
- 3. APILICABLE DOCUMENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1977 Edition with Addenda through Su=mer 1978, "P.ules for Inservice Inspection of huclear Power Plant Components" (2) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Program Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Applicable Calibration and Examination Records SwRI-NDTR Form No. Revision Date 17-89 8-19-80 17-90 8-19-80 17-25 7-10-80 17-19 12-1-83 17-18 7-31-75 17-37 2,-13-80 0
swr 19pm QA 3-2
(~i u,) SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S"*I-N T- * -' Revision 8 j November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, 3 og 19
- 4. RESPONSIBILITY, (1) The Director of the Department of Engineoring Services, Quality Assurance Systems and Engineering Divisior., shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure.
(2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli-cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. (4) The Managee of the Support and Administration Section, Quality Assur-ance Systems and Engineering Division, shall be responsible for stor-age of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 5. PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT 5.1 Personnel Certification Personnel performing examinations in accordance with this pro-cedura shall be certified in accordance with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control."
5.2 Reference Block Reference blocks used for screen distance calibration and veri-fication shall be =ade of carbon steel and shall be one of the followings (1) SwRI Half-Round, (2) AWS Type DC, or (3) IIW. 5.3 Basic Ca,libration Block for Circumferential. Longitudinal. and Branch Connection Welds The basic calibration block shall be fabricated from material of the same nominal diameter and of the same nominal vall thickness or pipe sched-ule as the pipe to be examined. This material shall be from one of the materi-als specified for the piping being joined by the veld. The finish on the sur-f aces of the basic calibration block shall be representative of the surface finishes of the piping. When the examination is to be performed from only one side of the veld, the calibration block material shall be of the same specification as the material on that side of the weld. If material of the same specification is not available, material of aisilar chemical analysis, tensile properties, p and metallurgical structure may be used.
$ *RI Form CA 3-2 4
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE CRIPT;600-41 November 1984 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE pag, 4 og 19 The cutvature of the main run pipe shall be used to establish the requirements for the basic calibration block curvature for the examination of branch connection welds. Calibration reflectors for 12/8 vee path (N path) calibrations shall be notches machined on the outside and inside surfaces of the basic cali-bration block. The notches shall be in accordance with approved drawings of the basic calibration block and Appendix III of Section XI. Calibration reflectors for 1/2 vee path examinations sh l'J be a minimum of two equal-diameter, axially drilled holes located at 1./t and 3/4T, and the inside surface notch. Approved drawings of basic calibration blocks to be used in accordance with this procedure are in the applicable SwRI Examination Plan. 5.4 Search Units (1) Search units shall be selectad from the following (a) Straight-Beam Nominal Production Material Thickness Nominal Search Unit Size 2.0" or less 1/4" Round 1.0" to 3.0" 3/8" Round 2.0" to 4.0" 1/2" Round , 3.0" to 6.0" 3/4" or 1" Round (b) Angle-Beam Nominal Production Material Thickness Nominal Search Unit Size 1.0" or less 1/4" x 1/4", 1/4" Round 0.4" to 2.0" 3/8" x 3 /S", 3/8" Round 0.75" to 4.0" 1/2" x 1/2", 1/2" Round 2.0" to 6.0" 1/2" x 1", 3/4* Round (2) Search unit wedges shall be fabricated as required to pro-duce 45' *2' or 60* t2' refracted shear-waves. O 3.pl f orm CA 3 2
O(y SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRI- m -600-41 Revision G November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 19 (3) The exit point of the sound beam and the actual refracted beam angle of shear wave search units shall be determined on an IIW block. The exit point shall be marked on the search unit wedge. (4) The nominal search unit frequency shall be 2.25 MHz. 5.5 Ultrasonic Instrument The examiner shall use a Sonic FTS Mark I ultrasonic instrument which shall be aligned and shall display a valid alignment calibration tag as required by NQAP 10-1. 5.6 Thermometer The thermometer to be used for measuring the calibration block and component temperatures shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAP 10-1. 5.7 couplant (1) USP grade glycerine or deionized water (with or without wetting agent) shall be used when performing ultrasonic calibrations and examinations in accordance with this procedure. (2) USP grade glycerine shall be certified for sulfur content and total halogens in accordance with ASTM D-129-64 and , ASTM D-808-63. The residual amount of total sulfur or halogens shall not exceed 1% by weight. Deionized water, when used, shall be supplied by the customer. (3) Couplant materials used for examinations shall be the same as used for the calibration.
- 6. CALIBRATION METHOD The ultrasonic calibration shall be completed prior to the examination.
The FREQ MHz control shall be turned to 2. The REJECT control shall be maintained in the O position during calibratiou and examination. 4 o s e um
SwRI- m -6M-41 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 8 Ncvember 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 19 The type and length of the search unit cable shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and all other information blocks on this form shall be filled in. The centerline of the search unit shall be at least 3/4 inch from the near-est side of the block. Rotating the beam into the corner formed by the hole and the side of the block may produce a higher amplitude at a longer beam path. This beam path shall not be used for calibration. The nominal piping production material thickness shall be used to determine the correct calibration block and search units for the extminations with geo-metric restrictions such as piping or components which may be thicker than the nominal pipe size, examinations limited to one side of the veld or vidt veld crowna. The Level II or Level III examiner shall ensure that complete coverage of the examination area is obtained. Additional calibration vee path positions, different angles, and larger screen sizes which may be required to assure this coverage, shall be used for the examination from either side of the weld. 6.1 Instrument Linearity Ultrasonic instrument linearity shall be verified, as a ninicum, within one day before and one day after performing all required ultrasonic exam-lh inations during a preservice examination, an outage or every three months, whichever is less, in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2. Data required shall be recorded on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record and the sheet number shall be referenced on each applicable SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record. The calibration verification of Paragraph 6.4.1 shall constitute a valid check of the instrument linearity. If a calibration verification does not f all within the tolerances required by Paragraph 6.4.2 due to instrument failure, an instrument linearity check must be performed prior to continuing examinations and all components examined since the last valid calibration veri-fication shall be reexamined. NOTE The setting of the damping control shall be recorded in RIMARXS on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verificatioc Record. The damping control shall be in the same position during linearity verification, calibrations, and examinations, or a new linearity verification shall be performed. 6.1 1 Amolitude Linearity (1) Position a search unit on a basic calibration block and obtain at least two indications on the instrument screen. O S amt Form QA J-2
O nj SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 5""I- " -6 Revision 8 l November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, 7 og 19
-a W (2) Adjust the search unit position to give a 2:1 ratio between the two indications with the larger indication set at 80%
of full screen heijht-(FSH) and the smaller indication set at 40% of FSH. (3) Without moving the search unit, set the larger indication to 100% of FSH and record the amplitude of the smaller indication, estimated to the nearest 1% of FSH. f (4) Successively set the larger indication from 100% to 20% of FSH in 10% increments (or 2 dB steps if a fine control is not available); record the smaller indication estimated to the neareat 1% of FSH at each setting. The reading taist I be 50% of the larger amplitude within 5% of FSH. 6.1.2 Amplitude control Linearity (1) Position a search unit on a basic calibration block to I obtain mui:n.m amplitude from an applicable reflector. 1 /s i (2) Without moving the f.aarch unit, set the indication to the required percent of FSH and increase or decrease the dB as I specified below. The signal shall be recorded to the near-est 1% of F ' and shall fall within the limits of the tol-loving tab'.s. Indication Indication Set at % of FSH dB Contro1* Limits. % of THS 80% -6dB 32 to 48% 80% -12dB - 16 to 24% 40% +6dB 64 to 96% l 20% +12dB 64 to 96%
*Kinus denotes decrease in amplitude l plus denotes increase.
6.1.3 Temperature Reenirements l l The temperature of the basic calibration block shall be within l 25'r of the component temperature and shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic l I Instrument Calibration Record for the initial calibration and each verific.ation. The surface temperature of the component to be examined shall be taken prior to performing an examination and shall be recorded on the applicable SwRI Examination Record. O Sam Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ["[277-' , November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, g of gg 6.2 Calibration 6.2.1 straight-Beam Distance Calibration The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable size to include at least 1/4t beyond the thickest production e.aterial to which the search unit is appmied. Obsarving back reflections from the applicable reference block, l set up the required linear sound path distance along the screen baselirm. NOTE A straight beam distance amplitude calibration, using calibration reflectors shall not be established with this procedure. ;
}
6.2.2 Angle-Beam Distance Calibratig l The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable size I to include at least 1/8 vee path past the anticipated examination range. Observing radius echoes from the applicable reference block, set up the required linear sound path distance along the screen baseline. 6.2.3 Angle-Beam Distance Amolitude Correction Thickness measurements in accordance with Paragraph 7.5 and crown l width measurements taken in accordance with the applicable revision of N: clear Projects Operating Procedure IX-FE-ll7 shall be used to determine the shear-vave angle that provides the required coverage, as depicted in SKETCH 1. These phys-ical measurements, the angle chosen, determined method of coverage, and identi-fication of the Level II or the Level III examiner shall be, recorded on the SwRI Straight Beam Lamination Examination Record.
- Only one angle shall be required for the examination. A 45' angle-seas search unit with a 1/2 vee path calibration shall be utilized if com-plate coverage is obtained. A 60' angle-beam search unit with a 1/2 vee path calibration shall be used if the 45' 1/2 vee path calibration does not obtain complete coverage. A 45' search unit with a calibration extending to the 12/8 ven path position (N path) shall be used when the 45' or the 60' 1/2 vee path calibration does not obtain complete coverage. The 1/2 ves path calibration may be extended to include additional vee path positions if the calibration obtained 1s equal to er better than the N path calibration.
O
... - a~
(~) SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Svat-at-6*-' Revision 8 November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,3, 9 of gg EXCEPTIONS c For ixaminations on clad material and for 45' transverse examinations only the 1/2 vro) path calibration shall be used. Only a 45' 1/2 vee path or N path cali-l bretion shall te utilized for examination of longitudinal or branch connection i welds. 6.2.).1 Angle-Beam Distance Amplitude Correction (1/2 Vee-Path) k NOTE Tha slope of the distance amplitude correction (DAC) curve shall be nonstructed from the holes parallel to the axis of the basic calibration block. The notch perpendicular to the axis of the curved basic calibration block shall be util-ized to establish sensitivity when examining circumferential welds or for trans-verse examinations on longitudinal or branch connection welds. The axial notch shall be used to establish sensitivity when examining longitudinal or branch connection velds or for transverse examinations on circumferential welds. The 1/2 vee path DAC calibration shall be constructed as follows: U (1) Position the applicable 45' or 60' angle-beam search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain maximum response from the vee path position, selected from the following, which produces the highest amplitude Vee-Path Positions 2/8, 3/8, 6/8 1/8, 3/8, 5/8, 7/8 (when 2/8 is not present) 1/8, 2/8, 3/8 only for clad natorial and 45' transvarse examination (extrapolated to 4/8) (2) Set this response to 80% *3% of TSH. Rark this amplitude on the instrument screen and record these gain settings under RI E RKS. (3) Without adjusting the gain controls obtain maximum response from the remaining applicable hole (s); mark and join all amplitude points with a smooth curved line. O . Saat form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE %^' Z',-6 November 1984 4 g NUC'. EAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Pago 10 of 19
-w EXCEPTION '4 hen the curvature of the calibration block precludes obtaining a max 1=um response from each vee path position, all calibration points need not be util-ized, provided that complete coverage can be accomplished with the obtainable calibration points.
(4) Establish the sensitivity from the inside surface notch by setting the indication asplitude at the level of the DAC curve. This is the primary reference level and the notch amplitude shall be marked with an X. Record the primary reference level gain settings under INSTRUMENT SETTINGS. 6.2.3.2 Alternate Angle-Beam DAC (N-Path) NOTI The notches perpendicular to the axis of the curved basic calibration block shall be utilized to establish sensitivity when examining circunferential welds. The axial notches shall be used to establish sensitivity when examining longi-tudinal or branch connection welds. (1) Position the 45' angle-beam search unit on the calibration block to obtain maximum response from the vee path position selected from the following, which produces the highest amplitude Vee-Path Positions 4/8, 8/8, 12/8 (2) Set this response to 80% *5% of PSH and eark this amplitude on the screen. The gain controls shall not be adjusted once this primary reference response has been established. (3) obtain maximus response from the remaining vee path posi-tions; mark and join all amplitude points with a smooth curved line which shall not extend more than 1/8 vee path beyond the last qualified calibration point. 6.3 Secondary DAC Calibrations (N-Path) If all points on the 12/8 vee peth (N peth) DAC curve do not appear at 20% TSB or greater, a secondary DAC curve shall be constructed as follows: O s....- e.,,
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE M $ j -' November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, it og i9 { (1) Secondary DAC curves shall contain at least 2 points. (2) The DAC point at the 8/8 vee path position shall be brought to the primary reference level and marked on the instru-ment screen. The 12/8 vee path position, previously at less than 20% of FSH, shall be marked on the screen and all points connected with a smooth curved line. The instrument gain settings for this secondary DAC curve shall be recorded on the appropriate swr 1 Sonic Instrument Calibra-tion Record. EXCEPTION When the 8/8 vee path position is set at the primary reference level, and the 12/8 vee path position is below 20% of FSH, a secondary DAC curve is not required. 6.4 Calibration Verification 6.4.1 Sweep Range and DAC Curve Verification Sweep range calibration shall be verified on the appropriate reference block; and DAC curve calibration, if applicable, shall be verified on the appropriate calibration blocks (1) Prior to a series of examinations (2) With ary substitution of the same type and length of , search unit cable (3) With any substitution utilizing the same type of power source; e.g., a change of batterivs . (4) At least every 4 hours during the examination I (5) At the completion of a series of examinations I (6) Whenever the validity of the calibration is in doubt 6.4.2 Calibration Changes (1) Perform the following if any point on the DAC curve has decreased more than 20% of FSH or 2 d3 in amplitude or if any point has moved on the sweep line more than 10% of the sweep division readings i O sams te CA 3 2 1 O
l l 1 j SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE y;gyo-'t November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERAT!NG PROCEDURE Page 12 of 19 w (a) Void all examinations referring to the calibration in question and performed after the last valid calibration verification. (b) Conduct a new calibration. (c) Reexamine the areas for which examinations have been voided. (2) Perform the following if any point on the DAC curve has increased more than 20% of FSH or 2 dB in amplitudes (a) Correct :he calibration. (b) Reexamine all indications recorded since the last valid calibration verification. (c) Enter proper values on a new SVRI Examination Record. m 6.4.3 Recalibration Substitution of any of the fol. lowing shall be cause for recali-brations (1) Search unit vedge or transducer (2) Search unit type or length (3) Ultrasonic instrument (4) Examination personnel (5) Couplant (6) Change in type of power source; e.g., a change from direct to alternating current
- 7. EXAMINATION 7.1 Examination Areas 7.1.1 Circumferential and Longitudinal Bute Welds in Piping ,
Circumferential and longitudinal ferritic butt velds with a nominal thickness of 0.2- to 6.0-inches shall be examined from the outside . . e , _ e. ,,
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Swn- m *-'t ' Q Revision 8 November 1984 l
- NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE p,g, g3 ,, g9
.u surface of the pipe. Product forms to be examined shall include extruded, drawn, and rolled material.
Scanning of the veld and base material shall be adequate to ensure complete coverage for 1/3t from the inside surface of the pipe. The base material shall be examined for a distance of 1/4 inch from the outside surface fusion line on each side of the weld. See attached Sketch 1 for coverage. Class 1 longitudinal welds shall be examined along the entire length of the weld during the preservice examination and for at least one pipe-diameter length or 12 inches, whichever is less, from the fusion line of the intersecting circumferential weld during inservice examinations. Class 2 longitudinal velds shall be examined for at least 2-1/2t length from the fusion line of the intersecting circumferential weld during pre-service and inservice examinations. 7.1.2 Branch Connection Butt Welds in Piping Full penetration butt welds of branch connections in pressure (
, piping greater than 0.2 to 6.0 inches nominal thickness shall be examined from the outside surface of the pipe when required. Only set-in branch connactions shall be examined with this procedure.
See attached Sketch 2 for examination coverage of branch connection welds. 7.2 s,urface Condition The contact surfaces shall be free from weld spatter, roughness, or other conditions that interfere with free movement of the search unit or impair the transmission of ultrasound. 7.3 Jndication Length Zero Reference (to) Location Areas to be examined in accordance with this procedure shall have an to narked in accordance with the applicable revision of Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX-FE-103. 7.4 Scanning When practicable, scanning shall be performed at a minimum gain setting of 2 times the referenca level sensitivity. O . t.e_
SvRI- M -600-41 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 0. i November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
, p,g,14 og 19
-& W Instrument gain setting for scanning shall be determined on the calibration block as follows for each primary reference level utilized (1) With the instrunent at the primary reference level, manip-ulate the search unit on the calibration block to obtain a signal from a reflector of 40% FSH.
(2) Add 6 dB of gain by utilizing the 6 dB switch (if present), the fine control, or a combination of the fine and coarse gain controls and choose any method which yields a signal response within 2 dB or 80% FSH. (3) This amplitude and method shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and shall be used dur-ing the valid calibration period of all scanning at 2 times the reference level sensitivity. The search unit movement rate for scanning shall not exceed 6 inches per second. Scanning overlap shall be a minimum of 10% of the search unit piezoelectric element dimension perpendicular to the direction of scan. 7.5 Thickness Measurements Thickness measurements shall be taken at a minimum of enree points adjacent to Lo for longitudinal and circumferential welds (on the center-line of the weld and at one point in the base material on each side of the veld), and at a minimum of two points adjacent to Lo for branch connection welds (one on the base sacerial of the main run pipe, and one on the base material of the branch connection). Locations of measurements which cannet be taken adja-cent to Lo, shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Examination Record. The examiner should take additional =easurements when the crown height varies sig-nificantly or if other thickness changes are observed. Screen distance calibration for this examination shall be con-ducted in accordance wi th Paragraph 6.2.1. . Measurements shall be taken and recotded by placing the straight-beam search unit on the examination surface and observing the position of the back-wall reflection on the instrument screen. 7.5.1 Base Material Lamination Sean Before the initial sngle-beam examination, a lamination scan using straight-beam longitudinal-wave shall be performed covering the entire area through which the angle-beam is to be passed. Screen distance calibration O t..,.. _ ,,
O V SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE S"""t-6 Revision 8
-'t November 1984 -
q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 15 of 19 for this oxamination shall be conducted in accordance with Paragraph 6.2.1. The first back reflection shall be maintained at an amplitude between 50% and 90% of FSH. Intermediate echoes having an amplitude equal to or greater than the remaining back reflection shall be r: corded. To record an intermediate indication, obtain a back reflection signal from an indication-free area and adjust this signal to 80% *5% of TSH. Record the intermediate indication when its amplitude is equal to the remaining back reflectio% Areas of total loss of back reflection accompanying the intermediate echo shall also be recorded. NOTE Attenuation measurements shall not be performed. The crown height and crown width shall be measured and recorded on the appropriate SwRI Examination Record. 7.6 Examination of Circumferential and Longitudinal Butt Velds in O 7.6.1 Piping Angle-Beam Examination for Indications Parallel with the Veld A 1/2 vee path using a 45' or a 6u' refracted shear-vave or a 12/8 vee path using a 45' ref racted shear-vave shall be accomplished, as appli-cable, from one or both sides of the veld, whichever obtains complete coverage. The sound beam shall be directed perp: $11calarly into the weld to detect indications parallel with the veld. Calf 8.uien shall be as described in Paragraphs 6.2.2 and 6.2.3. NOTE A 45' 12/6 s path examination shall be conducted if a 45' or a 60' 1/2 ves-path examination does not obtain complete coverage. 7.6.2 Angle-Beam Examination for Indications Perpendicular to the Veld The 1/2 vee path angle-beam examination shall be conducted on each veld by placing the 45' search unit on the veld surf ace with the sound bean directed into and parallel with the veld. Scanning shall be performed in two directions on the weld. Calibration shall be as described in Paragraphs 6.2.2 and 6.2.3. S m re,mca32
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SvRI-NDT-600-41 Revision 8 November 1984 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 16 of 19
.7 Examination of Branch Connection Butt Welds 7.7.1 A_ngle-Beam n Excmination f or Indications Parallel with the Weld A shear-vave angle-beam examination shall be accomplished f rom the main run pipe side of the veld. For this examination, the sound beam shall be directed perpendicularly into the veld to detect indications parallel with the veld. Calibration for these examinations shall be in accordance with Para-graph 6.2.3.
7.7.2 Angle-Beam Examination for Indications Perpendicular to the Weld The angle-beam examination for indications perpendicular to the veld shall be the same as the examination described in Paragraph 7.6.2. 7.8 Postexamination Cleaning Arrangements shall be made with the customer for posterasination removal of couplant materials.
- 8. RECORDING CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Nuclear Projects Operating Procedure IX-FE-117.
Ultrasonic reflectors producing a response greater thsn 50% of the refer-ence level shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Examination kecord. Indications greater than 50% of the reference level attributable to geom-etry shall be recorded only once, even if the amplitude of the indication fluc-tuates above and below the required recording amplitude along the veld. These indications shall be investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to determine the chape, identity, and location of the reflector. If indications, which have been recorded as geometry, have been investi-gated and found to be nongeometric reflectors, the entire veld shall be reexam-ined, recording all nongeometric reflectors and other reflectors not previously recorded at least once. Indications greater than 100I of the ref erence level shall be investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to determine the shape, identity, and location of the reflector. The end points of the indication, as determined by 100% DAC, shall be recorded. O t..,_
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 0"2;%-l-' November 1984 - NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE pg 17og19 q Indications investigated and found to be other than geometrical in nature. l shall be reported to the customer for evaluation. ; i Scanning limitations shall be recorded. l 4 1 I 9. EVALUATION Evaluation of indications shall be the responsibility of the customer and shall be conducted in accordance with Article IVA-3000, Section II, of the ,
- applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. '
l 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as , specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified in the SwRI Project Plan. 1 ; O l l 1 t i ; 9 ! l l l , f l -
, f i
!O l 4 ) $aalpp CA32 ) ! i
SwRZ-NDT-600-41 Revision 8 November 1984 Page 18 of 19 SECG 1 Veld ur" 1
. ur"
< ; i i I i
l 8 I A.... ... B b u.3c / 9T ~1 C D E X A MIN ATION VOLUME A 8 C 0 Exanination Area for Circunferential and Longitudinal Sutt Welds in Piping ( l O
l SwRI-NDT-600-41 Revision 8 November 1984 Page 19 of 19 I N I
~
y
! u nnsscu 00MM EC*10 N I
H- 'I 9 E l Do noe a= w aa this configuration with C' 4 600-41 g ,.
-^
gg
~
} ~$ h' /'N,
=. 98ANCM
'"'daation Area A-B-C-o (lower 1/3 t -
#" E"C " j of the wald and1/4 taan hace ascar14.1 g (
l iI os each sida of the veld) - . a, I'I I 'g ".." l M_ < .
*g l T, s.
o s 3 j g.. x, .
- i. - .s } .
- t~a ,
\ ~
< : .nnme n ,
t
~,
1 3 '
*'y
.E g ,
. /
L'i; l i/S 3 sma: inu es ce m e :ca m as
. y (101 m tric en g1ggg133 ;gqqg;gggg;3}
J ' ~~% . 1 O I l
PROCEDURE DEVIATION
/m <
l f-*- Page 1 of 3 Pages ( ) ~ Procedure Revision No. Deviation No. SwRI NOT. 800-94 2 1 The fonowing examination areas are affected by this deviation: BWR Feedwater nozzleinner bore. The foHowing paragreche shall be deviated from as incicated: 1: Change in Paragraph 5.4: Averan Thick tgag 1.0*to7.0* 1/2' x 1/2* or 1/2' round 3/0' to 12.0* 1/2' x l' or l' round Change second paragraph, first sentence to read:
"The wedges for the nozzle taper examination shall be designed to produce a 45 0 120 refracted shear- i wave.
Delete third paragraph entirely. Delete fourth paragraph, first sentence Change fourth paragraph, second sentence to read:
"The wedges for the nozzle boss en mination shall produce 2201 20 reflectedlongitudinal. wave.
(Continued on following pages) l L Astionale for deviation: Changes in calib:stion block design requires new calibration techniques, t l Deviacon Affects '"*"**'""*"'Wmc'*** g , g ,n YES @ NO O w sa e.,e.sm w u m e m ww.m. .e e w w. tx.sa.ic7. APPROVALS SA[d
' o :
4 M,Th j;; .,s ! Q[/"'"f "q
- 4 7er'caIAcorovel Give E Yes C No .ss$ pay Manager of C.A.: Date: Cognizant Dire: tor: Date- (
h 4 $;
/4(4/ / N
, a. ,oe ,, -
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Procedure SwRI NDT 800-94 Revision No. 2 Deviation No.1 Page 2 of 3 The following paragraphs shall be deviated from as indicated (Cont.): Change Paragraph 6.5 read: ANGLE-BEA5f LONGITUDINAL-WAVE CALIBRATION The refracted longitudinal wave search unit desedbed in 5.4 shall be positioned on the noule boss to obtain a peak amplitude response from Notch B (see Sketch 1). Adjust the lastrument gain to set the notch amplitude at 80% 15% FSH This shall be the primary reference level. Siark the position and amplitude of this r:0ector on the CRT. Position the search unit to obtain a peak amplitude response from Notch A. Liark the position and amplitude of Notch A on the CRT. Draw a hodzontsiline on the CRT starting 1 inch in metal path before Notch B and extending across the screen at the reference levelline to l inch beyond Notch A. Change Paragraph 6.6 to read: ANGLE-BEAh! SHEAR WAVE CALTBRATION The refracted shear wave search unit described in 5.4 shall be positioned on the neule taper to obtain a peak amplitude response from Notch D (see Sketch 1). Adjust the instrument gain to set the notch amplitude at 80% 15% FSH. This shall be the pdmary reference level. h! ark the position and amplitude of this reDector on the CRT. Position the search unit to obtain a peak amplitude response from Notch C. h! ark the position and amplitude of this redector on the CRT. Draw a smooth line joining the two calibration points. Delete Paragraph 6.7 entirely. Change Parsgraph 7.3.1 to read: ANGLE-BEA5f LONGITUDINAfrWAVE EXA5fTNAT10N FOR TNDICATIONS PARALLEL TO THE NOZ2LE 6313 Place the 220 search unit on the noule boss area with the sound beam direction perpendicular to the coule axis. Sean the entire length and circumference of the noule boss from two opposing directions. Change Paragraph 7.3.2 to read: ANGLE-BEA5f SHEAR WAVE EXA5fiNATION FOR INDICATIONS PARALLEL TO THE NOZZLE AXIS Place the 450 search unit on the noule taper area with the sound team directed dowm towards the noule inside surface. When the sound beam is normal to the inside surface, back receetion signals will appear evenly spaced on the CRT. Skew the search unit od axis 450and scan the entire tapered surface 4round the circumference from two opposing directions. Delete Paragraph 7.3.3 entirely. l t
PROCEDURE DEVIATION Procedure SwRI.NDT.800-94 Revision No. 2 O DeviationNo.1 Page 3 c,f 3 Skacch 1 i i O i l l NOTW
\r 1
l I i 3asic ca.1.ib:::ic: 3 2.:ch lO l l \ -
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRI NDT 800 94 {) 4 w NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Re$y 2 9gg l Page 1 of 13 Title MANUAL ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION OF CYLINDRICAL AND CONICAL SECTIONS OF Bk'R TEEDb'ATER N0ZZLES EFFECTIVITY AND APPROVAL 2 Revision of this procedure became effective on, Feb. 15,1988 cine,,,y,,,on, of the base document may be effective concurrently. SA Approvals Writti 83 Date Te 5nical Review Date 6 9 (a. Mar gerNf Q,A.7 Al'##"
\61**g Date
/8'Wff"'
Cognaant Directer Date 0 If / t_ .I A f v The following infortrwtion may be used for convenience. Completion of this portion is not mandatory. Deviation No. Date Effective Precedure Section(s) Affected Notes: l
$. mi poem QA.40 A-o
SwRI NDT 500 94 & SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revisie 2 February 1988 W NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 13 MANUAL ULTRASONIC EvAMINATION OF CYLINDRICAL A.ND CONICAL SECTIONS OF Bk'R FEEDVATER N0ZZLES SwRI NDT 800 94
- 1. PURPOSE This procedure prrvides the technical infor=ation and detailed steps necessary to ensure a proper manual ultrasonic examination of cylindrical and conical sections of Bk'R feedvater nozzles from the outside surface, in accor-dance with the applicable American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATION Manual examinations shall be performed using shear vave and longitudinal-vava angle beam, contact, pulse echo, ultrasonic techniques.
The examination of cylindrical sections of feedvater nozzles in the thick-ness range of 1.0 to 12.0 inches is described in this procedure. Cylindrical sections to be examined shall be as specified in the applicable Southwest Research Institute (swr 7) Examination Plan.
- 3. Af,1,LIC13tE BOCUVENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Su=mer 1983, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, 1983 Edftion with Addenda through Su==er 1983, "Nondestructive Examination" (3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Pro $ ram Manual (NQAPM) 3.1 Arolicable Calibration and Exaninstion Reeerds SvRI NDTR Fem No . Revision Date 17 19 12 1 83 17 89 3 19 80 17 90 3 19-80 17 37 2 18 80 O
Sami form C.4 3-2
I 5wRI.NDT 500 M C SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 I February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 13 q 4 RESPONSIBILITY l (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services, Nondestrue. cive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure. , (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the appli. cable SwRI Project Plan. (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements of this procedure. (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section. Nondestructive Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure.
- 5. PERSONNEL AND EOUTPMENT t
5.1 Personnel certification Personnel performing ultrasonic axaminatiot.s shall be certified in accord, nee with SwRI NQAP 11-1, "Special Process Control." 5.2 Reference Blocks Reference blocks used for screen distance calibration shall be of the same basic material as the production material, carbon steel, and shall be one of the following: (1) SvRI Half Round, (2) AVS Type DC, or (3) IIV. 5.3 Basic calibration Bleeks Calibration reflectors shall be notches placed in a basic calibra. tion block as shown in Sketch 1. Basic calibration blocks shall be manufactured from one of the following: (1) the component not:1e dropout; (2) the component prolongation; or (3) aaterial'of the same specification, product form, and heat treatment as one of the materials b Hg joined. The basic calibration block material shall be determined by the 0:oduction material to which the search unit is applied. Notch reflectors shall be in accordance with 4 proved drawings contained in the applicable SwRI Examination Plan. 5.4 Search Units O v Angle beam (shear. wave or longitudinal.vave) search units shall be selected from the following table: Saal Form CA 12
SwM *NDI o00 i + Revisie 2 SOUTHWEST RES EARCH INSTITUTE February 1988 Page 4 of U NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Average Thickness Nominal Search Unit Si: e 1.0" to 3.0" (A) 3/8" Round 2.0" to 7.0" (B) 1/2" x 1/2", 1/2" Round 3.0" to 12.0" (C) 1/2" x 1" The wedges for Zone 1 examinations (see Sketch 1) shall be designed to produce a 45' 12' angle beam shear wave. "he exit point and shear wave angle of the search unit shall be determined on an IIV Slock. The wedges for Zone 2 examinations (sce Sketch 1) shall be designed to produce a 55' 12 angle beam shear wave. These vedges shall also be designed with a skew angle of 45' and shall be used for both clockwise and counter-clockwise scanning. The exit point and actual shear.vave angle of the search unit shall be determined on an IIV block. The wedges for Zone 3 examinations (see Sketch 1) shall be designed such, that the contact faces of the wedges for circumferential scans shall conform to the curvature of the cylindrical sections of the no::le. These wedges shall produce a 22' i2' angle beam longitudinal vave. The exit point of the vedge shall be determined on an IIV or DC reference block. The refracted angle shall be measured on an IIV block or basic calibraticn block. The nominal search unit frequency shall be 2.25 MH:. 5.5 Ultrasenie Inst m eng The exeminer shall use a Sonic FTS Mark I ultrasonic instru=ent, which shall be aligned and shall display a valid alignment calibration tag as required by NQAP 10 1. 5.6 ceuelant (1) USP grade glycerine or deioni:ed water shall be used when performing ultrasonic calibrations and examinations in accordance with this procedure. (2) All counlants other than deionized. water shall he certified for sulfur content and total halogens in accorcance with D 129 and D 808 of Article 24, Section V. The residual a=ount of total sulfur or halogens shall not exceed 14 by v61ght. Deioni:ed water, when used, shall be supplied by the austo=er. (3) Couplant materials used for examinations shall be the ss. e as used for the calibration. s.mi%mcA32
O 5wRI NDI 600 i4 (d SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 5 of 13 5.7 Thermemeter The thermometer to be used for measuring the calibration block and component temperatures shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibracion tag as required by HQAP 101,
- 6. CALIBRATION 6.1 Instrument Linearity Ultrasonic instrument linearity shall be verified prior er each period of extended use or every three months, whichever is less, in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2. Data required shall be recorded on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record and the sheet nuber shall be refer-enced on each applicable SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record, 5Q15 The setting of the damping control shall be recorded in REMARXS on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record. The damping control shall be in the same position during linearity verification, calibrations and examinations or a new linearity verification shall be performed.
6.1.1 screen Heirht Linearity (1) Position a shear vave search unit on a calibration block to obtain indications from the 1/2T and 3/4T holes or use a straight beam search unit on any calibration block that provides amplitude differences. (2) Adjust the search unit position to give a 2:1 ratio between two indications, with the larger indication set at 80% of full screen height (FSH) and the smaller indication at 40% of FSH. (3) Vithout moving the search unit, set the larger indication to 100% of TSH; record the amplitude of the smaller indication, estimated to the nearest it of TSH. O
- 3. At Form C.a S2
SwRI NDI 800-94 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ravi=ia 2 February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 6 of 13 (4) Successively set the larger indication from 1004 to 20% of FSH in 10% increments (or 2 dB steps if a fine cont.ol is not available); observe and record the smaller indication estimated to the nearest it of FSH at each setting. The reading must be 50% of the larger amplitude within 5% of FSH. 6.1.2 Amolitude Control Linearity (1) Position an angle beam or a straight beam search unit on a calibration block ta obtain maximum amplitude from an appli-cable r"flector. HQTI The primar/' reference level sensitivity should be within the highest and lowest gain settings used during amplitude control linearity verifications. The highest and lowest gain settings used durtt ,the amplitude control linearity verifications shall be recorded in the Raaarks column of the applicable SvRI Linearity Verification Records. (2) Without moving the search unit, set the indication to the required percent of FSH and increase or decrease the dB as specified below. The estimated signal shall be recorded to the nearest 14 of FSH and shall fall within the limits of the following table: Indication dB Control Indication Set at 4 of TSH Chance
- Limits. 4 of FSH 806 6 dB 32 to 48%
804 12 dB 16 to 24% 404 + 6 d5 64 to 964 20% +12 d5 64 to 964
*Minus denotes decrease in a=plitude; plus denotes increase.
6.1.3 Cal!bratien Method The ultrasonic calibration shall be completed prior to the examination. The RIJECT control shall be =aintained in the 0 position durin5 calibration and examination. The FRIQ MH: control shall be turned to 2. s.ai aom c4 3-:
j 5WRI tiDI 5UV y4 w SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Rwision 2 February 1988 Page 7 of U q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE The type and length of the search unit cable shall be recorded on - the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Reco.d and all other information blocks on the form shall be filled in. 6.2 Temnerature i The calibration block temperature shall be within 25'T of the component temperature and shall be recorded on the SvRI Sonic IrstrumJnt Cali. bration Record for the initial calibration and each verification. The surface , temperature of the component to be examined shall be taken prior to perforcing F and upon completion of each examination and shall be recorded on the appropriate SvRI Ultrasonic Examination Record. 6.3 Anele Beam Lonritudinal Wave Distance Calibrg h i l' i Prior to the preliminary distance calibration, remove the curved vedge from the osarch unit, d; scribed ir. 5.4(C). Chserving back reflections from the 1 inch dimension of an IIW Block, set up a linear sound path distance h d of 5 inches along the baseline of the instrument screen. the search unit on the curved vedge and position it on the 4 inch radius of the Remount and couple i IIV Block. Delay the 4 inch reflection to the 0 major screen division on the , instrument screen which now represents 4 to 9 inches. l 6.4 Anele-Be..m Sheer Wave Distance Calibration Observing the radius echoes from an applicable reference block set up a linear sound path distance of 5. 10, or 20 inches along the screen base line. 6.5 Anale-Beam lenritudinal Vave Zene 3 Calibratian , i The angle beam longitudinal wave senrih unit described in 5.4(C) shall be positioned to obcain a response from Noten 5 (see Sketch 1). This response shall be set to a primary reference level of 804 154 FSH. Position the search unit to obtain a response from dotch A. Draw a line joining both calibration points. A line shall be crawn on'the instrument screen of at least 4 1 inch prior to Notch 5. Note and verify the presence of Notches C and D. 6.6 Antle-Beam Sheard ag,2ene 2 Calibration The angle beam shear vave search unit described in 5.4(5) shall be positioned to obtain a response from Notch E (Sketch 1), This response shall l be set to the primary reference level of 80% 15% FSH. Position the search unit to obtain a response from Notch D. Draw a line joining both calibration points.
$ati Fom C,a 3-2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE e.Ri. . Revision 2
.. g February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 8 of 13 6.7 Anrie-Beam Shear Vave Zone 1 Calibration The sngle beam shear vave search unit described in 5.4(A) shall be positioned to obtain maximum response from Notch F (Sketch 1). This response shall be set to the primary reference level of 804 154 FSH. Position the search unit to obtain a response from Notch E. Draw a line joining both calibration points.
6.8 Calibration verification 6.8.1 Trecuenev of Instrument Calibration Verification Sweep range and sensitivity calibration shall be verified by using the appropriate basic calibration block, if the wedge does not require removal from the search unit, when any of the following occurs: (1) Prior to a series of examinations (2) With any substitution of the s:ae type and length of search unit cable (3) With any substitute.) utilizing the same type of power source; e.g. , a change of batteries (4) At leas overy 4 hours during the examination (5) .. ;he completion of a series of examinations
'. 5 ) Whenever the validity of the calibration is in doubt 6.8.2 Verification of Calibration Reflectors at Scannine Sreed The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflector at scanning speed.
li.QII It is not necessary to assure that this check confirms the signal amplitude at 100% of reference level, but merely to demonstrate that the signal from the calibration refle.cors are readily observable at scanning speed. The following statement shall be documented on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and initialed:
"Calibration reflectors have been verified at scanning spe:d."
$nel Form CLA 3 2
l t O SwRI.NDT 500 94 V SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revisi e 2 February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 9 of 13 q 6.8.3 calibraeten channes (1) Perform the following if any calibration point has decreased more than 20% or 2 dB in amplitude, or any calibration point has moved on the sweep 1.ine more than 10% of the sweep divi. sion reading or 5% of full sweep, whichever is greater: (a) Void all examinations referring to the calibration in question and performed after the last valid calibration verification. (b) Conduct a new calibration. (c) Reexamine the areas for which examinations have been voided. (2) Perform the following if any calibration point has increased in amplitude more than 20% or 2 d3: ) (a) Correct the calibration. (b) Reexamine all indications recorded since the last valid calibration verification. (c) Enter proper values on a new SwRI Ultrasonic Examina. tion Record. 1 ] 6.8.4 Recalibration l i Substitution of any of the following shall be cause for recalibra. l tion: 1
- (1) Search unit wedge or transducer (2) Search unit cable type or length (3) Ultrasonic instrument (4) Examination personnel (5) Couplant (6) Change in type of power source; e.g., a change from direct to alternating current s.ais e ca M
SwRI NDI-800 94 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 10 of 13
- 7. E? AMINATION 7.1 Examination Area The strai 5 ht and conical cylindrical sections of feedvater nozzles in the thickness range of 1.0 to 12.0 inches shall be examined from the outside surface. Thickness of the straight cylindrical section including cladding shall be the vall thickness of the section of the component containing the nozzle to be examined.
7.2 Surface conditions
'Ihe contact surfaces must be free from veld spatter, roughness, or other conditions which interfere with free movement of the search unit or impair the transmission of ultrasound.
7.3 Exasination Method 7.3.1 Anele Beam I.oncitudinal Wave Examination for Indications Parallel to the Nozzle Axis in Zone ? Examine Zone 3 of the nozzle by utilizins the angle beam longitudinal wave search unit with the sound beam directed perpendicular to the axis of the nozzle. The entire length and circumference of Zone 3 shall be examined with the sound beam directed in this manner from two opposing direc-tions. Calibration for this examination shall be in accordance with Para-graphs 6.3 and 6.5. 7.3.2 Antle ! cam
- hear Vave Examination for Indications Parallel to the Norrie Axis in Zone 2 Examine Zone 2 of the nozzle with :he angle beam shear vave search unit directing the sound beam tangentially to the axis of the nozzle to ensure proper sound beam orientation. The entire length and circumference of Zone 2 shall be examined with the sound beam directed in this manner from two opposing directions. Calibration for this examination shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.4 and 6.6.
7.3.3 Ancle-Benn Shenr Vave Exaninstion for Indiestions Parallel to the Nerele Axis in Zone 1 Examine Zone 1 of the nozzle by utilizin5 the angle beam shear. vave search unit directin5 the sound beam perpendicular to the axis of the nozzle. The entire length and circumference of Zone 1 shall be examined with the sound beam directed in this manter from two opposin5 directions. Calibra-cion for this examination shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.4 and 6.7. som num cA n n
o
] SwRI tiDI 500 94+
[V SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 February 1988 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 11 of 13 q Skoving the transducer vill be required to ensure coverage of all zones. 7,6 Scannine Paranaters When practicable, scanning shall be performed at a minimum gain setting of two times the reference level sensitivity. Instrument gain setting for scanning shall be determined on the basic calibration block as follows for each primary reference level utilized: (1) With the instrument at the primary reference level, manipu-late ene search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain a signal of 404 FSH from a calibration reflector (notch). (2) Add 6 dB of gain by utilizing the 6 dB switch (if present), the fine gain control, or a combination of the fine and O coarse. gait. controls and choose any method that yields a signal response within 12 dB of 804 FSH. (3) This amplitude and method shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and shall be used during the valid calibration period for all scanning at two times the reference level sensitivity. Scanning overlap shall be a minimum of 10% of the search unit piezoelectric element dimension perpendicular to the direction of scan. The search unit movement rate for scanning shall not exceed 6 inches per second during the examination unless the calibration is verified
- at the scanning speed to be used.
7.5 Postexamination Cleaning Arrangements shall be made with the customer for postexamination removal of couplant materials.
- 8. RICCPI)ING CRITERIA Indications shall be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applic(Lble revision of SwRI Procedure IX FE 117.
The and points of the indication, as determined by 1004 DAC, shall be O recorded. Sa Al f orm CA 3-2
. I
SwRI NDI 800 94 & SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE R wisie 2 Tebruary 1988 W NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDVRE Page 12 of 13 uea Ultrasonic reflee.cors producing a response 50% or greater of the reference level shall be reco.:ded on the appropriate SwRI Examination Record. Indications producing a response 100% or greater of the reference level shall be investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to determine the shape, identity, and location of the reflector. Indications 100% or greater of the reference level investigated and found to be other than geometrical in nature shall be reported to the customer for evaluation. Scanning limitations shall be recorded.
- 9. EVALUATION Initial evaluation of teportable indications shall be performed by SwRI personnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section XI. Article IVA 3000. Final evaluation and disposition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the cus-temer.
- 10. RECCRDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The custo=er shall receive copies of these docu=ents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Project Plan.
O 5 418erm CA 3-2
SwRI*NDT 5GQ.94 Raisia 2 O~ SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE February 1988 Page 13 of 13 q NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDVRE Skatch 1 l O w
'N NOTCEIS
( @ @ @ @
-ZONE 3 !QNE 2 ZCNE l
\
Basic Call' ora:ier. 31 ck O
PROCEDURE DEVIATION l " Page 1 of 1 Pages Procedure Revision No. Deviation No. SwRI.N DT. 800-100 2 1 The fo46 ewing enemmet>on areas are aMected by this oevation: 7.1.3 Inservice Examination Arus. The todoweg peregraons snets se oevwted from u inciested: l Change Paragraph to read as follows: For inservice examinations, the icwor 1/3 volume (base material plus cladding) shall be examined for the length of the cladding plus 1/4 inch on each end. The area defined by E T. G, and H in Figure 1 is the area to be exanined. C l Recenaie ter emnon: i Extent of volume examined changed at the request of Public Service Electric and Cas Ccapany. e m s,on A n ,c,, * = .m a . wm = e .n n em.w. gg, YEC C NO @ owe n ave.a e.e . s.e .a w.w . . . w.us.ei m APPROVALS lSA f$ WMten DY' Cate: TeCresCal R we W l Oate: (k ~ dw f M Peb 9V
.h8 Vercel Accrevel Given? O Yes 3 No Manager of CLA.: Mi Cate: C43ruunt Director: Oate:
0 *ss S AI ,([ o ,4 Jn i 8 mal scRM st.4
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SvRI.NDT.800 100 c (") _ <- NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
$NN !987 Page 1 of 18 Titre MANUA1. VI.TRASCNIC EXAMINATION OF CCRROSION.RISISTANT CIAD PIPING VIISS AT HOPE CREEK EFFECTIVITY AND APPA0 VAL Revision of thil procedure became effective on Dec 21 1987 Other revis ons of the taie document may be effeClive conCwff ently.
5A Appf ovall Pd Written Sy $1 Oste Technical Review Oste
\% W*
1987 , " r/ 8' M d d "r 0* ir bkt7 p Manager of Q.A$*-6 Cate Cogn' ant Director Oste if hb37~ /*hh! !$(V /b SY e gilowing information may be uud for convenience. ' moletton of this oortion is not mandatory. Otviat.cn No. Cate Effective Procedure Section(s) Affected Notes: O l* 8 4 ' te
- Q A+4 4 A 4
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE $$UIS December 1987 O NUCLEAR Ph0JECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 2 of 18 MAWAL LETRASONIC EXAMINATION OF CORROSION RESISTANT CIAD PIPING VELDS AT MOPE CREQ lym yDT.800 100
- 1. PL*RPO S E This procedure provides the technical infermation and detailed steps required to ensure a proper .nanual ultrasonic exastnatien of welds and adjacent base material in corrosion resistant clad presst,re piping at the Hope Creek Cenerating Station in accordance with the applicable American Society of Mechan-ical Engineers (ASME) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes.
- 2. SCOPE AND APPLICATI03 Velds and adjacent base material in coriosion resistant clad piping with a nominal thickness range of greater than 0.4 to 5.0 inches shall bo examined in accordance with this procedure.
Manual, contact, pulse. echo, longitudinal vave straight beam and refracted longitudinal.vave angle bena ultrasonic techniques shall be utilized for these exasinations. Velds to be exa:sined shall be as specified in the applicable Southwest Research Institute (SvRI) Examination Plan. This procedure is intended to be used only for instrument calibration, examination, and the recording of indications, and shall not be used for the sizing of indications.
- 3. APPLICABLE B0CtNENTS (1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Su= er 1983, "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components" (2) ASME Soiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V, 1983 Edition with Addenda through Su=:er 1983, "Nondestructive Exasination*
(3) SwRI Nuclear Quality Assurance Progra:s Manual (NQAFM) O \ ... ~ 1 L
i i j l
~
SwRI.NDT 800 100
) novision 2 s SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE !
December 1987 ! NUCt. EAR PROJEC7$ OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 3 of 18 q 1 3.1 calibraeten una riemminmeien meeerda l RwRt.NDTR Farm No. lavinien Date ; 17 18 3 14 79 17 19 12 1 83 17 25 7 10 80 17 37 2 18 80 17 89 8 19 80 17 90 8 19 80 4 MSPONSIBILITY ] (1) The Director of the Department of Engineering Services Nondestrue. l , tive Evaluation science and Technology Division, shall be responsible ! for the preparation, review, approval, and control of this procedure. ] ll j (2) The Project Manager shall be responsible for the implementation of [ 4 this procedure in accordance with the NQAPM specified in the app 11 j cable SvRI Project Plan. 3 t ] (3) The examiner shall be responsible for implementing the requirements ! J of this procedure. [ j ! (4) The Manager of the Support and Administration Section Nondestructive ! Evaluation Science and Technology Division, shall be responsible for !- storage of records generated in accordance with this procedure. 2
- 5. PERSONNEL. AND EOUTPMENT j
5.1 Personnel certifientien 3 Personnel performing ultrasonic examinations shall be certified in 1 accordance with swr! NQAP 11 1, "Special Process Control." 5.2 Reference 31eek l l i l The reference tiock used for screen distance calibration and ( l verification shall be of the same material as the production sacerial, stainless l
. steel, and shall be an AVS Type DC. I l [
l 5.3 Basic calibraeten Bleek i 4 l l The basic calibration block shall be fabricated from material of f i the same nominal diameter and of the same nesinal vall thickness or pipe sched. , ule as the pipe to be examined. This material shan be from one of the I l l i s.ne ena I h 1 1 I I
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ia i !E" December 1987 O NUCLEAR 8ROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE 85e 4 of M materials specified for the piring being joined by the veld. The finish on the surfaces of the basic calibration block shall be rep.esentative of the surface finishes of the piping. Vhen the examination is to be performed from only one side of the veld, the calibration block material shall be of the same specification as the material on that side of the veld. If material of the same specification is not available, material of similar chemical analysis, tensile properties, and metallurgical structure may be used. . Calibration reflectors for the examinations shall be three equal-disseter end drilled holes, three equal. diameter side. drilled holes, located at 1/4T, 1/2T and 3/4T, and two notches (one transverse and one axial) machined on the inside sarface of the basic calibration block. Aeproved drawings of basic calibration blocks to be used in accor-dance vi.th this procedure are contained in the applicable SvRI Examination Plan. 5.4 Search Units Search units shall be selected from the following: (1) Strairht !eas Nominal Production Material Thickness Nominal Seerch Unit Sire 2.0" or less 1/4" Round 1.0" to 3.0" 3/8" Round 2.0" to 4.0* 1/2" Round 3.0" to 5.0" 3/4" or l' Round (a) The nominal straight bea:s lon5t tudinal.vave search unit l frequency for examining austenitic material shall be I from 1.5 MHs up to and including 2.5 .vliz. (2) Antle !+a1 (a) Search unit vedges shall be fabricated to produce 45' 12' refracted longitudinal waves in austenitic material. l (b) The exit point of the sound beam and the actual refracted beam angle of refracted longitudinal vave search units shall be determined on an II'.' block. The exte point shall be =arked on the search unit vedge, j samise e.a u L-
I i 5vRI.NDT 500 100 O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE movision 2 oece.ber 1987 NUCt. TAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE I'8' I 'I 18 i ya (c) The nominal angle beau refracted longitudinal.vave . i search unit size shall be 1/4" x 1/2" dust. , t ne actual angle. beam refracted longt,tudinal.vave i (d) search unit frequency for examining austenttic sacerial [ shall be from 1.5 up to and including 2.5 MHz. Other t search unit frequencies may be used only if they j produce equivalent er superior results. ; I (e) The transducer used for each thickness and disseter ! shall be selected from Appendix 1. 5.5 Ultramanic Instrument The examiner shall use a Sonic FTS Mark I ultrasonic instrument ! which shall be aligned and shall display a valid alignment calibration tag as
- required by NQAP 101. f e
$.6 countant ,
O (1) USP. grade glycerine shall be used when perforsing ultrasonic calibrations and examinations in accordance with this [ l procedure. [ l (2) USP. grade glycerine shall be certified for sulfur content and I total halogens in accordance with D 129 and D.808 of Arti. j cle 24. Section V. The residual amount of total sulfur or r halogens shall not exceed it by weight. l l t (3) Couplant satorials used for examinations shall be the same as f used for the calibration. l 5.7 The rmona tar The thermometer to be used to seasure the calibration block and component terporatures shall be calibrated and certified and shall display a valid calibration tag as required by NQAF 10 1.
- 6. CAlfBEATION M M OD 6.1 inneru= ant tinaarity Ultrasonic instrument linearity shall be verified prior to each period of extended use or every three sonths. whichever is less, in accordance with Paragraphs 6.1.1 and 6.1.2. Data required shall be recorded on the ;
O ! S.mi pom e,a 3 2
-c-~
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SUN
- December 1987 O
q' NUCLEAM PROJECTS OPER ATING P AOCEDURE I*8* 0 *f 18 applicable SvR1 Instrument Linearity Verification Record, and the sheet nu=ber shall be referenced on each applicable SwRI sonic Instrument Calibration Record. S.II The setting of the damping control shall be recorded in RDtARKS on the SwRI Instrument Linearity Verification Record. The damping control shall be in the same position during linearity verification, calibrations, and examinations or a nov linearity verification shall be performed. 6.1.1 Aaelitude Line arity (1) Position an angle beam search unit on a basic calibration block to obtain indications from the 1/27 and 3/4T holes or use a straight. beam search unit on any calibration block that provides amplitude differences. (2) Adjust the search unit position to give a 2:1 ratio between two reflectors, with the larger reflector set at 80% of full screen height (TSH) and the smaller reflector set at 40% of TSH. (3) Vithout moving the search unit, set the larger reflector to 100% of T5H, and record the amplitude of the smaller reflee. tor, estinated to the nearest it of TSH. (4) Successively set the larger reflector from 1004 to 20% of TSH in lot increments (or 2 da steps if a fine control is not available); observe and record the smaller reflector esti. sated to the nearest it of TSH at each setting. The reading must be 50% of the larger amplitude within St of TSH. 6.1 ' Aar11tude centrol Line trity (1) Position a straight. beam or angle beam search unit on & calibration block to obtain saxisus a=plitude from an appli. cable reflector. S.11 The primary reference level sensitivity should be within the highest and lovest sain settin&s used during amplitude control linearity verifications. The highest and lowest gain settings used during the ar.plitude control linearity verifications shall be recorded in the Remarks column of the applicable swr: Linearity Verification Records.
i i O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swAI.NDT.800 100 nevision 2 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS opt 1 AtlNG PROCDURE Page 7 of 18 e (2) Without moving the search unit, set the indication to the required percent of TSH and increase or decrease the d5 as specified below. The estimated signal shall be recorded to the nearest it of T5H and shall fall within the liteits of the following table: Indication da Control Indication Sat at e of FSH channa* Limita. e of TSH 80t 4d3 32 to 484 804 12d3 16 to 244 404 +6d5 64 to 964 204 +12d5 64 to 964
*Minus denotes decrease in amplituda; plus denotes increase.
6.2 calibration The ultrasonic calibration shall be completed prior to the O examination. The RIJECT control shall be natatained in the 0 position durins ' calibration and examination. The ntEQ MHz control shall be turned to the setting of 1 for 1.5 MHz search units and to 2 for the 2.25 to 2.5 MHz search units for straight. beas calibrations and examinations. The.ntIQ MHz control shall be turned to the setting of S for all angle. beam calibrations and examinations. The instrument gain controls shall not be changed once the primary reference response has been established. Rotating the beaa into the corner formed by the hole and the side of the calibration block while setting up the distance amplitude correction may produce a higher amplitude at a longer besa path. This besa path shall not be used for calibration. The type and length of the search unit cable shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration P.ecord, and all other information blocks on the form shall be filled in. O
. . . . . ~ . , ,
SvRI.NDT.800 100 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 December i m NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE Page 8 of 18 6.2.1 Te-eerature The temperature of the calibration block shall be within 25'T of the component te=perature and shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instru:ent Calibration Record for the initial calibration and each verification. The surface temperature of the component to be examined shall be taken prior to perfor: sing and after completion of an examination and shall be recorded on the applicable SvRI Examination Record. 6.3 Calibratien Methed 6.3.1 Strairht Beam Distance Calibration The screen distance chosen shall be the shortest applicable size to include at least 1/4C beyond the thickest production material to which the search unit is applied. Obse ning back teflections from the applicable refer. ence block, set up the required linear sound path distance along the screen baseline. 6.3.2 1.onritudinal Vave Anrie Beam Distance Calibration (1) Position an appropriate straight. beam lengitudinal.vave search unit described in Paragraph 5.4(1) on the AVS DC reference block. Observe the back reflecelen on the instru. ment screen and set up the required linear s..und path dis. tance along the baseline of the screen, which shall be the shortest applicable size to include at least 1/A vee path past the anticipated examinat!on range. (2) Using the same instrument, position the angle beas refracted longitudinal vave search unit described in Paragraph 5.4(2) on the AVS DAC reference block and obseWe the signal fro:s the radius. Using only the delay control, adjust this signal to the appropriate location on the instrusent screen baseline. NOTIS Examiners should be able to identify the required longitudinal.vave signal, since a shear.vava signal may also be present on the screen. The longitudinal vases will damp on the radius. The shear ccaponent of the ultrasonic vives generated vill not damp cn the radius. O A l i
?
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE 3wRI*NDI+590 100
" " tatoa 2 o.c.aber 1987 ;
NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE
#88* ' 'I II q
t 6.3.) fa vaimht.Raam Distanea Amelituda derrection Ak i cur e shall be established by utilising responses from the basic calibratio. holes. l t 1 (1) Position the straight
- beam search unit te obtain maximus ;
response from the calibration hele selected from the follow. : ing, that produces the highest amplitudet I Hala 1/4T 1/2T ! 3/47 [ 1 l Set this response to the primary reference level of $04 154 (2)
- i of TSH and mark its amplitude on the instrument screen. j i
(3) Vithout changing the gain controls, obtain maxinua response j ! from the remaining calibration holes; sark and join all ! ! amplitude points with a smooth curved line which shall extend 1/4T beyond the last qualified calibration point. l i ] 6.4 Aeria.naam Blaennea Amelitude correction (1M Vaa. Path) [ J i ! 2015 l The slope of the distance amplitude correction (DAC) curve shall be constructed ! from the holes parallel to the axis of the basic cattbration block. The notch t ponendicular to the axis of the curved basic calibration block shall be i utilised to establish sensitivity when examining circumferential velds or for ! transverse examinations on longitudinal welds. The axial notch shall be used [ to establish sensitivity when examining longitudinal velds or for transverse ' examinations on circuaterential velds. (1) Position the 45' search unit to obtain a maximus response ; from the vee
- path position selected from the following. l that producas the highest amplitude j Vaa. Path Penttigng 1/8 4 2/8
- 3/8 I t
j (2) Set this signal to 50% 25% of TSH and mark its a=plitvda en the screen, j j i 8 mal Fem C.A 3 2
~
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ' E!E7* December 1987 O Page 10 of 18 g NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE (3) Obtain maximum response from the remaining ved path posi-tions; mark and join all amplitude points with a smooth curved line which shall extend 1/8 vee path beyond the last qualified calibration point. (4) Establish the sensitivity from the inside surface notch by setting the indication amplitude at the level of the DAC curve. 'ihis pr!. mary reference amplitude shall be marked with an X and recordeo under INSTRUMENT SETTINGS. 6.5 Calibration verification 6.5.1 Sween Rante and DAC Curve Verification Sweep range calibra* ion shall,be verified on the appropriate . refertace block; DAC curve calibration, if applicable, shall be verified on the appropriate basic calibration block: (1) Prior to a series of examinations (2) With any substitution of the particular search unit cable used in calibration (3) With any substitution utilizing the same type of power source; e.;;. , a change of batteries (4) At least every 4 hours during the examination (5) At the completion of a series of examinations (6) Whenever the validity of the calibration is in doub6 6.5.2 Verification of Calibration Reflectors at Scannine Seeed The examiner shall verify the presence of the calibration reflee. tors at scanning speed. NOTES It is not necessary to assure that this check confirms the signal amplitude at 100t, of reference level, but merely to demonstrate that the signals fron. the calibracier. reflectors are readily observable at scanning speed. The following statement shall be documented on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Cali-bration Record and initialed:
"Calibration reflectors have been verified at scanning speed."
pd SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SwRl aT 8* l* Revision 2 i December 1987 g, NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 6.5.3 Calibration chanres (1) Perform the following if any point on the DAC curve has decreased more than 20% of FSH or 2 dB in amplitude, or any point on the sweepline has moved more than 10% of sweep division readin5 or 5% of full sseep, whichever is greater: (a) Void all examinations referring to the calibration in question and performed after the last valid calibration verification. (b) Conduct a new calibration. (c) Reexamine the areas for which examinations have been voided. (2) Perform the following if any point on the DAC curve has increased in amplitude more than 20% of FSH or 2 d3: (a) Correct the calibration. (b) Reexamine all indications recorded since the last valid calibration verification. (c) Enter proper values on a new SwRI Examination Record.
".5.4 Recalibration Substitution of any of the following shall be cause for recalibration:
(1) Search unit transducer or ved &* (2) Search unit cable type or length (3) Ultrasonic instrument (4) Examination personnel (5) Couplant (6) Change in type of power source; e.g., a change from direct to alternatins current O S*AIFwm aA 3 2
SwRI NDT 800 100 Revision 2 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 Page 12 of 18 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE
- 7. EXAMINATION 7.1 Examination Areas 7.1.1 Velds in Cerrosion Resistant Clad Pisine Velds i '-+'sion resistant clad piping with a nominal thickness of greater than 0.t. ,.w inches shall be examined from the outside surface of the pipe.
7.1.2 Preservice Exalsination Areas When specified in t.he applicable examination plan for preservice examinations only, the lower 1/3 volume (base material plus cladding) shall be exat.ned
?
for the length of the cladding plus 1/4 inch on each end. This is to provide a complete baseline data package for comparison with any inservice examinations of this volume. The area defined by E, F. C, and H in Figure 1 is the area to be examined. Gl3 The I.D. clad / base material fusion line should be determined with an angle beam technique. 7.1.3 Inservice Examination Areas For inservice exaninations, the required weld volume and 1/4 inch of material from the outside surface veld fusion line on each side of the veld, defined by A, B, C, and D in F1 ure 5 1, shall be examined. 51E The metal path corresponding to the lower 1/3 examination volu=e shall be clearly marked on the instrument screen. Determination of this volume shall be made for each weld based on the preservice or inservice examination requirements and on thickness measurements taken in accordance with Paragraph 7.5. 7.1.4 Lonettudinal Velds in Corrosion Resistant Clad Pieine In conjunction with the examination of circumferential welds, any portion of an intersectin6 longitudinal weld located under the clad overlay adj acent to the circumferential veld will be examined and the results entered on a separate SwRI Examination Report. O Sael Pom CA 3 2
I Swhl ND' 500 100 V SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 December 1987 Page 13 of 18 NUCi. EAR PROJECTS OPER ATING PROCEDURE 7.2 Surface condition The contact surfaces shall be free from veld spatter, roughness, or other conditions which interfere with free movement of the search unit or impair the transmission of ultrasound. 7.3 Indication Leneth Zero Reference (L) Locat12D Areas to be examined in accordance with this procedure shall have an 1.o marked in accordance with the applicable revision of SwRI Procedure IX FE 103. 7.4 Scannine When possible, scanning shall be performed at a minimum gain settin5 of 2 times the reference level sensitivity. , Instrument gain setting for scanning shall be determined on the basic calibration block as follows for each primary reference level utilized: (1) Vith the instrument at the primary reference level, maripu. late the search unit on the basic calibration block to obtain a signal of 40% of FSH from a calibration reflector (side-orilled hole). (2) Add 6 dB gain by utili:ing the 6 d3 switch (if present), the fine gain control, or a combination of the fine and coarse gain controls, and choose any method which yields signal response within i2 dB of 80% FSH. (3) This amplitude and method shall be recorded on the SwRI Sonic Instrument Calibration Record and shall be used for all scanning durin$ the valid calibration period. Scanning overlap shall be a minimum of 25% of the search unit pie =oelectric element dimensf on perpendicular to the direction of the scan. The search unit movement rate shall not exceed 3 inches per second. 7.5 Lamination sean and Thickness Measurements EXCEPTION If performed previously, a lamination scan is not required except in the area (s) where a lasination was previously recorded. Saml Form CA 3 2
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE RESU December 1987 O NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 14 of 18 A ctraighc-beam longitudinal wave lamination scan shall be per-formed covering the entire area through which the angle beam passes. Screen distance calibration for this examination shall be conducted at a gain setting that produces an initial backwall amplitude of 80% 5% FSH. Intermediate echoes having an amplitude equal to or greater than the remaining back reflection shall bs recorded as follows: Obtain a back reflection signal from an indication free area and adjust this signal to 80415% of FSH. Record all intermediate inJ8,ee ions with amplitudes equal to or greater than the remaining back reflection en the appro-priate SvRI Examination Record. Areas of total loss of back reflection accom-panying tha intermediate echo shall also be recorded. Thickness measurements shall be taken at a minimum of three points adjacent to Lo (on the centerline of the veld and at one point in the base material on each side of the veld) and shall be recorded on tre appropriate SvRI Examination Record. Locations of measurements which cannot be tJen adjacent to Lo shall also be recorded. liQII Due to the cladding, actenuation measurements shall not be performed. 7.6 Examination of Butt Velds in Piging 7,6.1 Ancle Beam Examination for Indications Parallel with the Veld Angis beam examinations for circumferential velds shall be accom-plished usin5 the required angle beam search unit from both sides of the veld. For this examination, the sound beam shall be directed perpendicularly into the veld to detect indications parallil with the veld. Calibration for these examinations shall be in accordance with Paragraphs 6.3.2 and 6.4 7.6.2 Alternate Examination Any areas of the veld not receiving complete coverage from each side of the veld shall be examined from the accessible side of the veld with the required at gle beam search unit, and with a straight beam narch unit applied to the surface of the veld crown in the affected ares . Calibration for the straight beam longitudinal vave search unit shall be in accordance with Para-graphs 6.3.1 and 6.3.3. 7.6.3 Antle Beam Examination for Indications Perrendicular to the Veld A refracted longitudinal vava angle beau examination shall be conducted on each veld by placing the required search unit on the veld crown e- $ami s om CLA 3 2
l [ SwRI NDT 800 100 V] SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE R uision 2 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Page 15 of 18 with the sound beam directed into and parallel with the weld to detect indica-tions perpendicular to the veld. The entire length and width of the veld shall be scanned with the search unit beam directed in this manner from two opposing directions. 7.6.4 Anrie Be A Examination for Indications in Base Material Perren-dicular_t.o._ehe Veld A reftacted longitudinal wave angle beam examinat;an shall be conducced on the sdjacent base material on each side of the veld by placing the required search cnit on the base material with the sound beam directed parallel with the weld te detect indications perpendicula: to the veld. The base mate-rial area as described in Paragraphs 7.1.2 and 7.1.3 shall be scanned with the search unit di!.ected in this manner from two opposing directions. 7.7 2pstexamination Cleanine Arrangements shall be made with the customer for poscexamination removal of couplant materials. iO 8. RECORDING CRITERIA CAUTION The minimum shear metal path shall be determined prior to the examination. Extreme care shall be exercised in recording signals at or past this metal path to preclude recording of shear indications. Indications sball be recorded in accordance with the techniques outlined in the applicable revision of SwRI Procedure IX FE 117. Ultrasonic reflectors within the examination volume as marked on the instrument screen in accordance with Paragraph 7.1.2 or 7.1.3 that produce a response greater than 50% of the reference level shall be recorded on the appropriate SwRI Ultrasonic Examination Record. Indications greater than 50% of the rc'erence level attributable to 5802-etry shall be recorded only once even if the amplitude of the indication drops below the required recording amplitude along the weld. These indications shall be investigated by a Level II or a Level III examiner to decernine the shape, identity, and location of the reflector. If indications that have been recorded as geometry have been investi',ated and found to be nongeometric reflectors, che entire veld shall be reexa.'.ned, recording all nongeometric reflectors and other reflectors not previously recorded at least once. Sami Form C,A 3 2
SwRI NDT-800-100 Revision 2 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE December 1987 Page 16 of 18 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE Indications investigated and found to be other than geometrical in nature, regardless of the amplitude, shall be reported to the customer for evaluation. I Sizing of indications shall .nt be conducted with the procedure. Scanning limitations shall be ecorded.
- 9. EVALUATIQH Initial evaluation of reportable indications shall be performed by SwRI personnel, and shall be conducted in accordance with the applicable ASME Boiler aad Pressure Vessel Code, Section XI, Article IVA 3000. Final evaluation and disposition of reportable indications shall be the responsibility of the customer.
- 10. RECORDS Documents generated in accordance with this procedure shall be stored as specified in the SwRI Project Plan. The customer shall receive copies of these documents in the Examination Report, unless specified otherwise in the SwRI Proj ect Plan.
l l 9
SwRI-NDT 800 100 0' SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Revision 2 December 1987 Page 17 of 18 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE APPFJiDIX 1 Piee Diameter Nominal Pine Thickness Crossover (Focus) Deeth 12" .68" .75" 20" 1.0" .75" to 1.5" 22" 1,08" 1.0" to 1.5" 28" 1.08" 1.5" O i l O
$wAl Form QA 3 2
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .___________J
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE swn m 8* t* Revision 2 December 1987 NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE 8 d 18 FIGURE 1 wno
,j ,,
k 1/4 s CLA00 LNG t i l i , !
- ----A - -
l- - IB - -- - - 'p - F r-
,, I lgypy,yg/yyp;y,/}" U'' ,yyyp/y/jyhl I G 3 74,,' C' 'D \ ', j ', H C1.A00tNG CORROSIOli-RESISTANT CLAD PIPIllG ?/ ELD EXAMIllATIOli VOL'JME A-B-C-D L E-F-G-H O
SARI Form CA 3-2
_e ~ O 1 APPENDIX E ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCK DRAWINGS l O l O
.. . - - . - . . . . _ = . . ._
l l APPENDIX E ULTRASONIC CALIBRATION BLOCK DRAWINGS , i Table of Contents , Calibration Block No. Drawing No. Egg, 8-CS 100.594-8-HPC D-3690 932A E1 l 28-SS-X 1.200-30-HPC D 3690-601 E-2 28-SS-CRC-68-HPC D-3690-636 E-3 i FW N4 MOCKUP 75R HPC D-3690 645A E-4 i i l r I i [ i l } El
y' .2 I t l
, ii i l
[ q(> ; jli l8 !E.ll l1 clI4 3 @l I li
; 1
'o >i iia,
't, N.
* * ~ . , .;;$<
b (aa l l((
!L' c
M 1 F-*-i t ' -'r-h 1 . 8! tt-
! l
- 1 I j :. a s i l a / i ;
ij,1 i I
- - - - = _ - .!I .
g' @ g{!
- e h (/
! (
. i ~
t
} I i
1
-t, I, Il i.
5
;ll'i l
1 I
'x NtI !)
' 15
< ,' , i i
<4g 4 s'.;es 1 c. m, i
}
;1 t' i i
H,x h-
* -) j iS. 18
.i '. " ~[
i t
'J
..h.'j,V.
$ l
-j
{ :1 i -- 1 17'I l -i . .i s ii ii
. l }
i4 ' , l'i ; I
,2
. 3 [3 II, 8[
3 '
' is,11 i.
l I g !, iti.
. ,3 [I s
. -. . 4
.i 1 .
.,3
, el '.'3 g .j,}Iil[ k!!
- l. 1.8 i8I',1
/* - N,. aN 7 , '
1 ( "[i 'N . ' i. I I'l !! ;r; i t '(! . j j !5s; iv ilt l1 s: 2 i k i iif !!g .!li t E-1 J
9 j = 2 I f9
,1 1 h O 8
a . 1 I ell
? t1 ;sif
.j _ _ _. ... . . ,.1
._...., $ g' h,, .,.,
TI i . a -- i
.i S.,^2 T ' *~
. I c /., J,
}
e
'^
, i _
\\ :l' O
ER@il,
- T '
h li" \ l k {
, i bl, _
i c
!)
1 t :
'@m
) .
, , .. /
li g i ,i 1 1 1 i t t 1 i !!l
~ ~
o f . , ,N '
\XL '
n N i it sr se- \ !; Ia- i- h.fg!
;= 7-- ~ 1 i
,>/ i g\if ;\U!I ^m ~'
i,! g;}.1 3 ,g 1 i L 1: lj; jj. 'jj',, ;ifi u-
' / ..
ii }!illll p! s. }[} I lj iii g
)ii)>ljh,,i 11 Id u i i t il
,,3 3 1
- a im 4
E-2 i
A
! .! i g
[ N ! Il h6 [7_j*g/.,1 .:'j l7.i u'\'s\ r: \ n i ja is > g g $G l h
,j35 V(S . 'le '
s
" i =l,i! A A y- -{'
! vi 5! e
[
~ f.511 N
($1\
! , , , .,! D Bll[O i
-q m i
but,ifE ,. g D:- - f. I I, b
,n -
__._es--=aa N
- 1
.- .y .
I i k,
!s i
l I I g'f l I a -
- O l ['
i, ass s a, i r im , -* l
?,
kka!,$'f vue s . j
- x 3
ii T i , 2 j \
\
R 3 1 3 i i N b
,r A v i
IU 9:n b _l{ - iv
.e V
-L 4-!
x .
-r[ q
/ ,
x/ : A x
,\(/;'
g.si cac h
/'.r.! s/
I:
; i ..:!
, x' / 1 51:
\ -
/) : 11 g3 6
( \ r' !! !!
!;/
F. 11 1
- '/ :li g -8% i l. li! j 'i
"'t
!;: st? } I[ l{
2 .Y.It:s1 ir4 - : Ilsi 3 m, lj l I . i 8 .f l t PJ ii!)!!Pil{ii p p! 1: u i,ll ii {I!I h;!!!!k! !! i d' 3e a2 _ E-3
f I
- !l $si Isi
-;in c
, is +
E i o .!i l lafNgle
! h
, t ; ee # 9 j5y I
[fn$jBR$'$% / Y -3
, .2e. , t m_ ,
re @numbsm ;w:'spsyn- : ,a f y1 -
'!: is.
1s 2 .
- <t:k l - l f ' ,'p,J. c_f ,g.;;,ps !;!:1 - ~
x nc: g _: javy
- h. i 9 11 ')
- ;.e l=,
j x hip;;p; q , 8
* (
s -5 2 l I
! ~f '
-ss U
~g a
m 11. IS c3 , 'y( . ili nt M!
. -wt w@w e\
i
- ..- ( (II -. en O
*l-* L s*
I
~
j cz - - - - - - -.+-- oj-
!3('
i 7 n
-1
*3 38
\ I ;
\ !;;g:I;-
\ }I
.\ / I 1. i
's i i s !!i ix s ;
!{l ii!.!.;
,li!,l 9
A1 !!A jl
'\
N
's. /
l~9 I )ll!l it
\! t -:.
lilll
w&a- %y,p O O . APPENDIX F 4 CERTIFICATES OF PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS O l .l u lO .
f APPENDIXF ! l CERTIFICATES OF PERSONNEL QUAllFICATIONS , Table of Contents ! HAmt MI EI ill East l.
.i Duran, L. 1* - II F1 l Felge, E. J. II II - F3 ; .; Fine, R. H. II II II F5 I Forman, R. O. II - II F8 ;
L Littlefield, C. F. II - 11 F 10 l l i
. Roberds, B. A. II II j - F 12 I
] Spiess, L. D. II II II F 14 ' t i
! I 1
P 1 I i , I
- l
\
l i i t i 1 i i l
- Level! Trainee l F.i l
[ i
^
s SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
~
A NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
*i STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION e
/.
the C. rector of toe Departreent of Engmeoneg Services. Nondestructrw Evesusoon Science and Tecntoogy Crys.on. cercres (nat is cuenned es Leve I Trainem Ma:-netic Paretele Lerev Duran Testeg e accorcarce etn too recuaremente of Saml Nuc4er cuanty Aenurence Proceeure 111. weien ecorcorates tne guiceines of SNf-TC.1 A 197$ eed 1980 (gi ns. ertification valid only while et::picyed by SvRI 3 Cvencanon trnitacons: None soece cus.ncatee of envi: 4 p Emo<ation em: 1r#19 /90 . .. 3,gnea; [I/h. / cm:
' Ongor! C4oeitmenTo7t.M $4rvicae
( EDUCATION TR AINING. AND EXPtRIENCE HISTCRY NAME YEARS DEGRtt TRAINING iThis method and loud: IOUCATICN: Co::nenvaalth of VA 4 GRAD , e , % ,, 10/04/84 Mr.n see Hours: 4 Locaton: 6 '# T Acciteel Mator Fed of Study Cate emotoved by S*Pl: 07/30/84 p,,,,ou Nos emoenonce af veed for owncaixci: N/A rnontos COMPANY FRCM TO TPe irdv4ual has been credsted wim None of escenence in tNo examansoon meteod on the date of corofkanon. Scene of toe excenence may neve been accrued s.muttaneouart witn other Nos memods tat feest :s% wee in mie cremedi. VISUAL ACUfTY AND COLCR PtRC1771CN The individue is caca34 of reecing Jeoger Numoer 14ttere at 12 locnes in et Ioest one eye (usag correcove lensee .f scocfed te'owt. and can cesn and oiff erencate contreet imi en oors vs.4 in inre meeed. 0?/17/ M $$ HeidiGN[UrEen vest ste:NT Ex4MiNArics onActs etarmCar:cs mstemy: ims trett. l SCCpt5 WE1GHT QAtt irutw Cemacon: 10/23/e!. y/1 3,,,, , Pwwtrecacon: 10/19/er s carr.c. N/A N/A pecerer.csoon Pewt<w: Coraoosne N/A - AwwWawn-N/A
.m:
nnwercacon:
#eeoon&Cle Lreel III; ppgy.MC4 Don l l h(v A2(3 l i.. % c A.n.,
F-1
Y M. % SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE Ml f - .__.e/ e 3 NONDESTRUCTNE EXAMINATION STATEMENT OF CERTIFICAT10N
- % r-I *me 0. rector of tee Ceoartment of Engereenng Seer.ces. Noncestrucwe Evsiuscon Science ane Tecreoiogy Oms on. ce*t+es test I.eroy Duran ; ausa6ea as Leven II in Ultrasenic *esteg e ac:orcance etn tne reoverements of $* Al Nuclear Cuanty Assurance Prococure 11.t. wnsen ecorcorates the gu.ce.ees of $NT. *C 1 A '975 are 1980 titens.
Certification valid only while e-aleyed by SvRI Certif.catien meanene: Scec.as Csaabcatsoes of anv6: NO"' fic raticn Cate: ,/ 01/23/90 5.grec: & - 1 ' 08te: # 7 Oftor. Ceoartment of Engineenng Servicoe / EOUCATICN TR AINING. ANO LtPERIENCE Mi$7 CRY
!O U C ATIC N; NAME yEAMS CEGREE TR AINING tTbs memc4 and levem
,gn sc- w Cet=envealth of Va. 4 GRAD e,,, %,1,, 1/15/87 Aco:ticear -
Hours. OE Locauon: SVEI Vaict # e4 of Stucy C.:, ,,,,,,3,o ey 3.a i: 7/30/84 ,,,,,,,,yog ,,,en.ne,i,, ,,,,,,,aumincaconc ne carvicum nas been erseited witn menes COMPANY #RCM 70 of encemence in trus examinacon metnod on tee cate of certecaten. None Some :f tre excecence may nave teen acr.rueo samistaneouw wtn otner
'40E .=et cos ist : east :$% was in mis memoci.
V110AL ActJtTY AND COLCR etsCl*TICN l
! 'e camcual =s cacacde of reec;eq J4Mer Numcor 1 'etters at 12 ccres in at feast ore eye tus,eg cervecwe 'eeses if scocifed e cw s and
- an istr.guisa and ciffersetate contrsst between coacts used in tses meteoJ.
- ate eo v W ed ev i.. Cate cor,.m,q, ventied ev 3/fo/36 Corr..*o . .i Heidi Cutierre: AJ.a 7/J7/37 No Heidi Cutierrez ' lf 9 CST 8tCENT EXAMINATICN GR Act$ CtRTIFICAT:CN mtSTCRY: T>l3 (EVEL !
3CCMll WElGMT DATI 3,,,, ,,
- 70.00 0.3 in<na Cettec.mn: 1/ 0 3 /U
*a 75.00 0.3 eee.rvecuen:
is oc,cc:
,,, e3e,, . **" 12.00 0.* n ,c .,,,,c ,
- omso.te 50 30 LO . .c ,,3e ,,,;
- ,i.. *1/7/97: **1/15/37: ***1/16/37 nocereccarea:
8esoonbo'e Levet til . . w /! EMS 7 gg gg, WfMASE$ i
. ..,a - C.A.,,.,
T-2
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
'* STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION gv_
The Director of the Desertment of Ergmesmg Someen. Nonesserucwve Evenuenon $oence one Tecnneerv Diveen. cervees thet Edward J. Feige is e nee e, w II w Magnetie Particle Toseng c eccareer.ce we the reeveronente of SwAl Nwcomer Questy Anrence Proceouse 111, wwwen moorporne. N gwoeunes of SNT. TC ' A f 975 ene 1980 tofoone Certification valid only while employed by SwRI soeew oueence of anyn None tao.r oon cete: A / 01r/14/BG s ,nee: N // cew: /D e@. o.oerinent dit snomeenne somcas (CUCAOCN T11 AINING. ANo EXPT #lENCE MtsTCny LoucATICN: NAus ytAns caonts inAiniNo (The meeos sad *ven 6/12/81; NSn sm Winthree P.S. (winn) 4 GRAD Cow Cornowee. 5 / 29 / 84 : 1/6/87 Waksto S t. f'n i't . (Vinn) 4 B.S-Hours: 12! O Laceton: SvRI
, e sBusiness Adm. v/ q ceneenerstion Aconcorwhe{
ve.or p, ,d in Construction Management cete omonoved by swas: 4/07/90 Poem Noe aeenance ur vase for ow.inceeone
- 4 monet CCMPANY FMCM TO TN bcMous Pee eeen crodrted we of poenence a crie enemceoon memed on toe one of cerv 6ceoon. None Sorne of tne noenunce mey neve o en accrued emuneneouery we otner NCE metroce let 'e et 25% wee in trae mecoci. ___
visual AcurTV ANo ccLes Pf 4CtpT1CN l f>e aciwsuoi ' ecao ew of reed:eg Jaeger Nurecer 1 ierters et 12 'ecree in et w one ere tweeg scencirve erees d scoc6ed e ow#. ano can tsengwen sad erfferente e corprest between co# ors used in tone rnecod. a cow Core. see. venneo ov ce core. asa. veneed oy 10702/86 Yes HeidiCutierresI/4 Ig7 v, . e. ,4n r= , . , v . gp Most atCtNT EXAMIN ATICN cmAQt$ Cl4DPICADCN MISTCRY: TM s LT(tL WCOMT cArg SCCRIS tevem Ceren c ete 07/01/91 cener ,: 90.00 0.3 95.00 0.1 muerveeme 05/30/94 sseeine 45.00 0.4 necervacation 01/14/97
*neeeen Coracoeg, 96.50 1.0 ,, .
a scervacaten4 1/06/87, ,. ,, Oce:
'noonnue Lev
- ist: _.M A Q._ __ N._.j' , b n eeer,.cce on:
( aguaerg
- Hutchinson Area Voc. Tech. Institute Nondestructive Testing Technology, O yrs.
F-3
l SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE ( . NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION I w
':. //~
The Director of the Decorvnent of Engineemg Serwoes. Nonces:Netrve Ensuecon Soonce and Tecnnoeogy DMoon, cargnes that Edward J. Feine le ausened as Laos II in Licuid Penetrant Tseong in accorconce wth the reauweme.tte of Swal Nucseer Quadey Assursoce Precedure 111, wesca incorporetse the guidoines of SNT. TC 1 A.1975 end 1980 Edteone. Certification valid only while e= ployed by SwRI , l Spaced Queenceeone of arryu None Esorsoon Cate: 08/26/89 ,
)
5 5 ed: ddP AM Cate: 8/2[/M DWctor Mof[M Seruose / / robCAT1CN. TRAINING. ANO EXPERIENCE HISTCMY ECUCATION: NAME YEAAS DEGREE TRAANING (TNe rneciod and les): Winthrop P.S. (Minn) 4 CRAD e,e, w 07/29/81; 06/17/86 H $ Schod m Manirato S*. Univ. (Minn) 4 B.S. gou,e: 12t 6 Laceaan? SvRT Me,or red of Study Business A M n. v/ a rencentratien
- Rez: Larks in construction Management Cois emosowd by Swat: 04/07/80 pwous Net esponence of used for auen6coconn The incMdued hee been croorted wth 3 rnonee CCMPANY FRCM 70 of esserience in tNo examswdon method en the date of Waw. SvRI 4/77 8/78 Some of toe e may new been eccrued emutterwouarr wth etner p ,,b e d, 7,, g ,, i/74 1o/y NOE ' *ecs f at toest 3% wee in tNo metnocl.
VtSUAL ACUfTY AND COLOR PERCirTfCN The incMdueA is caceces of reecing Jaeger Number 1 lettere at 12 incees in et least one ere (unnq cerfecvve enese if scocrf'ed bescwl, and con counquien and cifferentists contreet between onsore used in tras method. Osts Corr. Peo. Ven6*$ by Cete Cort. Met Ven6ed by 10/19/85 Yes t!eidi Cutterre- L/J 10/02/86 Yes Heidi GutierresI F 10/09/87 Yes Bonnie Caudie N MCST RECENT C(AMINATICN GRACES CERTIFICATICN HISTCRY: THl3 LIVIL SCCRt3 WEGHT DATE
- q. 86.67 0.3 ireses Carenceeon: 05/11/92 Soecree: _100.00 0.3 meeerv6cs:mrw 08/26/*6 p,eeece, oo.00 _
o.4 m- ersa. Comecane 05 40 ' 0 n erst,.r.; m earx: e, 06/17/86 meenenoce L ni: #% O MM+ 9/1h
,mw wwwu, i etManxS *Hutchinson Area Voc. Tech. Instituto Ncadestructive Testing Technology, 2 years i $=Al Form QA.117 F-4
C \ ( Yg SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION gA, '
. STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION fI TPt Cerector of tne Cooertmet of Megeneenng $ereces. Noncestructrve Evesuecon $cence and Teceno+ogy Orv. won. certrbee met Russe 11 H. Tine ,e ous.nse n Leve. II e ,,,f3,gge ti C Particle i Testing .n ectorconce v'tn the recurweente of SwAl Nuciew Queety Aeeurence Procoeure 11.*. *nsch ecorporetoe tne gueennes of SNT. !
TC t A.1975 eed 1980 taitene. Certibesten Lmterene: Certification valid only while es loved by SvRI Scocial Cuaufeatioet tif anyt; None tsoretion Cate A / Ob/23/9h
$4neo: 24 - / Date: h !
hector. Deiertment of Engesonog Serwces EDUCATION. TR AINING. AND EXPERIENCE MISTORY EDUCAT10N: NAME YEAAS DEGREE TRAINtNG IThee metnoe and tevet: , 1 w,gn scoco, Dover H.S. (ND 4 N Dew Co,no.eted 6/11/8L: 6/16/87 l Aco,,,one,. Phoenix School of Weldina 2 :no ,,,/,,q,pg.,,,, q sou,s.12r 10 ceoon; ewRI l Meeor reo of Study V*Idiit ( Cate emcloved by S*At: 02/14/77 _ Pmove NCE noenence tif sud for evaancanoni: The inenr. cum has toen creottee with 3 reonina PRCM 70 COMPANY of oneenance e thee eaarneneoca reeteod on toe date of certhecon. None : Soe o of tee eteenecco mer have toen aceraeo simustaneovey witm otner Not metnoce (at feest 25% wee in tn.e memoel. VISV.2L AC1JITY ANO COLCR PERCIPT'ON ibe ecswoual is caoecde cf rescieg Jaeger Numoet t 'ettere at 12 ccees e et leest one eye tumng correctrve ionese if scoc6ed Deowl, and can destequen and differoemete contreet between cosore wese in tese meeod , l [/I3/8['[e*I HeidiCutYeYr$2 /.U 7 MOst atCtNT EXAMIN ATION QM Acts CIRTWCATION MISTORY tnt 3 LIVtk SCCAES wi10HT Daft l oene,s . 96.6% 0,3 in.oei Cartreceten: 09/01/al 3,e g 75.00 0.3 muetracanon: 09/10/84 j p,as: 96.00 0.4 pece,eneocon _06/23/97 l Comoo.te 86.90 ,, 1.0 , , ,, %
""'"**"** I Cate:
6/16/87
, e necerw een:
Goeoone.c.e Leveelit;w h..,. 4[/ c8.-8 M M [% e m ac m etyamKS l ; i t i s.ai perm cA 117 i T-5 I
- , . - n- . c ,- - - , , ,
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE y NONOESTRUCT1VE EXAMINATION
.u STATEMENT CF CERT 1FICAT10N The Ossetor of me Decertment of E.wg Serwess. Quemy Amourence Sywome end Engenereg D%. cerv 6es tnet RuJsell H. Fine ., % ,, w
. II g Liquid Penetrant Tasene n accoreance we tne requesments of $wAl Nucmer Cumy Aswonce Pmceoute 111. .+uca ecorporates tne gua>eces of SNT.TC.1 A.1875 and 1980 Ed# cone.
Cerireceuon temaaore: Certification valid only while e= ployed by SwRI Specw cua.6eanone of anyn None i E,oronen o m : a# A0/03/Ja . s'eneo: . - 58 om: ~ Dh. %of Engcoereg Serwcao f EDUCADON, TMA8NING, AND OLPEAlthC4 NsTCRy CUCATION: NAME YEARS CEGREE TR AINING (The meeod ead hve h H e schoes Dover H.S. (NJ) 4 CAAD Cm comcreed 12/5/78:10/11/82:10/1/85 woon.,: Phoenix School of Welding 2 co.Cic0F2 Hours: 8 1: tecom: SwRI uma r,ead of Se.scy Weidina om emcitwo av Swa1: 02/14/77 % sog - c,y.,a.,,ay, % n The ers,*m nos e en creened we 3 montre CCMPANY HOM 70 of woener ce a me eumswoon mecod on me este of wr-.. some None _ of the noanence me, neve teen eccrues ernurteneousy we oeer Nos _ ,=trece in ines :s % == h em metrec). VISUAL ActJfTY AND CCtCR PfMCIFT1CN The ewheed w eacce of resong Juge Nurcour 1 lette et 12 inenee e et west one eve tunes concirve area d soweed taowt. sad can estrguan eno c.ttntmete contraes ecween cosere used e tne meeed. Cm Corr. Rea. vennedav /.24 cm Corr men. YWas av 07/31/85 Yes(netri No(fst) Meidi Outierreph . 06/\8/F6 Yes(near) No(tar) Bonnie Caudle f 6/23/87 Yes _Heidi Cutierrar Illt west atetNT tuuiNancN oaaots l CtamcAncN ms tenyt tws tavst SCCRES WEGHT Cate e78,i2 0,3 tricad Car 6carice* 10/19/71 c.n..: 10/12/82 spec ae: .00.00 0,3 m acenrecaten:
,,,f
- _'.00 0,4 p.c.,; tem; 10/03/3$
Proc acas Comocco: eg. u ,, i,0 , , seconraescon: e *09/30/95: **10/01/95 f, ,,,,,w: am .evo ut:E . H . Rus s c h e r t y/Q//x e
< r, a tMa a t s O
T-6
< p, 9 SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE gh
.a
[ MNY_A.d NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION g / WW ine Ortector of t*e Cecartert of togeeenng $ernen. Noncestrucove tva.uanon Science and Tecntoegy Cmson. certf4s test Russell _ M. Fine .s cuared as Leve TT o ?"e m -"4-
?esteg +n accorsance etn tre reau rements of 5*Al NucJur Quauty Assurance P'ocoovre 111 *nicn ecorDorstes tre gwceenas of SNT-TC.1 A 1975 aPd 1980 t@tsoes.
I certificaten Lemetaters: Certification valid only while e ployed bv SwRI l Soeca Cwa ficarces i.f envi: N0 fi' A In.rsuon Ca* 1 '!to/01 it S.gned: - Date: f Director. Cooertrnent ofingeeenng Serwcee
' EDU CATIC N TRA NING. ANO DPERitNCE MISTCRV ! 'g .
ICUCATICN: NAME Y F.A R S OtGRtt TRAINING ITh s rretnod and tevat .- Dove r H. S . (NJ) 4 GRAD 12/21/73; 2/5/82; 1/11/95; 1/13/88 e,i, em,a , Ys-m.gn genne, Acc.tenat Phoenix Secel e f k'e I din c 2 ma c/ N Nours. M
- 9.
tocaoon: ?e e,ta or 8 c1 of Stuoy YeldiN7 2 1 Oate emceved ev $*Ah *r** Preveus Not oncerence of used 'or assuNat,ont The ecteduas Pas been creo.ted
- tn tS mentes COMPANY FRCM TO of escenee4e o tnes enarnescon method cc tne cate of cwo4 acon. None Some of tre escenence mov have even accrued smutse ousy witn otner NCE meta'cos f at :esst 3% was e trus metnocl.
VISUAL ACUITY AND CCLC A Pt4CEPTICN The 1acrvv;9a4 s cacac.e of rescq .'aeger Numcor 1 'etters at 12 iecnes e at ' east ore en dusng correctme oesos 4 scocfe1 ccowl. and
- en c st:Phann and 34fhevetate conarest tef*eea cocrs used in inis metnod.
Otte Octr Meg. Ve't# 4d tv Oate Corr. Sec. Vertfed tv 6/97'** v., 7 .~ i f s. tam . .J i . VOST Rf CINT D AMIN ATION GR Acts CERT 181 CAT 1CN MISTCmY: T>tS LtVEL l SCCRt$ WilGe97 QATE c ,,,,e 43.37 0,3 leve* CertAtten: *'**!*1 s c.ex. M . CO 0.J mu ert+cacon: 2/1e/s3 l
* *urc ar 9I*30 0'4 ax wtMeacoe. M 95 l Comoest, 93.?1 1.0 ,,, ,,,n,,,,,. 1/ 19 /33 ex wvNaten:
Oate !O/88 o g ,gy ,,,,;
*ncorsoe Le,m at ,-
e w / // e b7 , , , , , j stoa..,
$ a Ai f orm CLA.117 T-7
SCUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTI ( 4 g, _ '
- NONCESTRUCTNE EXAMINATICN STATEMENT OF CEAT1F1 CATION ne mtor of n cecartr rt of tegeeeeng secccm Nonemuevve sven.4 eon Scoece ses
- ceno<sy Own. eser'n t 4:
72::dall 0. Tor .an 4 w.m u W II e Mar.eti: Particle
?seong e acecresece w en to recuremerns of Swal Nv ur C enry Assursnce 8 oceewe 111. weien ecoroorms tre guice..res af $N*.
f01A.1975 are ?940 h;nces, c , w ,,,n m certificatien valid eniv v511e ereleved be $vM Scecw Ga.Acatoes id enyn Mene tnorenan cate: ./ 10/16/6L g;gre.e: / - Cate: M e
~ C%. Cecorveent'ot tepeeennt Semese d (OUCAT1CN TW AIN'NG. ANO DPla;tNCE MisTOAV C UCAtCN: NAME vtAAS ct3*tt 71wNwo iThe memoe one een 7/13/32;
$tuttgart Am rican H.S.*3 N g, 10/ 9/95t 10/6/96 Wn sm ,,
aa m : Mcore Head State t'niv. 2 NO % 121 6 m SwM us, re,4 ,, g % G4neral AcadeLies
'Ger:any
- sta erc=wo av samf: 12/06/76 % NCE uten46ca a uses Ne sw ecascal:
3 mena The weeus pu won creetted am C:unNY PSCM To cf entenecce 'a n es.amesocn meed on W cste of cervecaton, Ne"* Seee of N es=+eeres m4v PJw teen acersed omstarecurry we eter
'~
N:s men.:s rat aast :3 % ass 'e e4 mecoc). i
- 1 YSUA4. ACUfTY ANO C0 tem #tect*T'CN l De 'ecM4wd 's cJc4 cue of Mecnq .'aeger N%recer 1 'ertere 411 is. Pee in at ' east see eve h.aeg cme erwee if scoed44 4*ow* ted Can 443cq' ann ned Cffereetate gytreet gefneen Co6cr5 esed a fas TeSoe.
*a o 0m sea, vene.4 ev := Carr. aeo. wee e, 8 /'I s /16 Yee Weidi htierres !))
7/t*/8* vee ?.ui %-<er-.2 :3 f vcsT at:t'47 04wNarcN osa:ss cam- rc. arcs =s7:svi vs wrrt; I
$00 m ts wtw CA71
- g. M.67 0.3 wsm car *ssent !/% /!I g ,% f5. 0 &.J eeeerreassee. 10/3i/?3 om. **. & G.* nums 10/10'4%
ht, i 30 1.O e,c,,,,,,,,,,
,am M/6/!6 , e ,eer,.e.,e.,
8eeceeN>e W.e & _N * *_ d'*!$ f/ e g ,p.agy l e t t.s a a r ) I f I m A l 81 en *,A. f i .7 T-S I l l I
( b 3CUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTTTUTE
.A NONDESTRUCTNE EXAMINAT.CN
.a . d STATIMENT CP CERTlFICATICN ne Cvector of ew ceservaant of segreemg sww.se, c.aav Aeuenes 5,vresne one Lageeerry Cw. cervees est t*1trasenic Randall 0. Ter=an , % ,, % II w Tarang a accercance we re reevnerneg of Semi Nucmar 0.amy AJewonce Pecocwg 111. wesus ecorporttee re 5%semees of
$NT TC 1 A.1T 1 one 1s50 le# tere.
c er ti'ie n t f e- t*r' ' ' e '-*^*'s *M-*="N caruncemen ternetere: Spaces CwaAcetere 6d anvh YO"* I g,,,,,.en geo. / i 01/30/83 1 .n 'MilaW& 7 4M - ths s* cvvempesew eni et sciedweg sorcese il s:vcanc%. rua.se 4so optsissca msicay E.:VCAtCN: N.aMt YEAAS C& Grid TRAWWQ (The rrgeod end Wook 12/21/73g w.gn sm S tue t tire *-eM s- 'J -** * .
"' m ca. canie.eied 04/23/82t 01/24/95
' "n go,,, 56: 6 svRI an.cne,.. v.cor.a ?.an' '-*** "-d' tees,en.
Maest Fed of Sa.,, G en e r al A c ad eeie n
*Ger=any p Cow oneered tre seat 12/06/76 Pmeau NCE essenenes of used foe owedoesgrut U TN eenduel hae been ersched we 16 m Frenew of eigeneece in the eaarneseen meeod ett e's seu et avsf.oecon. Sorae Neae' CCMPANY PRCM 70 '
of to ascenews may Pw,e teen searved erweressary one eeer NCE freVo2e tM ' east 3 % wee e ce leecocJ v5UAi, acVi*r AND C04:4 atAcanCN I f TM eCW is tac 4084 of reeceg Jaeger N9rPDer 1 :et* art et 12 s' tres e et 'eset see ryg (berg coete' Pro 'ermee d spec /s f teeve. sad een ee*JPgben eed 4.f'erengste Ocattet terwgen tencri good in te rperos. I este e.,,. nee. venne. e, ces c.ie. see. ver*s* ** . . . Q$/C!/?4 Ye e _ M eidi C'l'ier? e ? 7/17/07 Y91 b idi OlII' I* Ce/0!!!$ Yes . Meidi Cutierter J J ' M6 YeE F.eidi Cutiem? 'l[- uctf e g!t%7 Cra wine AP0*v 1e a 0:3 1 Cle rs.; Arc q = gic ev. Wig (ret, r j scents w1:cMT C"a . i' d e=ric 93, 9 g,) ireenscerracroent O!'11.
% ,,,/e l
gm 10.2! 2a,Sq
^1
+4 8 eew'r*4asons p oc.,t'caesat i
p.m , i a p e,y.g )4.Q! 1O s % . "_ , j i peoev acee+at eve 01/ a/85 ,
, g, a n s,, ens:I.M. Meer.+? -
O h_b < l etwaans Mote! This indivtit.a1 has re:sives :030" detect J: ::sining ':y m.: and tas ::3*: { at IvR:.
- state
- es: of 5 41 ft:ast:n is :. f *.e r i l
lea 4 Stee @114 I T-9 i i
W. SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE [MY%N-n., NONDESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION g j. _./ STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION The Director of tee Oecartment of Engeeereg Sereces. Noncestructue Evenacon Scaence and Twenoeogy Omson. cert +es test Ch arles R. tit tie # d e l d .s cuanfied as Love II e W M etic **?*d"'n festieg in accorcsece etn fee reouvements of Sami Nuc)eer Quauty Assurance Procecure 111 an.cm ecoroorstes the suceees of SNT. TC t A 1975 see 1980 Editons. Ce rti fi ca tion valid en iv vh ile e--,leve ! 5.. c._.e r Cert:f eanen tamitatens. . Sceciai Cuanf. canons of envn NMe 02/15/Q1 Lionston Oja e Sigeeo: ~ f' { 08te: K Serwces Gowntor. Dec4rtment of E.n E DUCATION TR AINING. AND DPtmtENCE NISTCRY COU CATICN NAME YEAR $ O(GR(I TRAINING IThis method end neveh Cate Comcated 09/11/85: 01/19/83 Highlands H.S. 3 CRAD a.gn scw
, ,,, San Antento College 1 No ,,,,,,16 : 4 tec oon Switt Vaeor F+d of Stuov 3 '910 'tudf**
Cate emooveo ev s.Rt: _ 07/30/34 p,,,ous Not e.oenence art used for ousancatoni: The .nor..cuas mas coen creceted witn 3 montes COMPANY FROM TO
.f . . ..-c . c -s . . a-- m .n ..t. .f . .r-- -e
- Some of too e.:eneete resy move teen accrued simuitsecouary notn otmer NCE metnods ist roast .:5% was e ters .nemool.
visual ACuiTV AND COLOR stectatioN Se **arvwsuoi .s cacacie of 'taceg Jaeger Nurecer 1 letters at 12 :ccees e at toest one e're luseg correctNo seesee af soecr6*t ee.owt. and can oiseequisn erws cifferentate coetrsst eetween co. ors used e trwe memoo. Oate Core. eeo. Cete core. Aes. verrr+s av w e...._. vertf+s ev ) 09 /1 $7 O _4 . 4 a . ,. i CIRTipiCATICN MISTLRY: THIS LINT'. MOST stCINT D AMINATION GRACf 3 l SCORES wt1GHT CATI 93.I.0 0.3 inmas Certeston: 02'I5/94 g ,, ,, , s e,eg: 75.00 0,3 ascertrNaeon Pentice 97 N 0.a necervecadon: Cereocate N. 32 1.0 m ,c.,,,ne,,,an :
- 8t' 32/!$/33 aocer ,6csoon:
4esoC4*9Cs4 Loved 111' ""- *f 2 /# ** O gg g ggge, atuamus ( e e es 8 - r%4.99.9 T-10
l I l
\
' SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE
%' a.,-
NONDESTRUCTNE EXAMINATION e
,4 STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION w
i The Ovector of toe Cooertma;t of Engeeereg tercess. Nccoeservetnre tvenueoon Soonce one Technoeogy Ornmen. certrees tne' ' Charles R. 1.ittiefield ;e cuences u L, II in Uleneenie Testeg e accorcance v,tn too rooveremente of S*Al Naseer cueney Assurence emcesure 11.t. amica eco porates the gueesees of SNT. TC 1 A.1975 eee 1990 tortione. Certificatiets valid only while empleved bw SvRI Certr6 cation Levianone: Scoce Cuauficeoors tif anyn NO"' . Emo< econ Cate: , f 01/23/90
/ Date
$4eed:
factor. Descriment of Irgeoereg Sernces [ EDUCAT10N. TR AINtNG. AND t.XPtftltNCE HISTCRY [ EDUCATICN: NAME YEARS CEGMit TRA6NING (TNe meanoe one wh Hi etsnae n.g, (-d ' min osee co,no.etee 1/16/87 won Senood evpI San Antonie (*elleen i No 52 % Adenorm: Veior Foo of stuov Jasic S tudine 7/30/84 p we seg e oer.nce i;f wees for asemauecan
) Cats amonoved by Samh 11 rnentne CCMPANY 8RCM To The inarv.dued noe teen creoites witn of onceeence e tne esemanecen metnod on the sete of certeceoon. Nofte Some of toe encenence mov have toen accrues ernutteneouery arm oeer NCE metnoce tot toast :5*e mee e mee mored).
VtSUAL AC1JtTY AND CCLCR PERCIPTICN The cornovos ;e cecacee of rescieg Joeger Nurecer 1 'eetere et 12 incoes e et eest one ow luse1 correc rve leeses if ooecded D* cal eed ] un caenquen erws erfferencete conuset e,eween eceors ween e true meeod. core. eso. venees av Cm C c. men. veasee av
- 97$t#./86 No Heidi Cotterrer /14 _ .
9/11/87 No Heidi Cutiener LUf f . CEST@CATICN M137QRY: TW3 LfftL j MCST etCINT t;t AMINATICN GR ACt1 SCCRES WtlGHT SAft j oi / n ie*
- 37.eo n,3 in, cert w onon:
q ,n., ,,, Scech: ** 85.00 0.3 secorvecnoon
**ecices: *** 97.50 0 . I. sec.,ec con.
co.o.e,te 90,90 , 1.0 ,,,,,,,,,,, ae cweann:
- sie: *1/7/97: **1/15/87: ***1/16/87 estertr6ceton:
seeeece,,,, g,,, iii: / ,o / /7jfh ,g i alueer3 i
$m Al form C,A.117 T-11
g.. M N =- SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE h -A., NONOESTRUCTNE EXAMINATION STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION g%v,4 RJ The Odector of t9e Decertment of Lngeeereg Servees. Noncestnactrve Eveudon Science and Technoiogy Div*on. cettrfes test Barbara A. Roberds ,s ovanned as w a II in Macnette Tartielt testeg in accorcance etm the reowirements of $ art Nucet Quaety Assurance Prococure 111, wascm ecorootstes tre gwiceees of $NT-fC t A.1975 see 1980 toinoas. Certification valid only while etcloyed by SwRI Cert hcanon Lenitations: Scecial Cwai.bcatoes 'if anyn OU' tacitation Cate ,e f 1/21/90 , S p ec: . - Cate de1 - . _
/
Oirecf. Geoercent of"tkeeenno Swwces ECUCATION. T9 AINING. AND CtPtmitNCE MISTORY IOUCATICN: NAME YEARS OtGRtt TRAINING (TN4 method and leved: Wason H.S. 4 GRAD Om Competed 1/26/84t 1/4/97 Mi Senocs A ,,,,,. IAC; St. Mary's Univ. 2 NO % 12 _ gg,,,n;eget Yace Feid of Stuoy Ac cotantiu Data emcwoved by $aAh 01/12/81 p m ,seg ,,,,n.nc,ii,o,,, g ,,,,fsc,1,on, rnentes COUPANY fRCM 70 Tre incrwoual has toen creoites eth _ of enoonence e the enammacon m tmoo on the cate of cettrNtos. Motie , Some of the encenonce may have twen accrued svnutaneounty with otrer , Not metmocs (at least :3% wee e tre meemoa). t vtSUAL ACUfTY AND CCLCR PERCtPT1CN The corva:ual e cacaow of resoing Joeger Nwrneer 1 mtees at 12 inchec e at est one eye (useg correctree mases d sceofed teio*L and can oestegvien ano odtecennate contrast betwoon ccoors uses in too reetnoe.
* %enned Dy +. Cate Core. Roo. Venced tv Roo 9 / TltP/$6 CorY e s . Heidi Cutierrer W 9 /16 / a 7 y,, p,4 g en g ,-.. Aff u~
CI ATIFICA13CN MISTORY: TMtS LENEL t MOST Rf CANT t.XAM: NATION GRADES SCCRt3 WOGHT DATE trut,ad Certr%w: %/03/34
% ,. *73.33 0. L
*80.00 0.3 Rwwwoccan. 01/21/37 s,,ex:
Prececm:
==s9.00 0.4 ,,,,,,,,,:
Ceoes,te al.4 1.0 ,,,,,y,, necert katsa:
- i; *1/3/97: *Pl/9/*7 - Recwescaton-8ttooett e (svec lll: ^ ,,g,, g g n, I . etV ARP S G
SARI 8er n C.A 117 F-12 I
r---- - - - - -- - - - - - _._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ n SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONDESTMUCTIVE EXAMINATION
*> STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION d
n.e.n.ee.c n,..ie we ,s .s.Non e,e e IIsc.nc..norUltrasonie
,e.e, % .c,a Barbara A. Roberds ,,,,,,,% ,
n .: sNT.
?. ace a ecewe nc .e e. awernems of s.at wwca.e ca.eer A.m,rene. Pec.eur, t11, .nen ecor or i.e e. e Tc 1A.1s7s one tsoo te.oon..
certification valid only while employed by SwRI cat %oon Lanetseene: so.c i cumac, of envi: None taow. ten c. /06/27/89 , m , s;,n : /f M// / oc.: $I
' " p.m,.r. o nm.ni c'ange c, s.cces.
/ (DVCAT1CN TR AWWQ ANo UPt.IENCE mstoMV t:vcAT:cN: NAus TEAns etGREE TRAhNG (This rn.cos one even Mason High School 4 GRAD g ,, 06/24/83: 06/11/86 g, ,,
i e,,,,,, sac; st. nary's univ. 4 .N o a 64: 20 m SwRI M.or F.e.e of stuoy Aeeountine oc. .m ov.e tre s.at: 01/12/81 p,,e,w, uog n., n, ,,,, , ,w %n.nn
- n. woeveu.i mes e.cc er.an.e e en.ne. '*** IO n N N "'"#
e e.ne. . , n ,n.e.e on e. e ., som. e e e en are me, nn. t=en scen e nun e u.rv win eeer NCE m.coe. let W. ::59b > esem.treet. , i vtSUAL AcutrY ANo CCtem everseT1cN th. earcouas is c.caow e r co ; Nurre., i wn et 12 cene e a me.: ore m tw.no careem ene e cra e.e i. ene con swenswen ene over.ne.w con em n co.or e m e. in.ws. 10f!7/8E YeT Heidi C D rYetf/ 4/22/86 Yes Heidi Gotterrer(_b. 9/16/87 Yes Heidi Cutterres !DC 40$7.tctNT DAuiNATicN GRActs ' cantricArcN wSTCav: TWs LfvtL SComtS wt:qHT cart
. 91.11 0.3 ,, e, nc., 07/13/83 l V.J _ Y0 / *' / 3 0 g ,
e i J * * 't aeew.es. con e.,cet as:
- o . fi . .c m.
cm, _"oG.OO H.73 1.0 , ,,%, Cm; *06/04/86: **05/30/86 see.r.ec .ce:
""#ce*** L*** d: gy W e cer.4 on.
I etssaacs Note! Bis individual has received ICSCC detection ersining by IFRI and the IC3CC state =ent of Qualification is en file at SwRI. s s.ai no,m ca.i17 F-13
W '. SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITL!TE
- 1gT3 NONOESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION e .at STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION
- l 4 apu-Tme 0,:ector of tne Decartment of Engeeereg Serwces. Noncestructrve Evouacon Scence and Tunno.ogy Div+on cwtif+e enat Lyle D. Seiess ,e cusiiree as Levee II e Maenetie Partiele
'esteg .a accoreamco cen tee reoverements of Sami Nwcmar Cwanty Assurance Procoowre 111. ataen ecorporates tne gv oc nes of SNT-TC1A 1975 ano 1980 Ecwes Certituten Lim,tatens. Certification valid only while emeloved by SwRI Scean Cweahcatoms of envr Nme Encwaten Cate 02/15/41 S gne / 4/ I A Cate:
() Director Det l ttment of tyneenng Serwcas IDUCATION TR AINING AND EXPtmifNCE MISTCRY ECVCATION: NAME V f.A A S CEGALI TRAINING LThe metnoc and tevet
,,,,,, 3 , %
John Jay H.S.(TX) 4 GMD ,,,, 01/31/S$ Aeo,tena . 3allaark Aere 1 AO meorg; 3 Locat>on 5W RI Maa F+c of Stwov Airf rW & *?'rer #1 ant 0are emoioved tv 5wAi: 05/16/33 p,,,,,,, y e g ,,,,n.nc , ,3, ,, ,,, g,, ,,,,,,,c,,,n n Tne cervious has teen creenea mim 3 montne FROM 70 c . . o.-c e e s e.-.- _ . .. .a,. o, c.,-- .-. COMPANY Some of toe empeaence may have seen acers.a semittaneouary w.m otner NCE metnocs tat wast 0!% was o mas memoat, visual Acuity AND COLCR PtmCIPT1CN we eo~.ou ,. esoae.e o, ,,. n, se.,or Nornoer i mteri n it - n .e. one e,e io g cooxvve i.n.ee it .c+es doev... ano cae e- ..n ano mere.maie c-. .er.een co ,. . e morno.. 039I'I/8[*"'IP 3e ety A1Ds*l C'~ 'I"*I / 3 f*"// Be t ty ANOI*Ee # W
~
07/22/35 :;o Betty Alcricte (/F 07/29/c6 :to Be tty Aldridge 7 VCST atCINT Lt AMIN ATION GR AOf $ CERT 15tC4.nCN atSTCAY: THIS L1NEL SCORES WE!GMT CATE 3,,,,,; 96.7 0.3 inrte cert *aten: ^2'11li5 Soecinc: 95.0 0.3 meewtraceoon ,M /15 / 8
- Proceca: 50*U U* aecwt,6 cation:
OcmtNete 33 51 1O seewtiecanon: Racertr6 Canon: m w ate. 02/}$/Q9 pggy Resoces.cwe Leve. ill _ f 3 //* /.Y f ascermAcanon: mEVAAE$ l Snai F.fm c.A.i17 F-14
i I SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE V N]ir.J/-A, NONOESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION e f STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION
- - s v rar-The C.eector of tM Ceoartraent of Engeoenng Seewcas. Nonoestructrve Evesueeon Sooece one Tei:nnoogy Onne.on. certrhos tnat Lyle D. Spiess ,, ow ,r,.a L,,,, tI c Lir1uid Peneersn e integ in accoroance een tM roovvements of Swas Nweieer Quency Annurence Procoovre 11.t. an.cn ecorporetes tne gwice= nee of SNT.
TC 1 A 1975 are 1930 tortene. Certstum Lentatene: C*'****W*** '*d ~~'"*e-~"=' '"
**2*'
Scoc* Quantcatees ist anvs: jicne Esoitanon eye. 02/15/91 Signeo: 11 Deu: # (J osector. Deea'rtment of @ Sernese EDUCATION. TR AINING. AND DPtmitNCE MISTORY E0VCATICN: NAME Y E.AR S CEGREE TR AINING (Thee metnoe and tevW: John Jay H.S. (Tx) 4 GRAD
,,,,3 .
3al15 ark Aaro Does h 01/29/05 _ Acornenes: 1 A&P g,,,,, Io goc,,,n e..m, Ma.or Feed of Stuov Mr* ram & Powe r Plan t . Oate emoioveo av 3.Rt: 05/16/A3 p ,,,,, Nog ,e n.nc, n, ,,, ou ec,non,: The corwoves hee toen creoitee nem ' montne COMPANY smCM 70 g ! of escenence e inse esammenon metnoe on tre ceto of carefesoon. None Some of tee emoenence mov new eeen accrues eenweteneovery vnm otMr N05 metecca tot toest IS% wee e the memoet. vtSUAL ACU17Y AND COLOR Pt4CIPTION l The eorwoues se cacaose et .eeeeg .'oeger Numeer 1 letters et 12 cense e et 'eest one sw twang cccecew .eness if soecr6es escwa. ano ! cari cenngwam ano cefrentete coneest aseween coors ween e tnse memos I \ i + n 03.,31/3 C s o,, Noee, vennes av Cete Cor' ***- V'"**a tv 4V
/. 3etty Aldridte 07'ol/0' % a " " n'd d'-a//
Ji'2ii35 So 3etty Al d ri d te /.T ' ' 07/29/86 No 3etty Aldridae 7 VOST RECENT D AMINAT1CN GRACES CERT 18iCATICN MISTCmy THis LEVtL i SCORES WEIGHT OAft q ,,, ,, . 93.4 0,3 trenes Certraceoon 02/11/J5 ge 60,a 0,i ascertr6 canon: y iiaea:
%cocan: 40.O o . /- mecertr6 canon
,;o,n,,,,,, 91.02 i,3 ,
s ecorw6 canon:
. ate.
02/15/38 Ascwtr6 canon: G eocons,ose Levei ill- -
#* e A S * ' '" Recescon:
aEMARKS l l Swai perm CA.117 F-15
W'. MY% SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE NONOESTRUCTIVE EXAMINATION
% (u A,f.
a
- p. _ STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATION The Director of tPe Decartment of Engeeoneg Serwces. Noncestrucwe tverwatos Science and Tecneciogy Div*on. certf'es tnat Lyle D. Seieas s quaised as Levei TT e t'1 e - n m ' c festeg e accoreance **tm the requirements of $wRl Nwcmar Cushty AsagrenCe RPoCeCure 11 I,
- Mien ecorCorstes tPG gwedesees of $NT-TC-1 A,1975 aco 1980 tomens.
Cert'ficaten Lmtatens: Certification valid on1v vhile e m leved bv evM Soec:si Cwaafr.atens of anvn NOU* 1 Keo.raten Cats: A ']! 14 / 01 . .. 3,gnee: Na@' - - Date: /" "
' Owoftor Deoarment of ' L%eeenng Serwcee
/ EOUCAT10N. TR AINING AND EXPtmitNCE MISTCRy ECUCAT10N: NAME v f.A R S CEGRtt TRAINING (This metnod and leved:
M.gn senooi JoM hv ue em s n,3n g,,, ,,q i sto An 13 ,,, Acenenac Hall-ark Aere Ma,or re, of 3 yo, Airfra-a & D~ee- o t .-
- Oate en o.oved tv saRe: 5/16/83 p ,,,,,ye,,,,,n,,,,n, ,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,,n The cervdwal Pas been crecited a,tn 2 *' montns COMPANY FROM 70 of enoenence e ents amarrunacon method on the date of certiMeston. __None ,
Sorae of tee excenence rrev have been eccrued sinutaneousy *nn otPer Not metnocs tat ieast 3% was e thes methodl. viSU AL ACUlTY AND C0(CR PERCteT1CN l The corvowat 's caoethe of Maceg Jaeger Nwn cer 1 Setters et 12 encoes e at least sne eye tuseg correcwe entes if speceeg becat sad can castmgesn ano errferennate contrast betwoon coiors weed in tais 89ethod. Cate Corr. Reg. venees by Cate Corr. Reg. Venfed tv T /1 '" 'M B cie r* M i e MOST RECENT E3 AMIN AfiCN GR AOf $ CERTIFICATICN MISTCRY: THIS LINEL i
$ CORES WtlGHT CATE 93.02 0,3 irve. Certrncanon: ;ic/a5 a ,,,,, .
0 L 00 0.' RMertrnescon: 1/19/33 Scecie: R scwar ian ^6 ^' R ecertestion: Coraoosie Y7 31 !.O n g.,ma a ocwoncanon: 1/19 /88
, ox ertenon-ResCons@e Levet til- ' * / !/ N/ U , ggy aiv&R S :
NOTE: "ais individual has received IGSCC detection training by I?R: a.d tae
!GSCC Statement of Qualificari:e is en file at Sw RI .
l 5.Ri Form CA 117 F-1e
l I
! APPENDIX 0 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT CERT 1FaCATIONS 1
l a } i l t l l i. i 1 i h I f I L l I .I l i i t t l' 1 d .I r 1 t l 1 J i 1
APPENDIX G o MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATIONS l Table of Contg l
- MATERIAL 1
l LRt Ditt EAtt Pencils, Berol, Prismacolor White #938, Log #2337B 03 Mar 88 G1 Glycerine,14 WTA861201, kg #2444 13 Aug 87 G2 Sonotrace 40, Batch #8767, Log #2453 29 Jun 87 G-3 Magnaflux No.1 Gray Powder, Batch #84LO22, Log #1918B 10 Nov 84 G-4 Magnaflux 8A Red Powder, Batch #84F012, kg #1921A 14 Jun 84 G-5 Magnaflux 8A Red Powder, Batch #85F006, Log #2053A 03 Jul 85 G6 Magnaflux 14AM Prepared Bath, Batch #87D051, kg #2450B 29 Apr 87 G7 Magnaflux Spotcheck Cleanar/ Remover, SKC-S, Batch #897H067, Log #2471 28 Aug 87 G8 Magnaflux Spotcheck Developer, SKD-S, Batch #87F047, Log #2450A 17 Jun 87 G9 Magnaflux Spotcheck Penetrant, SKL HF/S, Batch #84LO58, Log #1955C 26 Dec 84 G 10 EQUTPMENT i Brand Serial No. Data Eggg Dayton Quick Teng Pyrometer 086 15 Jan 88 G 11 Amprobe Fastemp P> ometer 120 11 Jan 88 G 13 Amprobe Fastemp Pyrumeter 133 15 Jan 88 G 15 Amprobe Fastamp Pyrometer 158 15 Jan 88 G 17 Blak Ray J 221 Longwave Ultraviolet Intensity Meter 26059 26 Oct 87 G 19 Magnetic Partide Weight Calibration Block,11.3 lbs. B 170198-11,23 17 Mar 81 G 21 E'xtromagnetic Partide Yoke, Whiteline % L 1 10 17 Dec 87 G 25 E.vetromagnetic Partide Yoke, Whiteline WL 111 17 Dec 87 G 26 Electromagaetic Partide Yoke, Whiteline %L112 20 Jul 87 G 27 Sonic FTS MKI 01111E 02 Feb 88 G-09 Sonic FTS MKI 01116E 04 Sep 87 G-31 Sonic FTS MKI 01121E 21 Dec 87 G 33 Sonic FTS MK! 774226 19 Nov 87 G 35 O G-i
. . __J
APPENDIX G MATEIUAL AND EQUIPMENT CERTIFICATIONS Table of Contents (ContM TRANSDUCERS Brand Scial No. Dain Ecrt Aerotech C01485 13 Jan 88 G 37 Aerotech JD1760 15 Jan 88 G 38 Aerotech 013718 14 Sep 87 G-39 SwRI 685M 27 Oct 87 G 41 SwRI 1795 22 Jan 88 G-43 l SwRI 1800 15 Jan 87 G-45 l SwRI 2158 23 Sep 87 G-47 SwRI 2680 24 Nov 87 G-49 SwRI 2831 08 Jan 88 G 51 , SwRI KB4 07 Jan 88 G-52 l O' O G li
O SOUTHWEST RESE ARCH INSTITUTE
.e.e....se..........u........e.e.s.....e4..........,..............,m, 4
March 3, 1988 1 Mr. J.H. WLison Quality Assurance Systems & Engineering Southwest Research Institute 6:20 Culetta Raad ; San Antonio. TX 78238 Dear Stre r The analysts that you requested on two marking penetts has been tospleted. 'the results are as followes Sulfur. 7. vt. Chlertne. % we. Code fASN D 1*9) (ASN 0-809) 3erol Frissacolor Black 935 0.00 6 0.00 0.02 6 0.02 3erol Frismasoler Wit 0.05 6 0.04 0.06 6 0.06 If you have any questions concerning these test results, please l contact me. 4 Stacerely, hd i Ralph W. loven. Fetactpal Scientist i Petroleue Freducts Researth Cert. I t Auftsetive Products & !sissions Res. yge SeRI F. C. ? # ' y, 3, f,% a s 3 ,/.'= i j r* apt
, g' ! .' ." . '.'.'e i '.' i e . i $ ' 'l e e s ..e ..e. ... . e i I
d I l I j c-1
I SOUTHWEST RESE ARCH INSTITUTE
.s.......e...............c.a......s.s.......,e....:.............................
Au gu s t 13, 1987 Mr. J.R. Wilson Quality Assurante Systems 6 Eastseering Southwest Research lastitute 6220 Culebra Road san Antente T2 78234 Dear Siri ne chemical analysis that you requested on one sample of Clycerine has been completed. De results are se followes Code tor 24AA Let d TA861201 ten +1 Ra, *2 sulfur, % wt. (ASDt D 129) 0.03 0.00 Chlorine, 1 ut. (ASTM D 808) 0.00 0.00 If you have any queetles concerning these test results, please contact me. Sincerely, j .. e/
;/ .f p .L .' 1: ew.*~
1 141ph W. Bowen. Principal $cteattet Petroleus Products Research Dept. l Automotive Freducts in t.atssions tes. I ygt CC: 5. Beller i 3W -
...4, 1 s. o. t r c 99 F. a. 3 7 4 4 2 i 103 2 N '/ 4 l
l t -
--u
. ~ . . ,s..:
1 * <-- .s. ... .. ..:.. ..e o . e,< s....e ..:s n...... .o.3 :r i 1 O j G-2 i
\
l 1
'wc eaeu. , - . :........ :.
a= =~ laternaHonal Tes1.,tn(> LgbaratoricS, lac. .._,,,4, m.,,+ -
-Q O ~m Ilioul0*f. . ,
Weishers, Samplers and Assafer: f 37s.se b M 7 stacet N c W A 4 4. N. J. e ti es I
. . . ~ m.u RETORT OF TEST
.No. 5*3146 CATI .7une 20, 19 3
- 4 Fre's Eche Ultrasound R.D. 4, Box 76
! Lewistown, Penn. 17044 Sample of : Sonotrace 43
!!arke d Ratch No. 3767 Spec. AST't.D.12D and D.80 8
- Purchas e Order No. 2*515.DAL Re s ult s : Halorens : 31.6 pan Sulehur : 3.2 ppn i I,d an correct. David 'i. Itoffman, do hereby certify that the above is true
, Sworn to and subscribed I before me this 29th da o f June ,1f v edt.
!=n P.. MG / T 1
I l Y /. ,: I
- 7. 3. I # Y D- !h.J:otsrv Public Coenis[
e'atires' August 13, 108
- ,:s 2458 T* Eche Ultrasound i
' Lewist own , Penn. I n as.>.:,,w ,t h INTUNATICNAL TUTING LAICKATCitti lNC.
. a.6.t.
.,= m. a .t j
+ - a. . =
6 .a . ..
- 6. w .... :.. ,i ,"
y ew e.e e-noe ma e es. se ne es, e enees. ee. e.s %(_ i' ,7-y sW ****** ,t vsstae. '4* i i l J G-3 l l
. .. . .. . _ . . . . , t .. , . .m. . . . . . . .. . .. e ; . _ . _ . e . . . . . , . _ . s .._
9 MXC-+AFLLC( .... sove- e y, im 70: Purer.u s Order Nc. We here:y certiff t'.at tee Mag.ett: Particle :.s;ectt:n Mat;rtal ty;e
! ,:
- 2 No. 1 3r t*/ P:wder , !ste No.
meets ce retairements cf ce f:0: wing specif!:st!:rJa A. A$MI !cdt; ed Pressee Yessel C de, Secti:n V,1980 Id!!!:n, ' Ner. destructive I.tamir.ati:n, with turn =er 1950 tar:usM WL.ter til: Addenda. l Pttspt;h T !!3 (a) and Arti:!e :5 u a;;1ica:Le. i
!. A$MI !ctlar ar.d Petssurt Vessel C;de, Secti:n V,19 33 Iditi:n, N:ndes: a::1ve LumL.ati:n, with Addenda, t.*rtuin W!nter,1943, <
Paraps;ns T-7:3,7 ?:!(t) and Arti:!e *$. j C. ASTM I 73 9-10, Partptprs 4.1, 6.2, at.d 4.3. D. N AVSIA *!3-1!O0-1, Rev.13 Jur.e 1873 and Rev.11. May ill:, I Putps;h 10.4.1.5. i I. M::.-t-18 631, :? I'e:ruary 1973 Partpt;ns 3.1, !.: ed 5.3. l P. '.11'.-3TO- ~'JC5HUS), AON-1,24 Cet::er 1180, Puset;h 4.:.l,4.0.:.3, I and 4.3.3.1. G. M1:.-3TO-271I(!E:75), N ?-1I, il Ju .e 1978, Partpt;h 4.0.0.0. H. M:'.-370-113:!3H',18 Jeuary, Illt, Parspt;n 4. .1.3 cc A;;cdL1 A. Pars p sgn 53.4.
#e fecer etettfy t'at els material dces ..ct c:r.ttin marrary u a :u : e.eme .t ar-d :
meera:/ tear..g etei; ment wu ' :ed in its etr.a!acturt.
!at:n num:ers a;; ear en la:e'.s of d c:ntainers.
2.n M AGN A.F!.7.*I C C E2 C KX ".C N ( p, n, i fl y r. C./ .. t
.3 /9/78 A. 5. it:tt:n - Xeaser. Gr.em1:2. 4.a 7 C;.ur:1 W. G. !;a..KeP.eM:p - 0 tt:::r :f b411:7 Ass rinea 7:rm Nc.1!45 A ?.-?/34 x.,:.. ...
O G-l.
r k
.*as .at.g ; n : f *r*. n .. t e.4., a ; ;3-Wu Y, ,;- . p; . H
- i;;;
k.[b% s hl 4% A O ates ,*.'a t iJ, tefJ Fercr.ase Cr:er No. Te Pere:y ter.i.fy e.at ce Magaetic Partc!e las;eci:n Material it;e Os. f a f 6 Mn . latch No. fJT"* meets t?.e rewirements of e.e !:1::at g s;eci!!:auens: A. ASME !ci!er ec Fremre Vesse! C:te, Sect.:n V, !!! 1:l t .n. Ncacentra:::ve Exa-inatien, =tt.9 Swrnt-er lit: : .r wgn TLater Af t: A cc enca, Parages:h T.713 (a) e: Art;c!e 23 at 4;plicat;e.
- 1. AS ME Sci;er a c Fitssure vesse! C:ce, f eM:s V, ;fi31:1 ::n, Ncacestr.ctve Exa-i .4:.:n, *!:n Accenca ..r:vgi T.ater, :133, Para grs: .s T.?:3. T.*:sta) ed Art.c.e 3.
C. AST M E 7:f.10, P tragts;ns 4.1, 6.0, a.9c 4.3. w . N. A. ... . , A .. .. .. ......... .,.
. . e v. , .. .._r
. .e i t , f . c. ar a g-a ...
. .. 4.
E. M t.:43621,:7 Fe:r.ar. ;f ?E, Ftrag?a:r.: !... f.: a c J.J. F. v 1.!TO.:7:d;!NF! . A N.;. :6 C::::er .5.; 'trag.1:Ps 4. .1. 4.2. .2. e c . 3.3.:.
- w. a..
. .I.. ... .....,.....
< . . . . . . . .,i .,. s. . . , . , ,I
. L re ,.... .,t..get..
M. V.."..?. ":.::3::!H . ( !a '.ar;', ;f11 F ?s( 2: ..:.:.2 e: A ;:e :'., . t , Farag-ags :.4 T e f ort er :tri. y eat :.ts -ater.t. ::e Pct c:nta. . er:.rf as a tas.: e.e et L* . . e r er/ t ea r'? 3 e t.!;
. e- *
- a s .s e : .9 .:s - a.n sf a ctort.
Sat:P. . .ters a:; ear :n ;a:ei: :: .., ::nts ers. 3,3g MA CN A T'.tiX 0 0." ? C FS"0 N p.~. ~
'..a -
! 4. i s P . 3. ? ?
? >F .d %
19 aj j j A. 4.1 . .:p . 5 13 t . e . a. s .a - ;;- :
..)
- r. 1.L . ss.: . . rect:r :: ;.a..t- 4:2.7t :e F r- N:.;lit F. .: :.
C-5
O R G FUJX
- ste, c. . :n.
TO: Pur:hase Crder No. We Pereby certify that the 'dagnetic P:rtie:e inspecti n Material type
. 2 : 2e1 ?-w$+? ,Ett:5N. !'P006 eats the requirements of tre f:'.:owing s;ee!ficat!:ns A. A5?:I !s4Ier ar.d P:ess"re Ves**1 Ccde, Sectica V,198 3 Editlen, Nendastructive In .tnat!:n, with $Jmmer 1933 thr ugh Winter ill: Addenda.
Parapa;h T-753 (2) ar.d Artie:e :$ u a;;Ucable. B. A!ME Seiler and Prestere Yessel C:de, Sect!:n V, til: Edit!:n. Nendestru:tive Inminattoa., with Ad enca thicugh Winter,1984, Parapa;ha T-T::, T-7:5(a) and Arti:le,:5. C. AST .! E 709-10, Ftrag a;hs 5.1, i.", and 8.2. D. N AY3IA :!;-!!301, Rev.10 Jer.e 1979 a.nd Rev.11. May 1983. Pa. apa;h la 4.1.6. E. MIL t-63 5 5 E. "? Tettuar'/197 6. Parag a;*.a 1.1, !. a?.d 1.3. P. M:1.-!TD-071I(!H:P5', ACN 1, 2 4 C"et::er 1310. Parapa;hs 4.*.I. 4.:.2.0, and 4.3.3.1. C. M:L-STD *!1E!!MIP!), ST?. II, il June 12*3, Parspa;h 4.0.*. . H. M:1.-$TO-:11*:!IO,18 January, If 31. Parapa;h 4.*.1.0 a..: A;;endix .. Parag/agn 10.4. We far*,3er cert!ff trat this mater:al d:es net etntain mert.ty as a tuie element ant no mer:;ry tear; g etat;?.e t was used in its ?.13wfacture. Eat:5 nu .:ers a;; ear :n late'J :f 22:< ::nta!ners.
't AGN ATLUX CORPO!!AT10N
/.
/
. rA'> << +- x ,
+
"al A. 5. Er;tt:n - Manager, quakty Cet t7:4 p, :. f*fQt u w. c. 3; agers,,:p . Oirecter of Quaut'/Assurance 7'I-} Ter?. N:.1 43 A R-1/15
- 9OE9A
. s. , , , ~
O G-6
O i\ r..;,
. ,./.a n\p p m . -
a:1 s.'.- ' : fs , . - .; .c Dates A::al 29, 1397 TO: Pur:hase Ctder Nc. We hara57 car.tify that the Marnet!: Patt!:!e Ms;ect!:n Material t'/;e loft Prerated Ea*5 . 3ste3 No, 8 = 51 meets the requirements of the f:11: wing r;e:1!!:st!cas: A. ASME Beller and Pressure Yessel C de, Sectica V,1988 Edit!:n, Nendestructive Txaminat!ca, Parapx;hs T 7:3, T-!*ia:) and Art!:le *3 is a;;1ica:!s. B. ASTM E 709-10 Parapa;hs 8.1, f.2, f.4, 6.4.2, 8.4.4.* and 6.4.3.1. C.11:.-STD-1349,1 August.13t!. Patars;hs 4.10.1, 4.13.1.2 and 4.10.* D. Mi STD-271I!3EIP!), NTR-12.18 June 1978, Parapa;h 4.3 *.3. I. ME-STD 213* A(!M).13 Septe'mset 1114, Parapa;h f.:.1.3, 8.*.:. , 6.2.2.4, t.*.:.3,(.:.2.5,andI.*:.7. ' P. The f'. ash ; lat of tae .ateria .'s over 200CT when tested by the Pe . sky '.: art,en's C;: sed Cup Method (ASTM D 13). C. Se veh!:le meets es requirements :f OCO-F !?f35, n Jacutty Itta a. C Ammer.dment *, :1 Ja .uary 1988. We ht*ter etitify '241 t*is material d:es not ::P.tain .er:2.y as a :ss:: e:ement : c r.:
. et: ty 3earir.g e;;;; ment vas used in its manufacture.
24t:P. numbers a;; ear cr.11:els :(tu k c ntainers ed en the 3cttom of ser:::t tant.
~ - ItACNATLUX CORPORATION i s.'.; o
- 7. *. _3 fd 9 [g
..a.3 m u
_o..- . h_M3
-g4 0 0 J '.t 'Ptam:ott;l dal;ty'0':
#"*"*7 ^**"'*"**
nit:1 Chamist'"*** ' T: m Nc. !!!!0 2 '.1? C-7
O uanarwxc m.. q ?; o Aest ,+ 3..,.e,4,..we Ca CW 'L P"*$ to ecNae 3T44? 4XC
. .... t u a +_Maia i
P4tstase Creet be. gnytMpetcheck Cleaner /Pe*sver y79,, SFCa$ Boten me. $*MC67 es herent setttfr that shee tested at the tsee of manuf attiere, the above satettant
- 1. meets the retuttesents of and has been tested for swifst sad nattgens asserstas tot (al A548 letter and Ptosaure Yesset Code. 1983 listian, section Y *sadestesttlee taastsatsen, tastu4 tag att Addenda tareven stater 1883 Addead.e. Patsgrapa f. ell sad Artiste to as applicaste.
(b) A!'e t le t t et see Pressure Yespot Cade, till (41510m, lettien V. Mendestrustnet taaetsatten. Paragrapa T.488 and Arttele la as appliaatte. (t) A3DI 8 145 08 Paragrapt f.1. . (4) 1AYstA 280 1884 1 (tee. 10 June lift and tee 11 way till) Persstaphs 12.8.1.1 sad 11.8.1.1.1. (e) m!L.f?3.l?tt. (31 ottener 1973) and Act.1 (14 04teter 1984). Paragrapt 8.3.1. (f) 41L.!?3.!?tt. 271 13. Jeae 14. 1978 Patagtsph l.3. (t) 4!L.ft3.It32 (SN). 16 January. till, tarsstapts 3.1.3. 9.1.3 sad 8.1.4 et 5.1.8 and Appent&s 8. Patsgrapa 30. (t) (*t Standard 73 47 var ll'a ese catster 1999 tastuttag Assassents 1 (a.e.'t) tad 4 (l.f f 63. Arttele 6. Petsgropa t 35.
'(4) Generst 11estets P.f. 9344, tee. (2 11 401 Paragrapas 2.3 sad 2.a.
Be felle. tag test tesents sete estatsed: NA NA l.tfett st. I of restise. Palstent vt. 4 of restive Cleaner testese (see mete 3) 0 *?l4 _ g/tt33 0 *?ll g/ lit al.
- 2. ne fartner <eritt, stat taas estettat same tot aantata eersvry as a testa etenett, and as ser:4tv teorie r g-t- -
see sa its aanvisstate. I gel! . utAsaAJLl1 Citt: tat!:4
,, n, W/C43, _
F.3._ I # I e
**3 *34 7 } -
t. u.
- 4. it.ita 4 tater. .....t.
Planeettt! . C441str tattral Osanat ca n.t au e v '11: 1. Cwt latet awstet appears en the lottaa of all spret contanaers sai en see latet of att einer sentassets. I . ans e t spectittatssas retutto test res4lts stated la perseet not esse reestre parts per es11taa ,pha). To asavert "persent" flg.res to aparts per st116en* este the dettaal fewt plases to one Pt
- 3. uvs ta :3 3 13 4 e.g . wit.st . :* t , w t .' . 4t.j a t ..;133. att p3 47 ans (Set testies f all tesstre tMat estettate to s.s?ett to a itssesare to evesorate off estattle esivents lefste easivets for evifwr and salate9. 44:statsa to tasse stestitsstness, star taase restases tagnet t*an 3.446 3,144 3 saa11 to anstraea ter estist saa taastes. .'4.et restewee stsll to resettes.
- a. De stove cett tf acas ten stree tse resu;te attainst at sie stas of eas4facture, att an. 4se es e alter 15e presorties af amt estert 1 part 4. 1548 4..,8*
O G-8
i V
.s v..s... .
'::' . . ve.u s . . .
. =,.....r. -
w *
- Q j' g ro *iv MM. ILlJ', A _
.. :. :u-p r sate :rset ve. _
g .;, ,. m ; ; t : .".e : 4 4 ve l:; e.* m. , 30-2 3. a n., !*T'.*
*e 9erse, settsfr that enen tested at tne tase of assefa:14te. the ansve satettati
- 1. weets tne reestfeeents of sad has test testes for avifat and telegens asserdlag tai
.a) alwt lentet and Ptosa4te Testes sse.1913 littien, lett .an V. senseettwstive Isa8&aattee. Latisansg all Aadeaas 14tshga stater 1843 AsseAdes, lafagraps I.$II sta Attnale la as appltasele, m .as : i.itet a.4 trese.te resist case, line inne.. se'iue. v. =caseeirousee 8asetaattaa. Patsgespa f.4:1 sad Attaats is as appntasene.
(s) alfN 3 186 44 Paragrapt f.1. (4) Mart 1A !!3 1823 1 (let. 18 June ll'8 sad toe,11 war 1983) Paragtstaa 12.8.L.1 and 12.8.1.1.1. . (e) u11872.!?13. (In catste) 18'3) and AD.1 ( a tuatet 1318). Parastapa 1.3.1 (f) 4!L.573.!?tt, wit.tt. Jane to.1871. Paragtsph 1.3. (g) 4!L.I't.!!!! (81:1.16 Jonesty.1861. Patastapas I.1.2. l 1.3 and 8.1.4 at 5.1.3 and appensts 8. Paragrapa 14. I th) 1 t standart 73 67. *av tita and case.eet ts't tat tsstag Aaenteesta 1 (a.4.*t) at.4 I 4 i .6.tel. Artt:4e 6. Patsgrapa ?.33. (.' 3enerat liestrts 7.3 ital, tee. 2 (;.11 43) Parig.asse :.3 ast 2.4..
;te falas ts: test resette eere ottatset:
3.;fati C.0*31 et..t af teettve. Ma; stear I.' T et, t of resia.e
!.eanst resseve (see Mete 3) M (11:04 8 134 41. ; se ftees.r ert?et settif, s. tat.tnte satet. tat ises set inntats tottar* as a tasta elesett. ens as a* mtas 2 *1 .a 6 t a asut ast ere.
l'M unmet c:arteat::= '
- 1. 3. 3 f( * ' g :.
1.1. ] I Y Y L O b *). lg". Y
. . .**. .***. .. . . t u e r o .g O -p #* A. a..n..a 4 user i
.3
== d'
- 1. fissaattii . ;.4.ste :sttret D et6st
*?'?l; 1. 0.e totas e.eset speests on the nestes of all estar tastatsers ama en ste : stet af an1 ottet astiainera, l =est steetinsatnete resette test resvite stated ta poteene but sees reestre parta per estians (frui. to esmeart pettesta ingsres ta parts per a4414aa*
esve tse aest'an four plates ta *** Fijat. T gli
- 3. taV1La tesv6te tsat ;13.;1481.
estettats =ltas!!b;'t.e. ses, st*!Lto 87..;;33. R:ttopl.at a ptsees.te asi Alvt essestate of lett hat f estante l i esteetts tef ore sta tesia f ar sulfur ama taletet. 4:ssrette te stese J seesti.est6sts, star tRese testaves %agner tsan 4.a36 4ttil 3 sta&& se snaietog i ist selfar and ta ba gs% kaset reendees aesti to resettes. I tte reevnte estatnea Lie taso af sandfaatwre.
- a. t%e ige 44. aeve.se se.tt.aissan a stiet its tespra 36ees,ernes af any seieri.at .
l
'stt sa ;!49 t.; l' G-9
O
.. .r... _ _ .e .. ..e.. . a .e. e = .. s. _ , md ee e - e , . , ,. . , _ .
- ste Ceeee:er 25. 19 9
.iu
,,. (*#Se?
' 7. ?. .l Z..$ IN Purtaase ceder se. }.3
.- M 10 5 5 C _ _
g: 3;ct che ck Fenetrar.t , 77,e S C .KF/3 , sates s4 !atg e to Dorsey tarttir t&at ines tested at the tLae af saaufsstue, t2e above satorials L. Meen tae retstressats of and taa tua tested ler sause and halogets tasarttag ts: (a) ADG Retter and Ptssaare Tessel Cade.1880 taittes, letties T. Nesdestrusttre I= ==i ==tt es, et ta 8 aener 18 48 tirsett s tater 18 41 A444sta, Para gTsy t i.444, &&4 Arits4e le u ayytitaste. ()) ADG letler and Pteessee fosset Cade. 1943 Itities sectiss T. Nestestructive Laamisattes, tasladtag all A44ssaa tartuga stater tja3 Aatastna. Paragrapa f.413 asa Artiale 16 as arptitants. (s) A3ts 5 168 44, Paragrapt f.1. (d) 1115T3 87U, (n Ceteter 1971) and Act.1 (In Cetsur,ule) Farattspa 3.3.1. (e) ca.tT3 lf u , NT1.LI, *m e 18, 1871 Farserspa 3.3. 5 (f) xn.!?3.!MI (Tal. to .*assarv. 1841, ptragra;ts 3.1.3, 8.1.3 u d 5.1.4 at 5.1.1 l taa Aryeasia 8, Paragrsta 34. (g) 1.37 Studart F147. war 19?a and Octater 13f t taaladiat Asassaests 1 (a.4.fl] sad I (19.f t) A.rtis;e 4. Paragrsta f el4. Tae fellentas test reselts were entaiaed:
'O et. 1 of reattaa 141Jur a 0.011S wt. t of testtaa. Esisgest VA
' NA g/ U 4 si .
nesset reentes (see sets 3) _ g/ttet,
- 3. nets tse retstrements of 411.t.13U8 (Anescaest 3 sad latetta Aseatnest al.
- 3. Sus tot erstata eercar* u a taste elseest. sad se serrary teartag egaarnest as ased La its saassastate. ,,
MA.tltATL::2 c:1Mt.tntz }
. 4&M e . .. s..aa s ua.a . .s t es t a r a s ..a.. u a s .s aa4 e A. 8. listtsa . maaster. *.2esassi ;ealary taatts&
C 1. *st netta E6aser stieste sa tae nettaa ti 41.1 spfly asstataets sat sa tse Laset sf 441 ettet sestaLaers.
- 2. me s t etectinsattsaa reestre test resalta state 4 La fettsat ><t sese reestts ports pet sta;4es (77%). to soneert 7ertest* #ararse is 7 arts per atuaan* save tie test.za; leur gian s is tse essas I . tn . f*T, . !? t . 411 8T3. !M I, C? 13 4 . saa a& & 4ettsas 7 all tu stro 1348 satartals se eva'ut is a prosesere ta oestertie.sif ee4astle sekeests leiste saalttas Ist sa; Jar nas asis ges. assattug to uese stettilsattsaa. stat tasse resttues tastet tasa 4.348 3,L;4 g small to I sas;*tes ter saltar tas taistes. .n er rests.es saail se report u. I 4 as ase.e asttsstaattaa g6ves t4e ressats senatasa as tse tLas si i taasstat.re. .ge saa .s e aar 44t er tte f triotts ee si tat as s e rt at.
Pers No.1344 . tee. 8,14
.G ,a<e....,,
O1 0-10
1 es , 2 SOUTH W ES1 R ESE A RC H INSTITL TE i
...e ....a. .........i. .,ee.v,........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . ...,.... ....
t Calibration Record ITEM Jaytem- N i n ? .za. t SOL RCE Jiv i? MODEL .31ti6 5. N M a " s" sw Rt No C2I PLLGl%1.ETC. Prdaf C 3 j IARIK3 TOLER ANCE WeMa 1*F e' ='=ad=*4 'a44rati^* s STANDARDS Stanf ard No MFOR %f(siet Dwrtien 5N Cat Due Cal Ree %s Tayler (19' M" ne rweetet (J/nN > "e // 4 J' i/ J. or i Ta s t et (11 111") F e mee t t e & f.')1D W 3 *].f C2 J7 EN\lRONMENT: Temretaiure O ga A ll 7""~ Hveren I # I4 t Location lif'. II+ h t f a P tc<f Dt a t tiiencia'ty at eutt.ned in MFC R S ?e*uce \taaast 3 ht? LitAL.haJt:LL.C;ttar a t Pugataan rit. Mil,.iti CONCLUS10%
"' liem eith.a tolerance No adjesiment est mestisry.
O ties ADJ repaireJ io tele +a* e 3 't en within lis11s o f alhtJItillate , a tt_itiLitee t CaLtration was in uceed =iin trausercenti of MIL STD49e40. MIL 4*f 58 and MIL Catt:s Mea-seremente are t'a:eate is the Nainoaal tertav o'liandards. tripect.on and test data s't ca 61e ana esa.'at'e foe 6airect:em *
. . ~ . ,.
1:CNED " "' I '** " -
, , , , D ATE /C7 *> fM RECCEDNLM9tt
~~~
NE \T C ALitt 4 TION D( t #MM G-11
SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE .sscer No. ' -or i ssccis' -- O DATA SHEET noscer N N 4 n>* SUBJcCT of4 s/n Aso M o ninn- '""
- 17 DATc ey (I~ 3#/ II
/ M '~ - !
m .4-~,a_, .,u-s u s.nrsr-. m m u e ,-,, a. , ,,..-, .,. , . ,, b ! _._ Che ck e d only en hi gh. .r. a.n le. .a.t. pe tis t s ind .
-- i_c a t ed b_e.le_v. .i- - _ '. . _ . . . . _ , . _.
- - . . . . . . _ ..A__. . . _ - _ . . . . _ . . _ . . -
$366(a Quicketes3 _ - - Sl oad a rd _. _ ,_ _ .. , , , ,
! , Reedter ; indteatten
- - - - _ - - _ . - . -- - . _ ~ _ .. . . . . . .
97'i I _ . '/S_g */
... - J . - . ld'.*l '
..) W0*f . . . , .
.._....a
/ L* */ . /1/,8 */
i _. . !adteatten at.Ro+e Temperatete after I h9ur.3tabilisation periodt. , , _ _ . . . I Daytom % tch Temp stamdate , M 1'*/* ~7 2.1 */ I i I i I _e - A
-wT "w .
e e m
*:.4
. . _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ . ._ . J l
G-12
n
\
/
%d SOUTHWEST RESE ARCH INSTITUTE
,e..... .... ......e ..,.ee....... ......e........ ,..... ....
Calibration Record igy Amtrebe. Fastese got,'a ct ,,jt, it bODEL T*1?O S/N D / ? "' $w Rt No. /h' i PL to tNS, ETC. Prebe d /D N TOLERANCE WWW T'r 87 8 '**44 D m 4' e * " d d
$7 AN D A R DS sisw re Ne urct uwei Dunriio. s, N cai oue c i nu No Ta s t er MMr> ne r,e.e t e r 23rrri.t .:-st 19 e2/97 Tas t ert fHilt**)n e r,m t e r uomi <'- s - H e s.n Y 7 i
ENYtRONMENT: Temperature N H 4mdiiv L6%
- fem A r/
% Locatwa -
1138- 48 IEIf k 10ctDUtt
- Emsnau, a . wines in Mrc Rs seme u nosi l3 ht! Muelaar Pesinet a e-eenet** Penes #uca t?t.a . tee.1 con et t t oN l'l Itco etnam telersace. No ad;ustment =as necessary. I O ltem ADJ/revawed to tolerswe 3 Ites within lisite of abeve erscedure, see data n'eet.
Ca4ratsoe oss la sceerd eith requirements of MIL.5TDd!641. MIL-Q-98!8 see MIL <4! ;l M rs. surements tre tracestee to the Natwaal Bureau of Standards laspection and test 4,ta are on fue and aiaJatte for erwies. - ,.
$1CN E D
** # ' V""
nryg s' *< .<>
' *~
0- ' P' RICORD NUMBER: % EXT CALIBR AT!ON DL 1. C s L G-13
SOUTHWEST RESIARCH INSTITUTE SHEET NO, 1 CF 1 $HECTS DATA SHEET p aon.cr calorno,
~~ '
SUSJECT *
- t h e ni" e f '- r-n- *"a OATE
/* ' -
feet.., p '= W e 71
. m. ,;e SY
' Ld
. , m~
! l '
l I l t Chtakti hi&Liattt_4L lall.twL31Jetatsi i i i l i ' i' i NIG i , , i 1 3 t 4 AM ' i l ,
~ 5 4 tat. Reaf pn ..
i , i ' c a. / , ,
-f.v V '
, +Ja-. y' , i 9 3, ~ i i ,
'] 1. h f i I f ! i / # 4. V '/- i t i I
l t t j j i , e l
- t . _ .
/
.._ . . _ .. ._ v' .
4 j
. -/
. , . . 7 .. . . . .
.6
";f -
, , . _ . - - . _p i . e . \
.* s i 1
[ vv i e _ i
.Jaettatist.at toss _tesseratutt af ter 1 havr stantitaattaa rettedi . . _
_suso, seene, -- .... ---. ._-. -- . . l
\
w,- 1 <tx ? i e ,
' - M , _. ._L___._._-. . . - .. __ .
I i 3' , m e g \ h
, y . - -_ _ _ ..-. _ , . _ _ _ _.. .. .,- . . _ . .
! .IZ< , s I i l
< o l _
. _ . --_.-,- ,-.-- . . . . - - - _- ..-. - - - - _ - 1 I
1 4 l l I 1
- - - . . - , . - ~ .. . -- - - - - - -. -. . . . .
W, . e aw+ e-4 , h aem-eq-l 1 I 1 G-14 1
tn) 2; i SOUTHWEST RESE ARCH INSTITUTE e , .. e . .. . . . . e .e eee.......e.. ..............e.. ..... .... Calibration Record
,m, u ,,e e. r..tes. ,0c,C. ei. 1, WCDEL f*t10 $/N 5#0#76 5% R1 NO. /73 I PLLuths. ETC. frete # /33 M TOLERANC3_ W W W 18f af 9 PM44D #W J' e e 'f d V
$TA%DARDS tt.M.rd No MFCR MMa4 pesception SeN Cat Due Cat See %e Ester M.Wo Tserwmeter ti r crit,.
J'-// / 9 eJ/9f Tesler(N{$t*') Thermometer t. * *2 911 Y*1 ff ODAYT ENYlRONMENT; Temperstere . Husnety I Lecouen A .- - Blan tatt PR Of*f M'8 E C E.nenus37 as euthaed to MFCRS Senwe Maneal C3 Juti.ruetear tra jagia eta ra n t ne P us s- ??t.A!.tet.1 'l CONC 1 (S ton O liase enke worsace. No adjustment ets seconary. O ltese ADJeterseedis tehesase I (3_ lten witste tisite of aveve steenture, sie data stene. CAMr. nae saa is eaerd out totueements of MIL STD4f M2. MIL 4H!I sad MIL 445304 Mee-sangesets 6re itseestw to the Notema15.rese of Stentarsa, lassertee and essa esa are se rae one sitJaew let 5%3a. SichED - Daft #* I oy37/ BICotD NVM 38 R: NEXT CAL 15 R AYtON D1. E: #* II I I i I G-15
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE sstri No. i or i ssccis DATA SHEET PRoster ea t o"u r suester cin"n""--+"- out 'm " Festest fM J47' ht? e # 7? $Y "Ce - -.- D.S C t Sh Z aD4t_8 L..i t 12 11k31110s.
; i I i i i I'13J l i i l j l ~3IUderd , , j l 1 i
- N4 6* t + '
14444*a . l] i i i i I ,
! I '
l ! * *f #f s i ! I e#e__f -[ > l
~
i f) y M , i i l I f i f e.F J f*~ l . I i i j i.g of 8 . 'iiI . ? k k J , L' [l I
. _. ..,._!.., ._ i. . - - ... 4 I l ' I 1 l
- . ..I l
... ~#
1 . _ . . . . . . . . _ . . . . I i _ . _ . . . . _ . _ . i _Itattstles.st tan _tesseraturt.a f tet_1. test.at an ttisse tte .p rie0 . . _ _ _. ..
~~~ ~ ~' ~~ '-
'"*Y.1]$ 5tandati
.._2..u .1 8"*'*t- --- - ---- --- -- --
-n .a p RE, M. i "
*s 9
-e. - - . so. e. . _ . - - . -
..A. _e .- - - - . . . . . - . .,. .. ... - - _ , . ~ .
.- -,-...-e..w... ., - . - . - . . . _ . .
i i
, i i ,
1 I I l
...i~ -- . .__ .- - _ .
i i I
+ , ,_ - -- .-.
w e e._ _- ...-w- _== . - -6 _ , .
.. 4 m_ m-. .m- , - = . . .. e ,.. ,, .
- ,. .. . m:.4 6 .N_ **N WN wr .-.
-e._ . -
O C-16
o SOUTHWEST RESE ARCH INSTITUTE
.e......c......... . . ........ ......e........... ....... ....
Calibration Record
,Tt u u ,,s,.. r.. .e. soc,et me i, woogt t.190 gf3 8fd468 gg 3 No. /C f PLUC INS, ETC. Praha 8 #5I
, m ToLERANc3 w m sw f or er s teww D se s se n d ,
1 sT A%ea e ns staware No Mrca uadee onenr< ea seu cal Dve _Cetsee %o Tasler M Wo nerocoeter &1r crt e,. :-!/ /i e J / 9 7_ Tsi\ ttifE NL**)T%e rscoo t e r t= 9 92921 Y*S*ff 02.3/7 7Y ENVIRONMENT; Temperervre
, '[#tida_
Y el_ fnaf H em4ity Locataos _.m 1 P 9 0Cf Dt 'R f C E.saestmJy as evthned n MFCR$ Sense Manual 3 _ twt 1 1ruelant traigtga *earanten p, ,asu. T??.i . tat.1 C04010110% C lies ownin tolersace. Poe a41sstteet eM accsuary 0 he:e ADJ/repstod to tolersese 3 Ites withis liette of abeve erecedure nee dat&_3htet. Cptesuoe oss n scserd eith retsarements of MIL,$TD45442, MIL 49tfi 44 MIL C4?200 Mes. streseets are trace.tle to the hateaal Butse of Sientarea. Instettaea su test gata are es fw S4 e,edala fee utspecues. A /- m9
$1GhID l-*#L- # * ' W " 5* -+ --
,, y ,, ,
D ATI lb 0* I NO RECO R D h(M 3t R: ht\TCAll3 RATION DVE!fM Y 'l 5 5
?
G-17
O SOUTHWEST RESEARCH INSTITUTE SHEET N0._.L_0r t SHEETS DATA SHEET n osteT cai n " u - SUBJECT calibuti" d Am n e - '1" OATE b 7\ 4 ?
- _Festem, 9/w 4 4'd M J~ het 4 / f 5~ gy A/i f,% . _, . -
=p m v.-. - - . .
7 i i i, l .
.l i I .i ! . ! I i I j l l l 4. [ l. 6 i '
i D A d a l.h t sLr tatt a L.fillsulat_ stint t i - _ . . . . i . ! ! , I i l 1 ! t i l i'ii i
* ~ - ' ~ ~ ~ ~
t I'$ i t t l 1 l } l ITe nda r d l ; , j i ;
- 8 44(na : I.edtsa 1 I I. I. .l i . I i- I , ! i
! i 1 4 i
; yy v i i i ! i i ; yS'0'r ! ! !
l l ! fo/ */ I i i !6 i i A; 7, d f. . - I l ) ' _4- .___. i P_L_P i .! !I .- I-! 1 ! /IA f er
~ !>i+i .
_. { l l_ I - I _t l I k f I f
. _; _ u t ;,
- I I . .__ .. _ . __ . . . . . . - . . .
i . _ . . _.. _ __ _._ _ ._ __ . _ . . .
. . . _ _ j l
I - i i
' . i +
,i t t i i , ! 4 j i t t t , 1 i i i e i
.+ - _ - - . . ,
! ._1autaties,stiten.tentrature stter_t heur etaultaatten perted .
, s I i
, ,y .
.; ,g.g _
i s. 46., n. 4 ten _ g 4 W% M+4 m m D+e i i. l _. i__. . _ _ _ _ _ _ - . . _. I I ! 6 I I
; l 1
' l l j l i ! ' ' ! ! l
+ l i 1 l
+
, i l l ! i , i i I I
! l l I I
} l l 4 e i j -: _ . .=-. ... .
y
, , i e i i ' -
i . i n . w_ Y - . l I I l 1 M.4
' ' i ! (
i I i
-~ - . _ .
l 1 0 G-1S 1
LILTAAV1OLET MAOIOMETER
.. u ua s-.a. .. m a a s u :2:.~-~** m.ww u . r.%=.: .
TEST REPORT NUMBER: 673621 CATEe CCTCBER 26s 1967 INStauPENT Uvp J-221e S/N 26059 (NSTRUMENT C'NE4e. 5641 r ~ ~ u - _ ~m e n-n,..,,n.,n,.m m m w a m _p=a m1yna w
SUMMARY
CF INSTRUMENT P'E A S U R E ME NT S
?twatsa?.8g. 7 r, =g=!:!Tri 3:s 5?AN:as: =t?ta ys:ta ttET wt te LN:ts 'tI?
IN8ta."TNT 8 8 t a: A-.11eatt:N A. ss4*!:s 8EAIN3 4ta:!N3 8EA:!N3
.........................................en..................................
30: A m:0
?:: a 1.:::
1.::: a 1 ;;** 1 1*: I 1 6:*
..*;* I 5 l....
... 8 6. :.
6.... :.
- 3:
- 31:
1,1:: 4 ; 10: 1.;;* 4 = ;+;;; 5.::: 8 45 N 'ti '.N1' :P
- tat.st"t%? 1N 4.. *45t5 15 =l:8*.A'*5 / 5 .A81 ES' *t?ta
*. :' t 3 30.s: ON ca.it44';;N 15 e:: mt:se.at's e 5;.48E ts';"I't8
'.esta 3:,s: es A.; man'::s ;g e::: =1:s!.A'?5 / 5;.Aat :ts';"C'ta 5?ANOA8 .ft:i Ist:ts:,:sg *5E.t::a. 5/N 364.tr3..**
tNE5 'El' *<.*tt85 03:. L 311:*i av mt wamm~ mxrauswa x:.~r:.u rr.a.: c u.L ;=2at a. 2%was 1- .a G-19
O' A I P e 1 N C. 8: I t:!e , cf *3. 't AN l*:3' 1;; !'6: cr.:cu n- e m m c.s m .r r. w --a c m = t. m. --: "i u t _ _;_:nu.._. ,. _i EVALUAT!CN OF PERF(s?aNCE CHAeACTEe!ST!C3 CF AN ULTeAv!OLET eA0!CPETEe f STATEMENT OF CERTIFICATICN t
'4 Xtil.N' 8ttE4 *J(I 3*';D '4' '4 ;4'tXs'
%!:1.!!: =4. 44 ;*I 8tp:t*K! t. Apt: C; t:;% ': *,!
80218tl it' (;7e l' '4 %UK'.#ta '4 stat: tug
'84'tI:l*;;I 7 M it!'8Xst XI:1.M at LP=4;;r: 4<
2'4 ?.1: :n '4 '1..?.;'4 '!*:t'. ;g Mt' :45.Il & MUR'.Fil i It::/rNf 4..Mg' 8extN6( :J a Li'an.1 Ll!*l'.'! .: 4.1 litt 8tF:81: 8t::J 'l us. ;4';;4 :# ?4 28*;';;a';> MXO st '4 It::X'It :ts:t;lt: ;l l' t.!:**>::L' a:At*:T. '4 N*t.sigg? *: sig ,; .'N.Sta t'
;n ;tt :p
*d' y ?4 'tw!?tt l'ecAF la*;n Is. ><'n'ts, :st.;;;i i g M41.;'. IN:t I g N '. *4 (1;8*s '.t!: :s '..I
;!I'J;:A*;> 88:CI181 ;l !1624,1 *: *4 W::w LetA ;r l*WM:s fi'. 2180.:2: 4rt:s att ;g a::: :g1,F. : f 2A;*'
olksWI **;;34' W ',8t' :t- 18 use,C :n V **A<il =4 t !!Is *A:t ** '4 ts:*ste I;gt '.a* :4!
**;I *!I'.8;;a';) 8t't*!<!! *:s n'.tt.
w--,nn r m rww.~ ;n.c - ~.c=-~-- m .a-
~ ~~ ~ v.t = n V l CEeTIFICAT!CN CFFl:Een CE4TIFICATICN CATE OCTCEEe C6. 1967
'/V7iAJJ/
<I
- Ex*!GATICN CATE. Ame[L C e, , 19ee EEpoet NLMBEG* $736C1 '
I f L G-20
i SvRI F. C TTIC PAATIC'I 7Z:CET CAI.:3RATICN 3LOCX MCLETTID CZ2717ICATICS/VIIGHT VD.171CA* CN T5e following =ag=ette particle O'?) weight calibratics bicek.: vere f abricated by tvAl per drav1=g 3-70198 3. The 1977 E11 tion of Section 7 Article 7 Faragraph T-732-3 of the AIXE Ecuer a:d Preseu a veseal Code require alternat17e current electresag:.stic yokes de= castrate a ini=:= liftiss power at the a.z1= ::a pole spacing of 10-pevnds (4.5 kg) d d The foucving weight blocks were fabricated to weigh 1-poud in exceae of the Code requireme=t. This is a veri:1ca*1cn that the veights were ca.lculated by accurately naasuring the bloc.ks (eas attached di:mensional eheet) and calculating the cubic inches for each block and cultiplyiss by (.28333) voight per cubic inch for eteel. This is a verification that the MF veight eslibration blocks also meet the intest of the Code require-ment by asceeding the 10-pounds minimma veight. Block ID No. Calculated Veithe Wiithe Stam ed on 31ock 3-70198-10 n.313 u.3 3-70195-1.1/ 11.326 n.3 3-70195-12 n.321 n.3 3-70198-13 U.317 11.3 3-70198-14 U.325 U.3 3-7019 8-u u.318 11.3 3-70198-16 U.313 U.3 3-70195-17 11.312 11.3 3-70198-18 n.318 n.3 3-73198-19 u.311 n.3 3-70198-20 n.323 11.3 3-70198-21 n.312 11.3 3-70195-22 j u.327 11.3 5-70198-13 7 11.3 , 11.322 1 3-70193-24 11.329 U.3 l 3-70198-23 u.327 U.3 I / I l Prepared by: s Jl/ Robert L. Edvard.s 14 search Essiseer 14 viewed by: ,# 8 : bbert E. Esgelh
? [
.jp p/j /
?.asa ge r o f Quali,ard t ty Assuri..te l
1 i l l l l 1 G-21 l l i
l l l l A0".ACEMU T l l 01 ansional Rasults - Oraving 3-70198 3 (.TR #12:56) l C No . Thick =ess 'fidth
. Lae rth 3-70198-10 1.2475 3.9960 8.019 I 3-70198- 11 / 1.2473 3.9963 8.019 l 3-70195-12 1.2468 3.9968 8.0 19 3-70198-13 1.2465 3.9961 8.019 l 3-70198-14 1.2475 3.9961 8.019 3-70198-15 1.2465 3.9962 8.019 3-70198-16 1.2462 3.9962 8.019 5-70198-17 1.2471 3.9960 8.0 19 3-70198-18 1.2465 3.9962 8.019 3-70 198-15 1.2475 3.9985 8.004 3-70198-20 1.2470 3.9966 8.019 8-70198-21 1.2468 3.9969 8.0 19 3-70 198-22 1.2475 3.9963 8.0 19 3-70198-23 / 1.2470 3.9962 8.019 3-70195-24 1.2478 3.9960 8.0 19 3-70198-15 1.2476 3.9961 8.019 NOTZ Di=m siets ara is inchas l
4 9 C-22
1 l l l i I
~J .
l S O U TH WE ST RESEARCH IN STITUTE INS #E CTICN JNO TEST R E SWT3 l
- =4='=o ww as e ' .ca auwsst =2. ca r t . asa r evi.e s * / *aa r =4.s A* 7 C/ 9f A /22 /t f = /f* f/ f// A 7 h teen Jr1 Y treg G7 14 8786 7 C 4 04 FEKT #EAFCA W(J e D/ 4 L A/ ff n AM La
~
.aset:f ca / f ast starts.(arraca ca ra saurs as muusaar j mumetA 0F AAflChis msPECTED GA g46aangA CF CCNFCasse am r&d 'u*80 CF astagJ a t.a C+13
/$ l /$ C mafWE OF CCFECTs CS8 tav10 e YdW$
O l V o . .. .u,, . . . . . .e u r.. . . l l _I A,u,. ,,,,...u ,,. . . . .\A . . , .,/, r- .:.,. n- o s ees es s e es.., 1 i 1 i l C-23 l
I l SOUTH WEST R ES E A RC H INSTITUTE
.*g,gs g .33, s a g* ge s Cl S e awg e ;gs': . 4::: Co.g g e a a g a g . g a g a n,, gg o e s s a s .3 a *g:ge . g.3 g as.g .
h.e. ** a s s e s=41 g
- 3*gwp . g , g, g.7,, gy . gg:s gg* a
- 843 =138**4 3 139 og,g s q=g3 %,g gs. s s s
- i.e::. .. .c.:
August 31. 198 MT '4E Cil! CERTIFICATE This is to verify that the weight staeped on the MT calibratien bleek(s) is the veight of the block be f ore the handle wa s added. Therfore, the total weight of the block is greater than the weight stamped on it which is greate r than ten pounds. I r. x n.... A - + A 3ruce.Mabrito, Manager Quality' Assurance [ P l W.. W pa (B
.l, aa s e. .i ......s.
,....,e...........l...............,,
ww' G-24 l 1 l i
S OUTHWEST RESEARCH lNSTITUTE
- s. .
CERTIFICATION OF CAllBR ATION CF
- ELECTRCMAGNETlO PARTICLE PROB 2S THIS 18 TO VCRIPT THAT TMC EL ECTRCMAGNETIC PARTICLE PROBES LISTED SCLOW MAvt SEEN CAL 184 ATED IN ACCCRD ANCE WITH SoyTMwJST RESE A CH INSTITUTE NUCLEAR PRO CCTS OPERATING PROCEDURE ///-#P - // -d .
. M00 EL AND '.;rtl AL NUMBER DATE C ALIBR ATED BY nC4Las AAL uA ora-n n k r? Ade-,- /
/- /
O bMHi P QM id # Wad 4*Q G-25
i l O l
, southwest RESEARCH INSTITUTE CERTIFICATION OF CAllBR ATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC P ARTICLE PROBES ,
THis is TO VERtPY THAT THE EL ECTRCM AGNETIC PARTICL E PRCBES LISTED SELOW l MAVE SE EN CALIBRATED IN ACCCRO ANCE W!TH SOUfM NUCLEAR PROJECTS OPERATING PROCEDURE V// }w M SJ RESE ARCH IN6TITUTE d'-//4-"6 . MODEL AND SERIAL NUMBER DATE OAllBR ATED BY .
/ 1 SY $5+ $Wb/kbb b lfE=l~ll /$4 8] /YYj mW!
g O e 4 W it t PWMW #W=&4=Q e O C-26
N. v . i S ouTHwEST RESE ARCH lNSTITUTE C ER TIFIC ATIO N OF CAUBR ATION OF ELECTROMAGNE TIC PARTICLE PROBE! fMis is to visipy inat Twt (LICTRCua04tTIC PARTICLt PR Ctt3 LISTED REL0w Mavt 881N Call 5Matta IN ACCORC ANCE WITH SOUfMWEST RCSC ARCH t%S?tTVTE NWCLtAR PROJECTS CPERaf tNO P40Ct0VRE V//"##-//d-C . MODEL AND SERI AL NUMBER DATE CALIBR ATE 3 BY j Nb! l & bE bl* Yt &n b ldl
- l~/2. NZl. h? f)f dwf O
l l -
. . . .... ~.(...
C-27
O I i THIS PAGE DiTINTIONALLY LETT Slut < , O I l i G: , I G-28
i q SONIC FTS MARK I FLAW OETECTOR CALIBRATION I OPERATIONAL CHECKLI ST FOR SONIC FTS MK ! No.
' M!-
REFERENCE- P ROCEDt#tE
- M"db b , A L I G N M E N T OF SONIC FTS MARK I FL AW DETECTOR
- l. CUR RE NT ORAIN E ') MA.
- 2. AMPLITUDE LINE ARITY
,! % FSH
- 3. C AllBRATIO N OF GAIN ( C0 ARSE ) O l 4. CAllBR A TION OF GAIN 08 ( FINE ) 0 S. HORIZONTAL LINE ARIT Y !'/e FSW
- 6. CHECKS OF POT 3 AND SWITCHES :
FREQUENCY M HZ REJECT RANGE d CELAY POT. FILTER MAT L , CAL, O REP, RATE # DELAY SW. 'W I VCEO SW. THR U T R A NS - NOR M . DAMPING DEC. #!A 6 DB SWITCH # I4 0 8 SWITCH A/
- 7. LOW BATTERY LIGHT ADJUOTNENT :
i ( JUST ON AT 10 .73 VOLTS) - E CERTIFICATICH i ALIGNMENT PERFORMED SY : # -i^ .% !' / _ y ( SIG N A TURE-F v -- ' h ///*ND'/W: / / /,' ,! ( CATE ) seen eens es.n.a G-29
A k h 5 Y o Y
% s I.> * [4D N S Vi O Q \
'O l 4 % t
- t i N .
D N I.NQ k) h fB k, w f[k o T'I, o N.
-.- > > I e t -
a: d a 4 g e e y 8 a 8 o W a , y e u 3 e i + + g d v o g E 2 o $ $ 0 v - w a 2 0 5 C 2 N
- U H o' N
N C J g 3% o 8 o BI o 32 o lD 'o a a s s a e a a E w
$ ]-
a e e v N < - e e N e o e m N s, W I l t G
- s 5
58Bt 3* D e h N Ik h he g l' **= e p $ y' (V,
" (s % t %,
= a o "
"t o,g s 9 %a m bw k s
, C y < .
N -
> ii r e <
(% k o z W B a s . 1
,9 3 *5 '\
\ g: 2 %
gt 3%NNNSIoN gt gt *S I*1
$$$ ,,C
, t 3 o eo eo no no ueu o 5 1* =
3 o " O
*7 g e i i . + R g g a >
5 e i 5
!h H
m Q 1,(I<,/ E e g - i s g 9 g
$$$ 5 !2S2S2?R2 $$0 $
sam.
+ - :.
I G-30
SONIC FTS MARK I FLAW DETECTOR CALIBRATION l l I OPERATIONAL C HECKLI ST FO R SONIC FTS MK I No. [ 7'I 5-RE FERE NC E PROCEDLM Y' ' - #5 * 4: ( A L I G N M E N T OF SONIC FTS MARK I FL AW OETECTOR
- l. CURRENT DRAIN " ' 'S " MA-
- 2. AMPLITUDE LINE ARITY !% F8M
- 3. C All8 RATIO N OF GAIN ( COARSE ) 7/
- 4. CALIBR A TION OF GAIN 08.( FINE ) A I
- 5. HORIZONT AL LINE ARIT Y ' % FSW
- 6. CHECKS OF POTS AND SWITCHES :
FREQUENCY MHZ ^ REJECT d8
~
RANGE DELAY POT. ' I FILTER MATL. CAL. ' REP. RATE '
'( DELAY SW. ') '
VCEO SW. I THRU T R ANS - NCR M . 'I DAMPING O #' OEC. ^ # 6 08 SWITCH OC 14 08 SWITCH 'l f
- 7. LOW 8ATTERY LIGHT ADJUSTMENT
( JUST ON AT 10.75 VOLTS ) #' D 2 CERTIFICATION 1 . . . ALIGNMENT PERFORMED SY s ^?.i '-r.9_
. _+ _
//
( SIGN A TURE ) Al 'i f y 7 A 7 ( CATE ) O sees peau e u . ii . : G-31
# $ $ # A N
'isa .Q. .'s
^
o W
.c v w y .(
3, ..
;s %
'3 s
%, *% y s . t ,
~. s-s, ~
t , , .c e, o o W H 'S o
,_ C 3 e = s
< . m W o 8 a 5 5 8 -
=
a , y e u a
, i + + w d u o 5 i e = -
O o M u o o o W M E W y* u 2 I o_. n, - r 6 - s
$ $ j 8 *L $ $ o ,
E z ga g g ? 2 9 9 % % k k % 4 % % =_ W r 5 g z w 1 w . #### a w - a
+y- ,v coN ,p-x q s N 4v n s y,.. x g \-
- 1. n 3 - 1 a i, a / 's -
Ls
= ,
',;, a .',> ;. R- c,. ,
4 o H o i 4 l H H_ d > = (s 5
< e U
E
" s
, 5 a
Sag .T '
=
w
=3
$ u m .o . = o
,- o n az 4 ~e 8 g 8 8 $ .q .a
* .o , .o ,
. m
=
2 a 9 o o o ee eo ne no ue o u e o i i + +
% o
(, - _ m p
=
0-o x' - 4 w a z 2
-3 5
5 o Q o N
=
H o 0 e G3 o N
, A E @
o - ~ , W [t d h, o $$Y$$YYY *Y *Y Y $ A %m M a _ o e o o o o o o e e N o o e o N o o v - W NAD E G-32
1 l a SONIC FTS MARK I FLAW DETECTOR CALIBRATION A e I OPERATIONAL C HECKLI ST FOR SONIC FTS MK I No. C' /! ' / b REFERENCE PROCEDURE [//*t'#'/'/t' ( A'[ A L 10 N M E N T OF SONIC FTS MARK I FLAW OETECTOR
- l. CURRENT DRAIN > MA.
- 2. AMPLITUDE LINE ARITY ! % FSH
- 3. CALIBRATION OF GAIN ( COARSE ) OI 4 Call 8R AT10N OF GAIN 08 ( FINE )
- 5. HORIZONTAL LINE ARIT Y
! % FSW i
- 6. CHECKS OF POTS AND SWlTCHES :
FREQUENCY M HZ /IN R EJECT [ RANGE O DELAY POT. 'Y' FILTER MATL. CAL, #ll REP. RATE ' DELAY SW. f) VCEO SW. O THRU T R ANS - NCR M . CAMPlNG DEC. ., 6 DB SWITCH U 14 08 SWITCH k T. LOW BATTERY LIGHT ADJUSTMENTi ( JUST ON AT 10 .75 VOLTS) d E CERTIFICATION i d ,, ALIGNMENT PERFORMED BY i , /, .
- 34 7'_ ( NI M TURE )
)/NCS )
( DATE ) a seen pee. ...n. G-33
rc INSTRUMENT VERIFICATIO N RECORD La -g. INSTRUME NT SERI A L NO. DATE L, b0N N /A lk'5 &l0l hI/h([ f) . AMPLITUDE LINEARITY CONTROL LINE ARIT Y ACTUAL 80 % -6 D8 */* L ARGER ECHO $34 ALLER ECHO NOMINAL 800 % 50 */. (r* % FSH
* ~ "
90 */. 45 % 4~ 40 */. -r 6 DB /* */9 20 % + 12 D8 % 7 0 */. s5 % hI 60 % s0 % [l f- - o 50 % 25 % SC U 4 0 */. 2 0 */. ]O DISTANCE LINEARITY
' !* ACTUAL T HICKNESS ULT RASGNIC AEASURED 20 % 10 %
iO'
/E'#
6DB 8 14 08 SWITCH LINE A RIT Y 9" / 100 % - 6DB f[ */o 8" M 100 % -14De /9 % 7" 7 4 0 *A,
- 6Da [2 % g- g IG %
- 14 D B IM % . g 4" 4^
3" 2- 2 r l
/j TEST BY: I -1 -Y
~
' (SIGbETuRE }
em en eeen em - e - , 9 O O
f-SONIC FTS MARK I FLAW OETECTOR CALIBRATION ms I OPERATIONA L C HECKLI ST FOR SONIC FTS MK I No.
# 'V4C, . , , ,'
REFERENCE- PROCEDURE / ' #8 ' ' ' " ' A L I G N M E N T OF SONIC FTS MARK I FL AW OETECTOR
- l. CURRENT ORAIN $~ 3 2 MA.
- 2. AMPLITUDE LINE ARITY ! % FSH
'-"/
- 3. CALIBRATION OF GAIN ( COARSE )
- 4. (. t tl 8R A T10 N OF GAIN 08 ( FINE ) I
/
S. HORIZCNT AL LINE ARIT Y / % FSW
- 6. CHECKS OF POTS AND SWITCHES
- s FREQUENCY M HZ 0' REJECT -' f
, RANGE N/ DELAY P07 ~/ FILTER 'S' !' MATL. CAL. _'[ I
'~#
REP. RATE '- DELAY SW. VCEO SW.
' ! THRU T R ANS - NCRM .
DAMPlNG #* OEC.
'E '"
6 0B SWITCH 'S # I4 08 SWITCH & - T. LOW BATTERY LIGHT ADJUSTMENT : ( JUST ON AT 10 .73 VO LTS ) d'- - 2 CERTIFICATION i ALIGNMENT PERFCRMED BY ?*' -/ - . 9/ ( SIGNA TUME )
* /
/ f'i _s, /,
( CATE ) ud seen eeen eu.o.4 G-35
k N N N O h 95 % 'rs's k e rq q >
=> 2 aN >
la e c_ - z 4 z 4 g e e i 8 o 8 a y a , y a u a e + + y n m z g H 4 O o $ $
. o -
W \, M E ,' W s% h z 3 y O J e-H d . N N g! 5 J ' O O O O D 'o s@ : s a a a e g d. e e T N 4 e P= Q o e n N s, w =
>=
W g b E 4 YY$$ 2 . y p ,E,s Il '?\", O' ') [- -[NI N' -( g h
~
g h g\ Q k 0 (\ q 3\%
.iN4 k3 if 4
h b 3 s
> E N t <
z w , ('
; z 5a E.
\
g Z . k s b s! ee88888 . g s M ess:I
# ' * 'N E
, o e O c w w n n n n o O .3 o * ,. .
=
g . S , , . . %.
$D y c.
Si - e a e a z ' 5
- 9 .
u i W a (f
\
.s o
S e$ Y h $tYeS kt e O O O O e ,
\ ,Ibh 2 e b k b3 N ME- ; 1 1
0-36
g , asaas gjlhhMIi kE , , . ... ~ e . I ;S b, q FREQUENCY SPECTRUM AND R.F. WAVEFORM ANALYSIS CERT.DATE l Tm c <# OPERATOR MQh. NEXT CERT. DATE g.. " -
,a . I o 3cq j
b i t, g, 2g SEARCH UNIT MANUFACTURER HerdTech SERIAL NO. O 7 i4 #$ CASE STYLE N3- TEST ANGLE O$ j CRYSTA L SIZE M' D 'at L FREQUENCY Q . 0.6 f/l H s i ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYZER SETTINGS , i ATTENUATION O GATE W10TH d # /3-GAIN TRIM C26 l DAMPING E MODE Thr% EXT, PULSER DOWN l GATE DELAY 5 I > "1 REP. RATE H5 EXT. TRIGG ER 00WN }
- SPECTRUM ANALYZER - R.F. SECTION .
l INPUT ATTENUATION b SCAN W10TH 1 MHz CENTER FREQUENCY EO I El h E TUNING STABILIZER OFF ! B AND WIDTH 30 KHz RANGE 0 - 11 SPECTRUM ANALYZER - 1.F. SECTION LOG REF. LEVEL I MV/ DIV OISPLAY ADJUST 0 VIDEO FILTER OFF TRIGGER AUTOMATIC SCAN TIME /DIV. 2 MILLI SEC TARGET REFLECTOR SWRI SPEC PHOTOGRAPH DATA
)
l MINIMUM [' b f'I T- MH /OlV ' "" I O 3/32 INCH.1/3 T HOLE IN PT 3CC n I l BLOCK MAXIMUM & 9 bbi USEC/CM l MEASURED FREQUENCYh.} b)bl VOLTS /CM 50 MV 0 3/16 INCH, 3/4T HGLE IN E.E.1. BLOCK
- PLASTIC B ALL BLOCK S.D.H.
REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED Y OTHER 1 5 ? ^ n ^^ 'l '
- p -~ 7 77 4 . g C;'iv ATU R E
[At% (ww O AT E _iM^ Iz '/ _ 5ery 14 o.
'\
k J
. I r
O . S*RI FORM RD.2.$ CERTIFICATION PERFORMED IN ACCCRDANCE WITH Xil RO 101 G-37
140 DlA FLOT T,iOUiRED a D50LCi35 TO BE MOUNTED ON A c.EOGE .;ND.CR t 51: AS ANGLE BEAM. FREQUENCY SPECTRUM AND R.F. WAVEFORM ANALYSIS 1 (A[Sh d'm ; CERT.DATE l .5 Ta x> . 8 8 NEXT CERT. DATEyj g 7 g 3 3-w OPERATOR j, d d o(Cpy
!
- 9J ls sy gg SEARCH UNIT I
MANUFACTURER NE+*o b C b SERIAL NO. 7D 116 O ! CASE STYLE Nd- TEST ANGLE O i CRYSTAL SIZE NO" D d FREQUENCY 2 2 6 M N "L-i ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYZER SETTINGS ! ATTENUATION O GATE WIDT E3 GAIN TRIM 026 565 EXT PULSER DOWN DAMPING MODE GATE DELAY 3I7 REP. RATE 115 EXT, TRIGGER DOWN 1 SPECTRUM ANALYZER - R.F. SECTION l INPUT ATTENUATION IO SCAN WIDTH 1 MHz OFF I CENTER FREQUENCY 6.OMHL TUNING STABill2ER l 30 KHz 0 - 11 BAND WIDTH RANGE SPECTRUM ANALYZER - 1.F. SECTION LOG REF. LEVEL *1 MV/ DIV DISPLAY ADJUST 0 OFF AUTOMATlC VIDEO FILTER TRIGGER SCAN TIME / DIV. 2 MILLI sic TARGET REFLECTOR SWRISPEC PHOTOGRAPH DATA MINIMUM f' b MHz/ DIV O 3/ CH,1/3 7 HOLE IN PT 3C0 y pg l MEASURED FREQUENCY 2bb VOLTS /CM SOMV C 3/16 INCH. 3/4T HOLE IN E.E.1. i BLOCK O PLASTIC B ALL BLOCK S.D.H.
, -f ' O SIGNATURE D h DATE % Ib [
,l .l
~ ~
} ~ S0nv l i i __ __ _ __ _ .. A._ _ m ___. l 0 I 1 I S*RI FORM RD 2 5 CERTIFICATION PERFORMED IN ACCDRDANCE WITH XII AD 101 i C-38 I l-_- __-_ - _ - -_ _
1 l l
... _____________._________________.____ ____.________.........___ ___.......__ l l
S.W.R.I. ULTNASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYSIS REPORT --------- CERT DATE: SEPT 14, 1987 NEXT CERT DATE: MAR 14, 1988 Page 1 of 2 (C )) NAME OF OPERATOR : S. NICHOLSON TRANSOUCER INFORMATION ----- MANUFACTURE: AER0 TECH SERIAL NC: 013718 CASE STYLE: RECT TEST ANGLE = O CRYSTAL SIZE: .50 X 1.0 FREQUENCY = : 2.25. WAVEFORM AND POWER SPECTRUM INST. ------- TYPE: AER0 TECH MODEL: UTA-2 SERIAL 3: 1214 TYPE: HP WAVEFORM RECORDER MODEL: 5180A SERIAL 2: 2318A00667 UTA SETTING ATTENUATION = 20 MODE = : NORM REP. RATE = 8015 ~ EXT & INT. PULSER = Switch to INT PULSER EXT. & INT. PULSER : = Switch to INT TRIGGER m
/ T
------- TARGET REFLECTOR INF0PMATION ---------
qj .....____________..._-__.____.._-___....___.__..__________.___._....... __...._ PLASTIC BALL BLOCK S. O. d. FREQUENCY AND SPECTRUM ANALYSIS ACCEPTABLE MEASURED ACCEPTABLE. MINIMUM = 1 1.8 Mh: FREQUENCY = 1 2.19 Mh: MAXIMUM = l 2.7 Mhz
------- ULTRASONIC INST. -- DAC CURVE -------
TYPE 150NIC N00EL MARK I SERIAL No. 101109E Db SETTING :53
------- REV! EWE 0 & ACCEPTED
/ '
/ .
/ f',Ie/ch' iwh kl.I / t IU k],/
m ' SIGNATURE CATE CERTIFICATION PERF0PMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH XII-RO-lCS-0 G-39
S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TT,ANSDUCER ANALYSIS REFORT MANUFACTURE: AER0 TECH SERIAL Na 013718 PAGE 2 of 2 CERTIFICATION DATE: SEPT 14, 1987 _ ANRLOG SCAN
. ATTEN 15.4 dB Y
^
e.oc--
= -
b 1 t 9 e 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 lb Time (usec) , POWER SPECTRUM 100
/ \
/ \
., / \
c
/ \
/ \
t / \
.. / \
, N/ C a L 2 3 4 5 Negahert:
DRC CURVE 100
.x
/ %,
>: r u D .c \
A C I N = d.a 1.a a.a 3.c s.a 0 HCLE DEPTH G-40
S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSOUCER ANALYSIS REPORT --------- ___......__________________.e___........___...............___....____.._____...
~~
CERT OATE: OCT 27. 1987 NEXT CERT DATE: APR 27, 1988 Page 1 of 2 ( )s NAME OF OPERATOR S. NICHOLSON TRANSOUCER INFORMATION MANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL NO: 685M CACC GTYLE: RECT TEST ANGLE = 0 CRYSTAL SIZE .50 FREQUENCY = l 2.25
------- WAVEFORM AND POWER SPECTRUM INST. -------
TYPE: AER0 TECH N00EL: UTA-2 SERIAL *:1214 TYPE: HP WAVEFORM RECORDER MODEL: 5180A SERIAL
- 2318A00667
------- UTA SETTING ATTENUATION = 110 MODE = INORM REP. RATE = 1015 EXT & INT. PULSER = Switch to INT PULSER EXT & INT. PULSER = Switch to INT TRIGGER
------- TARGET REFLECTOR INFORMATICN PLASTIC BALL BLOCK S. O. H.
------- FREQUENCY AND SPECTRUM ANALYSIS ACCEPTABLE MEASURED ACCEPTA9LE.
MINIMUM = 1.8 Mh: FREQUENCY = 8 2.03 Mhz MAXIMUM = 1 2.7 Mh:
------- ULTRASONIC INST. -- DAC CURVE -------
TYPE ISON!C MODEL iMARK I SERIAL No. 10lI09E Ob SETTING :
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _N O.T. .A. .P.P.L.I.C.A.B
------- REVIEWED & ACCEPTED YAJStfH Of 0 / l N
@ $1GNATURE DATE NO DIA Pl.0T REQUIRED ON TRANSOUCERS TO BE MOUNTED ON A WEDGE ANDl0R USED AS ANGLE SEAM.
CERTIFICATION PERFORMED IN ACCORCANCE W!TH XII-RO-106-0 c.41
S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCEQ ANALYSIS REPORT MANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL N3: 68SM PAGE 2 of 2 CERTIFICATION DATE: OCT 27, 1987 RNALOG SCRN ATTEN 13.3 dB Y o t - - - - -- _w -f_-_- __- _ 9 . e
'S . s in ta i4 is Ttme (usec) ,
POWER SPECTRUM tea
/ \
/ \
ic"
/
l \
\
e
/ \
t / \
% j \ -
~~
W __ - .
"o i 2 4 s Megahert:
e G-42
-------- S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYSIS REPORT ---------
CERT DATE: JAN 22. 1988 NEXT CERT DATE: JUL 22, 1988 Page 1 of 2 [m NAME OF OPERATOR S. NICHOLSON TRANSOUCER INFORMATION" ----- MANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL NO: 1795 CASE STYLE: RECT TEST ANGLE = I O
- CRYSTAL SIZE .375 FREQUENCY = 2.25
------- WAVEFORM AND POWER SPECTRUM INST. -------
TYPE: AER0 TECH N00EL: UTA-2 SERIAL 8:1214 TYPE: HP WAVEFORM RECORDER MODEL: 5180A SERIAL ss2310A00667 UTA SETTING
............... ............__......_...__e____........__............___ ._____
ATTENUATION = *10 MODE = INORM REP. RATE = 1915 EXT. & INT. PULSER : - Switch to INT PULSER EXT. & INT. PULSER : = Switch to INT TRIGGER
------- TARGET REFLECTOR INFORMATION ---------
PLASTIC BALL GLOCK S. D. H.
------- FREQUENCY AND SPECTRUM ANALYS!$
ACCEPTABLE MEASURED ACCEPTABLE MINIMUM = 1 1.8 Mhz FREQUENCY = I 2.34 Mhz MAXIMUM = 2.7 Mhz
------- ULTRASONIC INST. -- DAC CURVE -------
TYPE ISCNIC MODEL iMARK ! SERIAL No. 301109E
'NO APPLICABLEM
------- REV! EWE 0 & ACCEPTED U s ll N
$1GNATURE DATE NO OlA PLOT REQUIRED ON TRANSDUCERS TO BE MOUNTED ON A WEDGE ANDl0R USED AS ANGLE BEAM.
CE"tTIFICATION PERFORME0 IN ACCORDANCE WITH X!!-RO-106-0 G-43
S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSOUCER ANALYSIS REPORT MANUFACTURE: SWJI SERIAL Nat 1795 PA"E 2 of 2 CERTIFICATION DATE: JAN 22, 1988 RNALOG SCAN
,3g ATTEN 10.2 dB Y
o t 'CU" =- a 9 e >
~* b 2 4 6 B 10 12 14 16 Time (usec)
POWER SPECTRUi1 100
/\
l \
) \
P j g 52 c e l \ f x n I s t / \
/ \
Q t 2 3 4 5 Megahertz O G-44
S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSOUCER ANALYSIS REP 0AT ---------
' CERT DATE: JUN 15, 1997 NEXT CERT DATE: DEC 15, 1987 Page 1 of 2 NAME OF OPERATOR : S. NICHOLSON
[,,')) y, .........._....__........__...___.........______._a__......__.......______.____
----- TRANSOUCER INFORMATION -----
MANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL NO: 1800 CASE STYLE: RECT TEST ANGLE = O CRYSTAL SIZE .375 FREQUENCY = 2.25
------- WAVEFORM AND POWER SPECTRUM INST.
TYPE: AER0 TECH MODEL: UTA-2 SERIAL ::1214 TYPE: HP WAVEFORM RECORDER MODEL: 518CA SERIAL s 2318A00067
------- . UTA SETTING ATTENUATION = 16 MODE = NORM REP. RATE = 1015 EXT. & INT. PULSER : = Switch to INT PULSER EXT. & INT. PULSER = Switch to INT TRIGGER
------- TARGET REFLECTOR INFORMATION 9
PLASTIC BALL BLOCK S. O. H.
------- FREQUENCY AND SPECTRUM ANALYSIS ACCEPTABLE MEASURED ACCEPTABLE MINIMUM =
- 1.8 Mhz FREQUENCY = 2.50 Mh: MAX! MUM = l 2.7 Mhz
------- ULTRASONIC INST. -- CAC CURVE' I TYPE SONIC MODEL IMARK ! SERIAL No. 101109E Ob SETTING 181
------- REVIEWED & ACCEPTED l
* ,
.Lt &..................___ ------- REVIEWED & ACCEPTED W '2y's.P4+4 b.............__.............. p 4 e, ___........I+...................N d.u,<.s.ws 20 4. M &w.a " N A k dK- J A L L d., CL.L, Av ).M N m . 9J & ~ ku L~ NY ?K ljff (AT'E ' $1GNATURE CERTIFICAT!0N PERFORMED IN ACCORCANCE WITH XI!-RO-106-0 C.47 . S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYSIS REPORT NANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL th: 2158 FAGE 2 of 2 CERTIFICATICN OATE: SEPT 23, 1987 ANALOG SCAtt m ,g ATTEN .2 dB I f-NWW 9 $9 fM; h e 5 , 4 s ia in i4 is Time (usec) P0HER SPECTRUM tea / \ / \ e I \ c ( \ e , n 4 / \ t T / \ \ T C Y/ 'W 9 4 2 3 4 5 Negaheetz , O G-43 b S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYSIS REPORT --------- . .................._4...._.................__............__................ ..__.. O CERT OA1Et NOV 24, 1997 NEXT CERT DATE: MAY 24, 1988 Page 1 of 2 S. NICHOLSON ('u) NAME OF OPERATOR ----- TRANSOUCER INFORMATION MANUFACTURE: SWR! SERIAL NO: 2680 CASE STYLE: RECT TEST ANGLE = O CRYSTAL SIZE .375 FREQUENCY = 1 I.5 ------- WAVEFORM AND POWER SPECTRUM INST. TYPE: AER0 TECH MODEL: UTA-2 SERIAL 8: 1214 TYPE: HP WAVEFORK RECORDER N00EL: 5180A SERIAL 8:2318A00667 ------- UTA SETTING ATTENUATION = 13 8 .;c
- 4 NORM REP. RATE = 8015 EXT. & INT. 'r. JER : o Switch to INT PULSER EXT. & INT. PULSER t = Switch to INT TRIGG2R
~ ------- TARGET REFLECTOR INFORMATION PLASTIC BALL BLOCK S. D. H. ------- FREQUENCY AND SPECTRUM ANALYSIS 1 . ACCEPTABLE MEASURED ACCEPTABLE MINIMUM = 1.2 Mhz FREQUENCY = 1,41 Mhz MAXIMUM = 1.8 Mhz ------. ULTRASONIC INST. -- DAC CURVE rYPE SONIC MODEL iMARK I SERIF. No. 30110bE Db SETTING : NOT APPUCABLE M ! ------- REVIEWED & ACCEPTED w n. >& /1!1 DATE g / SIGNATURE .. , NO DlA PLOT REQUIRED ONTRAN3000ERS TO BE MOUNTED ON A WEDGE ANDl0A U$ED AS ANGLE BEAM. CERTIFICATION PE'1 FORMED !N ACCCRDANCE WITH XII .iD-10E-0 G-49 S.W.R.I. ULTRASONIC TRANSOUCER ANALYSIS REPORT MANUFACTURE: SWRI SERIAL No: 2600 PAGE 8 of 3 CERTIFICATION DATE: NOV 24, 1987 RNALOG SCRi4 ,3, ATTEN 3.3 dB l \ V o , g'Oh - _-- __ -- _ a . 9 e f i i I l 'i , < s , s. u a a Time (usec) , P0HER SPECTRUM . 100 n I\ l\ c > \ l ( I \ \ $ 1 \ \ \ ) \ l t i / \ l \s J \ - 'V % ____ 9 4 2 3 4 5 Negahert: O G-50 li0 O!A Pl.0T EE %'l?.E0 c' :: M I 'i:i TO BE MOUtiTED 0:4 i, ',Eai 30.05 U E0 ARANmrOrm l OA '~~ - FREQUENCY SPECTRUM AND R.F. WAVEFORM ANALYSIS CERT.DATE 9 % SVs' - OPERATOR 1 I-4DP~ NEXT CERT. DATES. m g.N ,3 h ,4 't 9 n
- 9 at,y as SEARCH UNIT l
l MANUFACTURER S w (? "E SERIAL NO. 293I CASE STYLE #ER ~ TEST ANGLE 4E' _ CRYSTAL SIZE 3A.5 Do A L. FREOUENCY 4 A Y M N "' i ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYZER SETTINGS ATTENUATION U GATE WIDTH 59 GAIN TRiu 025 DAMPING 555 7M R u DOWN . MODE EXT. PULSER G ATE DELAY NSS REP. RATE _ _. M5 EXT, TrlGGER DOWN SPECTRUM ANALYZER - R.F.SECTION i INPUT ATTENUATION D0 SCAN WIDTH 1 MHz I CENTER FREQUENCY CO -RL TUNING STABILIZER OFF B AND WIDTH _ 30KHz RANGE 0-M SPECTRUM ANALYZER - 1.F. SECTION LOG REF, LEVEL I MV/DIV DISPLAY ADJUST 0 , VIDEO FILTER OFF TRIGGER AUTOMATIC SCAN TIME / DIV. 2 MILLI SEC
- TARGET REFLECTOR SWRI SPEC PHOTOGRAPH DATA MINIMUM I 3
- N 2- MH /DIV I rt' 3/M CH,1/3 T HOLE IN P1300 g 4 ,
3/16 INCH, 3/4T HOLE IN E.E.I. MEASURED FREOUENCY _D O "b 50MV ! C VOLTS /CM i i BLOCK I PLASTIC B ALL BLOCK S.D.h. a i SIGNATURE h;c/ W -p - DATE_bv f# l I i f ' i 53rr ' s \ fl .i 9 J .. .I _ __ 1km I i O - SwRI FORM RD 2 5 CERTIFICATlGN PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH Xil-RD 101 G-51 e I l j .~ . : c. 3 d s :.wuanh u., : 2i. a s usto m.-m Rv3 -+ ' FREQUENCY SPECTRUM AND R.F. WAVEFORM ANALYSIS CERT.DATE 5 ,3 fo E% OPERATOR (J4 77~ NEXT CERT. DATE,/- - m : s- w 5 n;a Lser l # 54 c, Tu n SEARCH UNIT M ANUFACTUR ER Kea h r-; e c5 SERIAL NO. Kbd I CASE STYLE kd TEST ANGLE O' l CRYSTAL SIZE 2. I FREQUENCY a 2 6' biIl F ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER ANALYZER SETTINGS ATTENUATION lS GATE WIDTH 492 GAIN TRIM 0.1 DAMPING 555 MODE Thru , EXT. PULSER DOWN i l GATE DELAY DUN R EP. R ATE 115 EXT. TRIGG ER DOWN i { SPECTRUM ANALYZER - R.F. SECTION l , INPUT ATTENUATION 3O SCAN WIDTH 1 MHz l CENTER FREQUENCY EO M NT TUNING STABILI2ER OFF B AND WIDTH 30 KH 0 - 11 RANGE SPECTRUM ANALYZER - I.F. SECTION l l LOG REF. LEVEL 2 MV/DIV DIS.*L:.i . . ;. ,g, 0 l j VIDEO FILTER OFF AUTOMATIC TRIGGER l l SCAN TIME /DIV. 2 MILLI SEC l i TARGET REFLECTOR SWRI SPEC PHOTOGRAPH DATA T l j MINIMUM l. O N NF I C 3/ NCH,1/3 T HOLE IN PT 300 MH /DIV g g g l C 3/16 INCH. 3/4T HOLE IN E.E.1, MEASURED FREQUENCY WHR VOLTS /CM 50 MV ! BLOCK C PLASTIC B ALL BLOCK S.D.H. REVIEWED AND ACCEPTED l OTHER l" S e tT* C N 04 / - l ) PT 300 Blof g SIGNATURE f. 4N W DATE / * ,/ , ' 3 l e 4 - f r I s . r } i i - ! t L__ - A _ SwRI FORM RO 2 5 CERTIFICATION PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH Xil.RD 101 G-52 , _a- .__ . 4 - -a - _ _ . - _ -4..m-.A_ _._ . - -,---- a4 F __ __ ~ .. -_ m, .m4 l L . l I i i 4 l I i 6 i i 1 I .I I i ; l 1 l CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORMS ! k l I l 1 i . l I r { 1 i , i l l I i l l 't I t i i f r \ . t l rw APPENDIK H CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORMS Table.dContanta CEE.Hg. Examination Area Data Onened Data Closed 1 Valve HVF074BGD) 04 Mar 88 22 Mar 88 2 Valve HVF074AGD) 06 Mar 88 23 Mar 88 3 Spare F074 07 Mar 88 23 Mar 88 4 Valve HVF074B(OD) 09 Mar 88 23 Mar 88 5 Valve HVF074A(OD) 09 Mar 88 23 Mar 88 11 1.BB-2BVCA 014 5LD 16 Mar 88 22 Mar 88 14 N4B.B08S 21 Mar 88 23 Mar 84 15 N4D BOSS 21 Mar 88 23 Mar 88 O o .csF. 8 1s,o.. ,10. 12. 13. Program. e ie .. 1 ..e .. .r se Nac e.11 11 87.e1 s mi ae.. H1 Southwest Research Institute S*'ia' N S - CC O 1-Utility PT ( ir"G USTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM O Port l- SwMI Findings s,,, u t cecce. Project N9 [M. jgy Tynt of Eneminellen NOT Wethod Q UT Q PT f,' g g,,, Enemination Dateig g 8g OPSI WIst ,d M T ORT O tt QVT gg.pg commente . pet /*1-A ) l a r_._ . t /,wa iv /7c.M. eJS wut e (c.ce<A>J e o_ .nL ,%5. 4. ru Ace of & 4 shk _ skeck ca.\Jt. //vWQ748 -t'/, r, l, He-e v lvd.*cd;ous ca.mue M YJ +a 2 %. ,i c k e N /e n r / 4 4 e Einmination Referencei ggg signature of ti=RI Representative Dete Port II- Cu stom er 'No,t i f iIotion d Notification Aetnowledged by p//, gg cate g g g j,j g ' Pori Ill - Indicatio' In Disp 6sitio/i by Customer # C* * * * " t ' *f'/" s A. k'Z'm u&.' n' k . w o ~ Y ?) e m s e R) ' ls- m ' S' !O s .s wt
- e _'.b'Y N/7] $ N'0 E' % Y, 8 b s Y n h >) / >.~ # d lY d1/ Ah'Yn.2.N v v v signature of Cwstemer Representative g g j Date j, n g, Port IV R e en otisidition
$.)_ ).4 ~ A. > ts Mh 5/sm 3.< s
- t a sw re. 4 . b ,
i c w l.r M $' / n e e...ino, o n n.,e,ence f20027 ' I200(7 signaivre cote ggg car cioies c e.. comer mee,eeen .,ive srgnotoreg pg g oote ,, gg gy % e.nz ,on. .orn...,-i.n .. Southwest Research Institute 8* iwa 6002 usin,< P5Er6 CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM Port l- Sw RI Findings s,, ggt atoc $ Proj.ct Nt p. (tgg Tynt of Ea.msn tton NDT W.th d Q UT C PT p,",,AI,g,, j p , , , ei. min n.n o... g g g a PSI O'4 s z casr oar oer avi 3:e,-r/+I. Com m.n,. Q 6' 8 ' T. M\dL Llul4K. $40sCA kW5 W[Ad CEcqfpl0 ca rtfC ,psiof ra AFMcl of fl(DseAT(G CdEck JALs'd H V Po74A. Til!5L L tJL AK TN0r( ATib N5 CAM 6fD Id < EN GTH 9.C s .h % fo I % CAJc H.CS
- c. . min. n.n n.,.r. n . i sion.,,,. ., s.a: n.,,..n,....
g g e.,. g Port Il- C u s t o,M r N o t,i f i c a t i o n nonvi..n.n menn..i.ei.. n, gjff/ g /4f o... y fjfy, Port lll- Indicatidn/ Olsdositip6 by Customer c."~*" A b R ~* o m 4i.,.,~71)'n pr. w .:~..n w 4/M !". 9 ? - /o ( 7 . ,Abj$~ .<>ps ,1 Aim *,//.!W/ $/ln...,/, . p .i v s e . . . . . . , c. . . . m . , s . , , . . .n , . , i . . wgy,gg,,,s. o... y .,,yy.py Port IV R e e m odt,d tion tC~4 F 842' ' A L JA n .cm WA /// w , s . Y M,Y / ji " ~ n . . min ii n m e,er.n c. l20053 Ilecti s sig n ..,. " c... g c N r c i . . . . < c . ... . , . . . . . . . n . . si.n.... .gj,yg j o. . y _ ,y g ..nz non .r=-c=,-i,a.... Southwest Reaeorch Institute Seri.I N R . 0003 sers
- u. n.,
O CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM Port l- Sw RI Findings ,,,, a,eccact Pr.l.cf N9 i (1. l 7, gg fynt of E . min.tl.a NOT Wethod Q UT OPT fr."c r. / n.v. ti. min.tl.a Det.i (, m 8 8 OPSI @!st $WT OnT O tr Ov7 3ee.Z, /42 c om m.n e, p ( d it 2. S fML U ht.0L H J - FYI 4 Hets _5pl (McoQbC b L tv44 A EN b o c A n od fou.oJ vio E.g w vaA v c s alTH hecc f oadt 200 1 /7e %(J 3 R Cd(ALE O TH4 CAmt e ca.minate.n n.terencei j , _lLQ9 0 'o sign ior. ., s.nI n..r...ni iiv. ygg este pg gg l Port !!- C u s t o rn"e r Notification N., i , . . . i . n m.........' Mh#4 Port 111 - Indl(9/lon/Ols/osition by Customer ;' e r. r r. c w ~*" nc:, e- m ~d.e n.. +,, . ./n a dMM's. A- vL e ~ ~ ,o x / % A:.:d ~ J A ru n c a c />.:'< m_ s.#/_im.d4 n a A A - n % - A l ~_ M P A d.<- WAf #/itT*-W4w/ rv. Mbfwom />"&9 V ~ o W/ L X6<rn la.~fA ls G / 0 c () sion. .,. .,co. ...r m.s,... i.,i.. g f f,p y , d - **" -T ;.:'J-#P Port IV R een omMsyihn C a te d:./ d th -w ~ n >n b w h w Y N u e t e. @ ?I 7 f / / Q f i ......n.. n...._....a \7_,004o I2 A w Q v. h w J 3 m419/6 cNr em.. (contemer n. re..atatiw si n.esr'.)g g]g g ear. 3 , y y , g . ,. sy ...: ,... ..r.....-i...... Southwest Research Ins'titute sa'ia' N S . 'W V usiner Pstc6 CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM si,. go.c eyu g Port l- SwRI Findings Proj..t N9 ' l*J l 2, $/ Tynt of E s.mi n e ll.a NOT Wethod O UT O PT f,",A I,,g,, f g , , , Es. min.fl n O PSI p sz EwT ORT Q CT OVT 3:c I/34~ D.f.' 9:M4 859 Com m.nt. N # b-Efkm w AmcJ A-RCA 0%'E. HJ F0Ws ItA 5. -ru C C G' _RCM DA& E L WfM- Gh o c ATI b~5 OtJ THC oat so0C Of Tilf VAtVE BD04
- c. .nin., ion . n.,,rn.. .
siin.,w,. ., s. , I a .o r. ..n .. . . gg g e. . g , Port U- Customer NWi f i cation u.,i,i . .,i o n 4e n .i.. .. ., g g g o. . gfg Port iti- Indication Dis position by Customer commoi. ; g ,;.;fb,g m ,, m gry.p n,yjg, R.," g,,f.ywe ?nM N W ?? /O N , k d h W M-- A lv N"Wl <$ JJ/./ </ % 9 J &' ~ siin.twr. of Cw. tom.r R pt..entativ..ppgggfg g 0.t. y,y y.,, jfV Port IV R e e monddion *h . y.% , he_.h M// rWd- o W M A 'r'J b Y . / d f/ n.. .mia. iia n n.e...n.. flooL7 c u r ci. .a < ce., Sdbh4 n..,...n e.ei A sig nat o r. 23 nAR. 93 g4 o oi. ; ,yj .,7 gs ...:,.....r....,..... Southwest Research Institute Seriot N1 00 6 uiint, P5ffG USTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM g,a cargg. O Port l- SwRI Findings ,,,e project Ne , f 7.jgf9 ra r of Eneminone NoT wethod Q UT OPT 8, *, A , (,,j g,,, liomination esteigft t we, gg OPSI E ISI EMT ORT Q ET OVT gg.l/Jg Commente .. (the wATM ARfA Uh l !t [ h!4074A &L %d C Ef C o K bA6 & LiufAR T D o i c 4 ri H 6 im -rwt c a rriot of rat o dc w Esemination Referencee Signatore of S=RI Representative oefe Port Il- Customer "Notificotton \ Notification Atenowledged by oote Port lil- Indicotl'on Olsposition by Customer '/ C*"""" f/> n A 1. A L s w .t ,& w m % p %, 23')h h d n a
- f. M hWl1-?_?- /C 27.AA~te <Nn /_.. ~
NoN l NJvD.:- , .p M /4 . U / 0 0 signatore of e etorner Representative pggggg. oote y._,,,7 y Port IV Re exirdfs a tion i 0J s* /.y0 $ . l*(?>. A . % yln ~ j . w s.+ / > v J ,V _,s - ?l.T (~ ~ / / ji i O n o e.e-.n. ..o n noteren.e w _, ~ ~ - sw w ~ CNF Closed ( Cweteme r R e pr e s en to t tv e SI'g n o t e re ) oote u a,, g e.at ron= note-car-i,n .. 1 l Southaest Research Institute S. rial N a , 0 01l l unIIts 14 6+'& CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM Port I- Sw RI Findings ,,,, go,r ucu g 1 Dr.l.c, Ne '/7, /Z yf fret of Es. min.flon NOT M.thod CSUT OPT f,", Ig,g g ,, E x. min.,lon o.,. 6 /g q gg OPSI CI.I S I OMT ORT O ET Ov7 w.3,/t3 comm.n,. me ~ . E o!. OWA-Tu ta MCA s .88- 2e uch. O s 4 - SLp . A.to_ u f DAmig4riea wie #te rosto /Wom 7 n /2. I wt u ts 4 Dur 10 Pr e t .saAsur Io ra fig twcl . e-e.r...., E..mino, ion g q ,g 7 in.,ve. .,s.a: n . . , . . . n i. , i . . gg g e.,. , g g g Part 11- customer Not i f i c a tion u ,iti.., ion rein..i. ... n,3 g,gg, j o..,.g g , y Part lil- Indication Olsh'oOIlon by Customer c******' D.w. 3 K. ~%an . rs uL nJW, n / sw >.~/ sL2ts., om J/h <wed;J&n_ 4% wlA s- i Z :rt :J U Mt L -fib k -/ J l' s;,no,v,. .,co...., 9 . . , . . n , . , i . . , 7,,gpDg,,g. o.. 3 .jj.y Part IV R e e n omin a t(drt/ Comm.ne. .m l O /./J */YA , % / b. N, _s a d. N - ......,,n....n a.,., n.. TJ).a \_3htx>-- '" E L AMSs csr ci... <c.. em., n......nio... si .. .,. gy y e...,,,,,,, ,g m ...: ,.....r....,........ 00/4 Southwest Research Institute s.,i i Na u,, m.o (q CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM , , .,i .ggg , cufe U Port l- SwRI Findings
- P,.j.c f Ns*l'/.fl$1J rye ., E s. min tl.a Not W thog $ UT OPT f,",A , k,,j g ,,
Es. min.fl a o.t. p g % O Pst QIst OMT OnT O tt Oy7 *re-?v/L comment. T HI5 f.T S stTo 51c A-ruo a of A.a itw , us.7,o a t i,s , r a ri m on 'Thf M 4d AJc L2 LE W464 /'f4 Fo R. N v G Tnt 22' (x A FRt A 'T H 6 A)0 2'2.tf S?5J. h 1 70 efL6(A TH(ArSto 40J AM D iVJT4afu 447ATIDM tJe iCf J. A)0 ft< h u)Af ' etRWto FRm n To 9 o'clo< <. c..mi .ii.. n . e . r . .. . . g 9gg . sien. r. .,s.nI n..,......i.. gp g g o. . .j , ,q gg rw Port 11- Customlr Notification ( s.,iri..ii. 4 on..i..... ., g gg ,j, o. . y.py Por t til'- Indicot'lon Dis M % n by Customer co" c " 7A L,.;nhw e~Aa 4 pm~, 2' L ~-~fra rj,- > .~L. ' W _ 2 ~ # 4 A ~ n ~ i -A. J X 2 % sofn- 6wf~o/&iA enk& . / l
- is.... . ., c . ..., n..,...ni
,i.. g j p f y ,j. o... f,yy .,37s j Port IV Reekj. tion / A>> r'r$"t /jna)Y f a// / p-l O .....-...... ....... s-. l wa m mn eNr ci... < co.w ., n .. ....,. r i,. s ...,vr. ,pjy , e. 7 , ,, g g ...: n...r..c.,-.,... Southaest Research Institute suiai un 00ls ue.ne, PSCtL CUSTOMER NOTIFICATION FORM Port 1- Sw RI Findings ,,,, mffc carg g Proj.cf N9 Q - glh I Fat of Eneminoben NOT W.thod YUT Q PT f," re / R. v. Enomination D a te i g ri,gg g C P5I EI'I S I OMT ORT DET Ov7 go.q q /t, com m .a's 0 <. V i . -T,H t 5 /J A/0 Te # #dMLo.V 0F 4A) Et,% V ATIo d (f.% ilde o M N 9 4b 401.2 <. 0 W H C*> 90f Ae RM AlG Td6 . 22' E4 4 A. FRem TW( Met.2.t6 60JI, Atf 50 ufto(0 T4E.N PA.d5 FA 6'30 To 9 acceLK Wb Rw v4mV OF WS MIEA toad 94RFeRAA.b enemination n.v.r.nc. , 6Cl0039 _ . signaevr. or s.s a. o r.. .nio t iv . gg oot. g Port 11 - C u s t om3r Noti fic a tion Notificellen Acanowl.dg d by eat. 7, j, p y Port til- Indication DdgNsition by Customer c =ments q ,$ g ,-g 79 ,,,, , , g , g ,,,, ,,,_ . p g, _ , y ,,) _ X;6mmb 7 % , ~ 2 4 -(A ~ M / L v 4 / A / f M .! CHP $8Z M <%sadtm s,p oi e. . e c.. t om., R. ,,...niari.. p g /g g g ea,. y, ,,gy Port IV Ree n ogrjpjflon A b / s_ - /24m .s Mied D/y)V ji -' ~ s.. o inai on a.,.r.nc. 8'"*" o'" g.A QQ 3 ,gg esr cio .e <: ito-., s.or. .-ori,. signoewe g jg. g g 4leoreyg,j w ...: .... ..v.-c.,-i,..... O l i I i i APPENDIXI j EXAMINATIONS PERFORLmn FOR INFORMATION ONLY I l lO I 4 I l l O [6*. f%!fC D \ 2.M.rW 98 - o)ATT.,'. y~S463(CT'. " M \Cif ALSJf5 T'A,V Cid N%3ALAMT Td V ALU(, 60,6 f % Sc A U A T*ttN 1 T'ER U1T G KEQuC5T, T&(Lu^ Oils wCit( TAK6M A b7Ac44T To T r>b t c AT io4 6fcAv&Teo a s ra 7W( E0t-LosJ s 4 c2 M.CM (t) ', .M'bsw 0.$ LCA %LUf. f b'l4 h ~ OLAT*ftpf dup? f90 *] s. 5,o'(t% g SCAv4T1o45 1.tZ. h J WP *Z. * .2. 1' f^/ 5/06 BU y [.SCAy A TibJ f'9 = f 32
- CHCck.GALvl* foMS Durrip i 80py s a o."I s T.se,cs 2 Maa a EscAvArte"f 4 0. ? '
fN O. 'J
- 3,1 *
'[' 4 sit C Bobi (fc4v4Ti 04 f G b " I = 3 . 7. # #45 Z,6* , " 7
- 3 . 3 ' + 3 . (a q ' 5, s '* y. o '
N%TL , hg Man &kA~TC 'Gd/CA ftOm O,D, ** 5CC o ilm w a t SKETcruD fo it AR6+ CF Tabicd ris /l, hat ast.kG00 250003 O ~ . p r ( (~ V S w. R. I. EX AMIN ATION
SUMMARY
RECORD . PCOJECT N o.
- SITE ? SHEET No.:
17-1259 HOPE CHEEK GENERATING STATION fgg) EXcW N ATION AREA isysf ru /CompostmTI ( LINE / SU8 ASSEMBLY ) (IDENTFICATION) (gdAxfa y ALoc th/ - Fo74 seqRC E X AMIN ATION EX AMIN ATION EXAMeteER EXAM I N DICATIONS KRUTION RECORD WECORD CNF N o. REMARKS TYPE SHEET No. INI TIALS DATE N I G O SHEET No. INITI A L V E X AMIN ATION T FOLLOW-UP EX A MIN ATION INITIAL 6MAf PT O E X AMINATION L5 V 12o014 es 0003 -Tes.k Odot gy g FOLLOW-UP EXAMINATION O' LAM SCAN T O' WELD SCAN 45' SCAN 45' T SO A N GO' SCAN 60*T SCAN
'1 M 4C T \\OOOb b S9 Y bOLLeaJ (Al TO MF TA35sDC Oh Jf MT 1260t o-L5 $> I T9s.oC 0ALUf MT t'E m 2 \ RI X Ot>Ui1C stF FM o/ OAta/f &py hr o@ ge X W%< r.6_ OF Tywnaai l
SUMM ARIZED By : DATE CONTINUED ON SHEET No.: htJE -\ 2 N 68 UA eAoE LO r(
,.. .........l........,
o
k [ (v ) Sw. R. I MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMIN ATION RECORD PROJECT No.' SIT E : DAT E: (DAY- MO - Y R ) TIME: (24 HR. CLOCK SHEET No.: EX AM STARTED: /i 17-1259 HOPE CREEK GENERATBfG STATION S mAf fI EX AM ENDED - )2.20 M(}!}N EXCMIN ATION AREA: LINE / SUB ASSEMBLY: IDENTIFICATION: L. LOCATION: ISYST E M /CO MPONE N T) we LDCATION:!//A[/2 Ef' iDCE o O l CN kV-Ftr14 Shh .SEc AfAW.44 SEE My4/c E X ACINE R : SNT LEVEL PROCEDURE SURFACE FINISH: WELD TYPE (-FLOW --+-l M AGNETIZ ATION AC L s Pa s.s n- N.au-z tasf "' t%C,7 rO"E SPACING: s'/r IN E XCMINE R. SNT LEVEL RE V. /V 2. M ATE RI AL SERIAL No.: sj [_f.jd
* *I I- il DEV. /
- 2-BRAND: MMi\Gb WET DRY O *F CAlthRATION BLOCK CALIBRATION VERIFICATION DISTANCE FROM BATCH No.: I 70 03/ FLUORESCENT I SURFACE TEMP. b
**"'$7${jf TIME: /7{d *2.2.7_3 d/ O NSOR : IX D NOhESO THER W ETER wEiGur : 11.5 1.1 % INITIALS ih 4 /A CELL 17 iN COLOR:8/zra MIXED wlTH QA SERIAL N..:_1./E/ /JJ BL ACu LIGHT INTENSITY METER BLACK LIGHT OUTPUT BLACK LIGHT OUTPUT VERIF. M AT ERI AL DUSTING O APPLICATION BRC~D: k k( k BR AND: hQ-M TIME: /7'/$ d/ f/ FLOODING SERI AL No.: Whff[k SERI AL No : 2/,ds 7 //f pa w/cm' INITIALS- M /g }g d SPR AYING O 8%3 No. L w LOCATION [ ." [ g ',' *i, REMARKS: INI.
/
xe Deu,, e sec DRruc w.sesa LasAL Ys 3 Cwrin lotellir to ( 'I
? '
%d Un %
- l @
8 , i < 1 N i ,
- f. r2l .).1 o di [ 98. %_ -~
EX ACIN AtlON AREA LIMIT ATION : (IF NONE SO STAT E ) A[d4(( b l CEVIEWED BY: SNT LEVEL DATE: PAGE OF h
.....o...,_.,.......,s.,oI-
\ -
$ MMN
o o b S w. R. I. LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION RECOR D PRNECT NO. SITE ; g DATE : ( D AY - MON.- Y R.) W. LOCATION : SNEET NO.: GENERATING STATION 7g gg g 11(}Of)b E XCCIN ATION AREA: j LIN E /5US ASSEMBLY (IDEN TI FIC ATION) L. LOCATION: WELD TYPE:(-FLOW *)
'=""""*~~"
>//A yv.pg74 3pgpg x s//g E X AMIN ER. $NT LEVEL PROCEDURE SURFACE TE tePER ATURE THERMOMETER SERI AL nut 0SER EX AMINER; k NMe ~ZC SNT LEVEL
"- 2m- I 70 SURFACE 7b *r S&Jf/
WELD LENGTH jf8
*c*- 3
.Sfi e. s s n f .
FINISN[:ASb I A/A PRI CLEANER PE NETR ANT Rett 0VER DEVELOPER
***; ="* * : f/36chec k SPdekcr '"*"";
Setchck
$fofcdecK "" * " ";
T Y Pl .* jd'(-3 YYPE: jg[-j/f[3 MPE: Jg[.j TYPE
- gh f eATcN NO.: 37//g6 / W58 eATCN m.: 87//667 85TcH "o.: R7F697 88'c".
... m"0: .:
ht3 <'= am'<*: ^9m Chi'#'EYEo dHO ...<.< ove. ons EOWtTtEn bM ,= =ca : Esso
'=**- '
- O$e$
S "$?lR" b5TN
"'$o'oE oh4 'f Mlv M7'&w%'- i
\S 4
- YI bcLxt YL hEf[YhtYKdh*/2hW RT d
E Rrk frpan kEcoRB llon\4 h E X A klN AT ION AREA L IMIT AT IO N ( lF NONE. SO STATE); gg
..E VIE WE D BY: $NT LEVEL ~ DATE: FAGE OF I
.... ... ...... VJ4N.bh
. .. . . . .. l . . .. . . . . . -
- IL 7 wsa
O __ O - O Sw. R. I MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMIN ATION RECORD 7 ~ SIT E : DAT E: (DAY- MO - Y R ) TIME: (24 HR. CLOCM) SHEE T No.: l .. m9 HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION k tdAE 3I EX AM STARTED:gSif EX AM ENDED : a.i I 9 190H20
~"
e snEA- LINE / SUB ASSEMBLY : IDENTIFICATION: Lg IgCATION: M NY) We }OCATION : ~ 1 raI A wV Trb N SPact LL t ithm L1mLb'
,uns hr LbCE lAlJL
- L 1
-> SNT LEVEL PROCEDUR E SURFACE FINISH:
WELD TYPE (- +] M AGNETIZ ATION A C_ L S?.c.s.s ii Ne Joo-Z ZAsb '$fh$fajf YOKE SPACsNG: s>JK IN k a w ent,c SNT LEVEL RE V. 42. M ATE RI AL I haji. 18 DEV.ft h SERIAL No.:L)L-/-Jb BRAND:nfAddAbd WET DRY O SURFACE TEMP. *F CALIBRATION VERIFICATIO;J DISTANCE FROM [ C#.7/*.rtA reGN %GCW BATCH No.: 9'fD63) FLUORESCENT 7/o j[, yg n TIME: '/)f,38 /) 3 *fg dj O SENSOR TYPE: fYd#1 MIXED NO[YESO THERMOMETER WEIGitT : s l..', d 5 INITIAts: 72) h lA CELL 17 sig COLOR: ((flg) MIXED WITH g}l A SERIAL No.:.IL)/ / /.58 4 - i BLACM s. I GH T INTENSITY METER BLACM LIGHT OUTPUT BLACK LIGHT OUTPUT VERIF. M AT ERI AL DUSTING O
, hRO:'D: bLA([A y L P'4*sD: dh f_ [A,*3 TIME: a528 .- . h APPLICATION: FLOODING l SElfl AL No.; [f-f3 ' SLRI AL No.:2fgj] //db P "/C'* 1NITIALS- g (( #
h SPRAYING O l 13 No. L W LOCATION ,'" $# ",, ,* ,',",",, REMARKS: INI. I < < ^$Ds Lm '/r 2 d ll1 3 Sta h D la f. dl> L SinwJrD A$t2 4 Atsa>n,ac a }Jnon luoeo izwa s, ht rAL * \ e4 n E X AMIN ATION AREA LIMIT ATION : (IF NONE SO STATE 3 edL h C E VII' W E D BY: SNT LEVEL DATE: PAGE g OFl
. . s......,.,-.,I.,,..-,e f[ h ,,i 4 \N b M & 9 MAC 88
o O (" O 0 Sw. R. I MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMIN ATION RECORD FCOJECT No SIT E : DAT E: (DAY- MO - YR ) TIME: (24 HR. CLOCK) SHEET No.: EF AM STARTED-/438 p~ r a" t t */*. Q 17 1253 HOPE CREEK GENERATING STATION .7 7 fn A 4 gp EXAM ENDED ? ja/_5f EX AMa% ATION AREA: LINE / SU8 ASSEMBLY ? IDENTIFICATION: L e LOCATION: We LOC ATION : ($YST EM /CO MPONE NT ) _v/n H V - 1~n 94 S PA R E EXCMINER: SNT LEVEL PR OCEDUR E SURFACE FINISH: WELD TYPE (-FLOW +1 M AGNETIZ ATSON jeg twatec GunFACE b OrPJDO9 Y "' GOO-A CA67 of VALVE - 6M 8 [ Xcut EM: SNT LEVEL RE V.e/A. M AT E RI AL SERI AL No.: w c-f-fo O I IIII F (~ /f' LO I I 8A B R A ND:n1AGNA CLD WET @ DRY O SURFACE TEMP. 7f*F CAllisR AflON FROCK CAllBRATION VERIFICATION DISTANCE FROM SATCH No.:87006/ FLUORESCENT [Q SECI AL No.: c BLACK LIGHT dj '/D/78 .t a TIME: fe/ 7 9 fe/57 f TO SENSOR TYPE:fV4n7 MIXED NO@ YES O THERMOMETER
~
WElGH T . //. 3 LA g IMTIALS #p,_ g 4L CELL /(, les COLOR: GREEN MIXED WITH g/4 SERIAL No.:3wpI og(, BLAC: LIGH T INT EN51T Y METER I SLACK LIGHT OUTPUT OLACK LIGHT OUTPUT VERIF. M AT ERI AL pusy NG O isR A%D; 81AK- AA Y TIME: APPLICATION : FLOODik;G O BRAND:4LAt.- AAf gn SERICL No.: AL.g3 SERi&L No.: EC.5*f /.200 P"/tm' INITIALS g SPR AYlNG @ 1%D No. L w LOCATION "[* '" ,, N# ',, ',,',",',, REMARKS: INI.
-if RC F. Ed A m RECnttn No. / 2 0014
- tZCc2 O gmt AFTE A. ChlN o t H C R F I M t- m oscATM4 No.1 AEtW2ED oty DATA M e19 r E T no .12to_2 n sin tEconoA ALE &
T nn ien ritw c M EX AMIN ATION AREA LIMITATION: (IF NONE SO STATE) MO M A *2-CEVIEwED Bf: SNT LEVEL D*TE: PAGE OF . . . . . ........,_.,I......,....w
%: W. $ NN Y
O O O Sw. R. I MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMIN ATION RECORD PROJECT No Sii E : DAT E: (DAY - MO - Y R ) TIME: (24 HR. CLOCK) SHEE T ese.: EXAM STARTED:g 17-1259 MOPE CREEK GENEAATWIG STATION 9 anp1 I2 EXAes ENDED: AL 1209N EXCMCAllON AREA: LINE / SUB ASSEMBLY : IDENTIFICATION: L e LOCATION: we LOCATION : ( SYS T E M /COMPONE N T ) Top ( Q E X AMINER: . $NT LEVEL PROCEDURE SURFACE FHelSH: WELD TYPE (-FLCWr-+ l M AGeeETIZ ATION TA C. b eJ 2. 1 No. y ./ Af f gf YOKE SPACeseG: 6/g les E XCMICE R: SNT LEVEL RE V.. F J M ATERIAL P'l SERI AL No.: O t_-t-lO BR A ND: trlAC.;A /~414 WET O PRY I SuRrACE TEMe. *r CAtl8 RAT 80N BLOCK Call 8R ATION VERIFICATION DISTANCE FROM TWE: Ag{g d(M g/ 8ATCH No.: MQQ TYPE: PA FLuOftESCENT O d N 1oNY 2 3 O SENSOR MIXED YESO T HERMOesETER wEicH T fl. *> LB3 iMmAts: b p /A CELL d/,e iN. COLOR: f.t n MIXED WITH g/A SERI AL No.: BLACC1 LIGHT INTENSITY METER BLACK LIGHT OUTPUT GLACK LIGHT OUTPUT VERIF,, M AT ERI AL DUSTseeG [
/ APPLICATION :
BRAND: g TIME: BR AND: d j FLOODING O SERICL No.: SERI AL No : F w/cea' eNgy:ALS-A dlA SPRAYleIG O IU No. L w LOCATION . E' ,' , *,',*6, REMARKS: INI. () % ) f fun LicchbEd I ads :Ad io.L5 & Z E X ACIN ATION ANEA LIMITATION: (IF NOME SO STAT E ) e n Et w o one_t Eso^to I hco).V.th).co pgdt b CEVILwED BY: SNT LEVEL DATE: PAGE OF E?+9Nk r emes cae swee esot a e F- et lat v. et F9 I V I I 9 A8 Af BS I
#0- PW- F0/34 h5 Od RELlCF VAu'C A*mros em vuo d4.l./ . .
ex . n 7 ' sn s r .ece swo <.- > A y3 3y
#" 4/ x G
/
k J2p% t"57' Khla n: "% -- & Pw&
/
~
_D Q I D ' G o ,
- @Q e ' . . . /)
mg,4 t .44 h I.7/ y
- ag t.d t.M t.4$ t 'd t.74 f
1.W s,\s 14/ it\ t.74 i E on t.! I.9 [s t.L !(& Am.c. l.S ec MApiterw.r kc ro SW/TihM.S. FiontisplKe 3.o 4 l m A,t. S 6 Cht., SdT, "* zio0 t t _}}